RG35 Cover Desgin Issue C Layout 1 - Servopohonyservo-pohony.cz/wp-content/uploads/Kolektor-INDUTEC-Reliance-RG… · Tel: +61 (0) 439 780187 Fax: +61 (0) 738 478670 e-mail: [email protected]

ReliancePrecision Mechatronics

Rowley Mills, Penistone Road, Lepton

Huddersfield, HD8 0LE, England.

Tel: +44 (0) 1484 601002

Fax: +44 (0) 1484 601061

www.rpmechatronics.co.uk

e-mail: [email protected]

A division of Reliance Precision Limited

®


Standard and Customised

Components and AssembliesKolektor INDUTEC - kancelář technické podpory Brno

tel.: +420 774 663 721, www.servo-pohony.cz

®

Relia

nc

eP

recis

ion

Me

ch

atro

nic

s

2011

Standard &

Customised

Components &

Assemblies

RG35Catalogue

®

RG35 Cover Desgin Issue C_Layout 1 05/07/2011 09:34 Page 1

1Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061

www.rpmechatronics.co.uk [email protected]© Reliance Precision Mechatronics

Welcome to the RG35 Catalogue

A-17Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061


International Sales Representatives

Customer contact information

Reliance Precision MechatronicsRowley Mills, Penistone Road

Lepton, Huddersfield

HD8 0LE, ENGLAND


Sales orders and enquiries tel: +44 (0) 1484 601060

or fax: +44 (0) 1484 601061

Technical enquiries tel: +44 (0) 1484 601065

Quality enquiries tel: +44 (0) 1484 601042

Reliance HollandFlorijnstraat 20

4879 AH Etten-Leur,

The Netherlands.


Sales orders and enquiries tel: +31 (0) 765 04 07 90

or fax: +31 (0) 765 04 07 91

Reliance France33 rue Jean Racine,

11000 Carcassonne,

France.



or fax: +33 (0) 468 471772

Component data and information included in this RG35 catalogue supersedes that stated in all

previous publications. However, Reliance Precision Mechatronics and sister company, Reliance

Precision Limited are committed where possible to supply products listed in previous catalogues if the

component or part number is not listed in RG35.

Reliance hopes that you find the part or parts you require. If you have any comments or questions

about the catalogue or the service we provide we would be delighted to hear them.

© 2011 Reliance Precision Limited. All rights reserved. This catalogue may not be reproduced without written permission from Reliance

Precision Limited. ® The Reliance shield and Reliance are registered trademarks of Reliance Precision Limited.

For our full range of standard and customised components together with a complete overview of Reliance’sdesign and manufacturing capabilities, visit the Reliance websites at:

www.rpmechatronics.co.uk and www.reliance.co.uk

Benelux, Denmark, Austria, Germany, SwitzerlandReliance Holland Florijnstraat 20, 4879 AH Etten-Leur, The Netherlands.Tel: +31 (0) 76504 0790 Fax: +31 (0) 76504 0791 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.rpmechatronics.co.uk

FranceReliance France 33 rue Jean Racine, 11000 Carcassonne, France.Tel: +33 (0) 468 470589 Fax: +33 (0) 468 471772 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.rpmechatronics.co.uk

SwedenDJ Stork Drives AB Vretenvägen 4, ltr, PO Box 1037, SE-172 21 Sundbyberg Sweden.Tel: +46 (0) 8635 6000 Fax: +46 (0) 8635 6001 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.storkdrives.se

FinlandWexon OY Juhanilantie 4, 01740 Vantaa, Finland.Tel: +358 (0) 9 290440 Fax: +358 (0) 9 29044100 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.wexon.com

Slovenia (covering all CEE countries)Kolektor Synatec d.o.o. program Indutec, Vojkova ulica 8b o 5280 Idrija o Slovenia.Tel: +386 30 612 867 [email protected] website: www.kolektorindutec.com

Czech RepublicKolektor INDUTEC kancelář technické podpory BrnoTel: +420 774 663 721 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.servo-pohony.cz www.kolektorindutec.com

South AfricaMeasuring Instruments Technology (MIT) Rm111, Building 33, CSIR Campus, Meiring Naude Drive, Brammeria 0184, Pretoria,South Africa. Tel: +27 12 349 5191 Fax: +27 12 348 0564 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.marmit.co.za

ChinaEM Components Co Ltd 665 ZhangJiang Road, Unit 902, ZhangJiang Hi-Tech Park, Shanghai Pudong, PR China 201210Tel: +86 21 5895 0126 Fax: +86 21 5895 1160 e-mail: [email protected]

SingaporeElshin International PTE Ltd No.1 Kaki Bukit Avenue 3 (KB-1), #06-12 Singapore 416087.Tel: +65 6286 7707 Fax: +65 6748 2618 e-mail: [email protected]

MalaysiaCMS SUPPLIES Sdn Bhd 46, (1st Floor) Persiaran Mahsuri 1/2, Sunway Tunas Bayan Baru, 11900 Bayan Lepas Penang, MalaysiaTel: +604 6446028 Fax: +604 6446082 e-mail: [email protected]

KoreaToptek Co. Ltd 412,Technozone, Yangchon Industrial Complex, Hagun-ri, Yangchonmyeon, Gimpo-si, Gyeonggi-do, Korea Tel: +82 31 999 6980 Fax: +82 31 999 6983 e-mail: [email protected]

CanadaMyostat Motion Control Inc 17817 Leslie Street, Unit 43, Newmarket, Ontario L3Y 8C6, Canada.Tel: +1 905 836 4441 Fax: +1 905 836 1214 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.myostat.ca

USAThe Precision Alliance 4215 Pleasant Road, Fort Mill, SC 29708 USA.Tel: +1 (803) 396 5544 Fax: +1 (803) 396 7810 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.tpa-us.com

AustraliaReliance Australia 65 Macaulay Street, Coorparoo, Brisbane 4151, Queensland, Australia.Tel: +61 (0) 439 780187 Fax: +61 (0) 738 478670 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.relianceprecision.com.au

JapanIsel Co Ltd 1-2-16 Atobe-kitano-cho, Yao-city, Osaka 581-0068, Japan.Tel: +81 (0) 7 2991 0450 Fax: +81 (0) 7 2994 7593 e-mail: [email protected]


2Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061www.rpmechatronics.co.uk [email protected]

© Reliance Precision Mechatronics

The RG35 Product Sections

Company Introduction i

Motorised Actuators 1

Motors and Cables 2

Planetary and Right Angle Gearboxes 3

Brass, Ground and Precision Spur Gears 4

Worms and Wheels, Bevels and Internal Gears 5

Round and Rectangular Racks and Pinions 6

Leadscrews and Leadscrew Assemblies 7

Flexible Shaft Couplings, Clutches and Collars 8

Linear Bearings and Slides 9

Belts and Pulleys 10

Gear Clamps, Shafts and Accessories 11

Bearings and Spacers 12

Machine Screws, Dowel Pins and Hardware 13

Technical Information 14

Appendices 15

Com

pany

Intr

oduc

tion Overview

Reliance Precision Mechatronics isa sister company to ReliancePrecision, offering short lead timestandard components, smallmechatronic assemblies through tocustom-built electro-mechanicalsub-assembles, to a wide range ofprecision automation, defence,scientific and medical markets.

i

Company OverviewLong-standing history in supplyingintricate mechanical products, designand manufacturing services

RP MechatronicsStandard and customisedcomponents and assemblies

Reliance Precision LimitedElectro-mechanical assemblies,specialist geared components andhigh vacuum systems

Sectors We ServeKnowledge in a wide market sectorbase. Products and solutions whichare adaptable

Com

pany

Intr

oduc

tion

Section Contents

Company Overview ...................................................................... Page i-2

Sectors we Serve.......................................................................... Page i-3

Reliance Precision Mechatronics (Overview) ............................Page i-4

Reliance Precision Limited

- Design Support Services.................................................... Page i-5

- Manufacturing and Assembly Services ............................ Page i-6

- Support Services ................................................................ Page i-7

i

CompanyIntroduction

i

i-2Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061www.rpmechatronics.co.uk [email protected]


Company Overview

Company HistoryReliance has a long-standing history in the supply of intricate mechanical products and specialistdesign and manufacturing services. Founded in 1920 as Reliance Gear Company, many of ourcustomers know us for our expertise in gears and geared assemblies.

In the 1980s the company expanded into scientific instrument assembly work, investing in cleanroomcapabilities together with engineering skills in research, development and test, and this has become afurther core focus for the business.

Investment and expansion in the 1990s and mid-2000sled to the company being re-named Reliance Precisionto reflect the wider scope of business and expertise,with the addition of the standard components and sub-assemblies business, Reliance Precision Mechatronics.

Throughout our history we have been driven by aculture of innovation and entrepreneurship, which hasmaintained the company at the forefront of changingtechnologies.

Reliance Precision Mechatronics supplies anextensive range of standard precision mechanicalcomponents and small mechatronic sub-assemblies.Technical support is available to assist with thecomponent specification and advice on modification orcustom products. Available from stock on short deliverythe standard range allows cost effective prototyping anddevelopment.

Reliance Precision Ltd offers a range of design andmanufacturing services to deliver custom-built solutionsfor high performance environments. These includesolutions for electro-mechanical assemblies, opto-mechanical assemblies, high vacuum assemblies andgeared components. Reliance Precision supplies theaerospace and defence, scientfic instruments, semi-conductor and photonics industry sectors.

Products and ServicesThe range of products and services supplied byReliance Precision and Reliance PrecisionMechatronics allow us to support our customers throughout the product life cycle. We are able tocustomise our range of standard catalogue Products, and have the capability to design fully bespokeproducts. During new product development we are able to complement the technical expertise of in-house design teams with a range of flexible Design Support Services. Our Manufacturing Servicesprovide custom-built prototypes, pre-production and full production units for both new and establishedproduct lines. Tailored Support Services help keep products in-service for those markets whichrequire extensive, long-term after-sales support.

1969 2010

CompanyIntroduction

i



Sectors We Serve

MedicalElectro-mechanical and mechatronic sub-assemblies to provide accurate positioning andfeedback.

Unmanned SystemsStandard components, precision gears, andelectro-mechanical sub-assemblies, used incommercial and homeland securityapplications.

Semi-conductorClean, high precision, components andassemblies, including specialist materials andcoatings.

PhotonicsSpecialising in rotary and linear positioningsystems, drive mechanisms, and theintegration of optical components with electro-mechanical systems.

Printing and ScanningStandard components and mechatronic sub-assemblies, e.g. leadscrews, racks andpinions, worms and wheels, for industrial andmedical applications.

Laboratory AutomationPrecision positioning and focusingmechanisms, motorised actuators and syringedrives.

IndustrialHigh quality positioning and feedback systems.

AerospaceHigh integrity, high reliability, mechanical andelectro-mechanical sub-systems andintegration of optical components.

Scientific InstrumentationTested vacuum sub-systems including:quadrupole mass filters, optic rails, ion optics,ion sources and detector assemblies, samplecones and extraction cones.

DefenceHigh performance, high reliability, mechanicaland electro-mechanical sub-systems andintegration of optical components.

• Treatment Equipment• Intravenous Dosing• Medical Testing Equipment• Radiography Equipment

• Industrial Machine Tools• Part Marking and Engraving• Cutting Machines• Factory Automation

• Micro Dispensing• XYZ Pick and Place• Sample Handling• Automated Storage Systems• Optical Scanning

• Laser and Inkjet Printing• PCB Printing• Medical Scanning• High-Quality Photo Scanning• Flatbed Scanners

• Focusing Mechanisms• Laser Beam Manipulation• Optic Positioning• Optic Mounting

• Remotely Operated Vehicles • Unmanned Aerial Vehicles• Robotics

• LC Mass Spectrometers• QTOF Mass Spectrometers• GC Mass Spectrometers• ICP Mass Spectrometers• Residual Gas Analysers

• Payload Sub-Systems• Counter Measures• In Flight Refuelling• Cockpit Instrumentation

• Wafer Handling• Wafer Production Tooling• Wafer Inspection Equipment• Heat Sinks for Ion

Implantation

• Sighting Systems• Safety and Arming

Mechanisms• IR Focusing Systems• Counter Measures

CompanyIntroduction

i



Reliance Precision MechatronicsOverview

Reliance Precision Mechatronics specialises in the manufacture and supply of standard andcustomised precision motion control components and small electro-mechanical assemblies. Withtechnical sales offices in the UK, Holland and France, along with a global representation, products areavailable from stock or on short delivery, backed up by comprehensive technical support. Thestandard product range provides a complete source of motion control, allowing design engineers topurchase in small quantities at stock prices in order to develop prototypes effectively. Dedicatedmanufacturing facilities enable larger quantities to be supplied for full production requirementsincluding: scheduled delivery service, consignment stocking and stock management services, and theproduction of cost-effective modifications or customised products.

The standard product range includes: precision gears to AGMA Q14, precision ground racks, flexibleshaft couplings, leadscrew assemblies, rack actuators, integrated servo motors and specialiststainless steel fasteners. With in-house mechatronic applications engineers, Reliance offers standardproduct modifications and is able to integrate standard parts into small sub-assemblies to suitcustomer specific applications.

Typical industries served include:scientific instrument, medical,laboratory automation, printing andscanning, photonics and processautomation.

Quality assured to BS EN ISO 9001,AS9100, with environmentalmanagement standard ISO 14001.

CompanyIntroduction

i



Reliance Precision LimitedDesign Support Services

Reliance Precision Ltd provides a flexible range of technical services to support customers duringnew product design and design iteration programmes. Reliance’s design services are provided by aprofessional multi-disciplined engineering team and bring together experience gained in thedevelopment, production and test of high performance electro-mechanical and high-vacuum sub-systems, designed for applications across a wide range of markets.

Design support for new product development includes: engineeringdesign from specification, concept development, prototyping, anddesign verification prior to release to manufacture.

Reliance also supports established products by undertaking designprojects to update functionality, reduce costs and resolve technicalperformance issues.

Design verification can be provided as a standalone investigativeproject, as well as being part of a design engineering programme.Our aim is to provide the designer with relevant data to help themmake design decisions confidently and to be assured of theperformance they can expect of their product.

CompanyIntroduction

i



Reliance Precision LimitedManufacturing & Assembly Services

Reliance Precision Ltd provides custom-built, fully tested sub-systems and specialist components,supplied directly to the customers’ final assembly processes. Capabilities include:

• Use and adaptation of standard components• Supply chain management• In-house manufacturing of critical components• Component cleaning to stringent standards• Part marking and materials traceability• Cleanroom assembly for high vacuum applications• Electro-mechanical assembly, including electrostatic

protected area• Integration of mechanical and optical components• Production acceptance testing

Reliance Precision is able to demonstrate the stringent process control necessary for effective supplyof high-vacuum and electro-mechanical systems. Our facilities and processes are approved to meetthe demanding requirements of the aerospace industry and we are engaged with the SC21 supplychain programme, having already achieved the Bronze award.

Experience and expertise in metrology are core to Reliance’smanufacturing philosophy, with inspection, measurement andtest embedded throughout the manufacturing and assemblyprocesses. Extensive test development facilities enableReliance to offer full functional test and operational simulation,tailored to each customer’s requirements.

CompanyIntroduction

i



Reliance Precision LimitedSupport Services

Reliance Precision Ltd offers spares, repairs, refurbishment and upgrade services in support ofcurrent products and those reaching end-of-life. Each service package is tailored to the needs ofindividual customers, to match their own after-sales service commitments, their organisation and theiroperational processes. Packages are designed to be flexible, recognising the need to be responsiveto changing demand.

Effective spares availability is an important factor at all stages of a product's life cycle; especially forproducts with a long life span or for those markets which require extensive, long-term after-salessupport. Reliance works with individual customers to support both current and mature product lines.As such, spares provision can be linked to current production or developed as a standalone legacypackage.

Reliance offers a repair and refurbishment service forgeared assemblies, scientific equipment, laser or otherbeam-manipulation applications. This service can beprovided for assemblies where Reliance has hadinvolvement in the design or manufacture, but also thosewhere the original manufacture has been undertaken by athird party or an in-house facility. Support can be providedfor products which are no longer in production, as well asestablished products or those newly launched.

Mot

oris

ed A

ctua

tors

Rack ActuatorsResolutions of less than 1 micronAvailable in NEMA sizes 17 and 23Solid and tubular rack types

Precision positioningactuation systemsA selected range of intelligentmotorised plug and play linearpositioning actuator systems. Sizes range from NEMA sizes 11 - 23.

Leadscrew ActuatorsMotorised linear rail slide systemAvailable with NEMA sizes 17 and 23

Miniature ActuatorsPrecision motorised miniature linearslide systemAvailable with NEMA size 11

Bespoke SolutionsContact our sales team to discussyour motion control and positioningrequirements

1

Mot

oris

ed A

ctua

tors

Section Contents

Reliance Racktuator™ Overview ............................................Page 1-2

Tubular Rack Actuators Size 17 ..............................................Page 1-3

Solid Rack Actuators Size 23 ..................................................Page 1-4

Solid Rack Actuators Size 17 ..................................................Page 1-5

Reliance Cool Muscle Stage Size 17........................................Page 1-6

Reliance Cool Muscle Stage Size 23........................................Page 1-8

Linear Rail Actuator Size 17 ....................................................Page 1-10

Reliance Cool Muscle Miniature Actuator ..............................Page 1-12

1

Reliance Racktuator™ a Precision Rack Actuator

Precision efficiency

With resolutions of greater than 1 micron and standby power consumption of less than 1.7 watts theReliance Racktuator™ is an amazing actuation system.

Multiple variations available. Developing a peak force up to 150N and rated speeds of 300mm persecond. All run closed loop with integrated 32 bit CPU, magnetic encoder and PLC. This intelligentassembly can be programmed to decide for itself where it should be at any given time and to sendout continuous motion data such as speed, position and torque. The unit is fully integrated and, withthe exception of the power supply, is complete. This saves space and cost, and makes systemintegration faster and simpler with control at the point of use. The Reliance Racktuator™ can storeonboard discrete positions, speeds, accelerations, timers, torque limits and variables, all to berecalled by up to 15 separate integrated programs. It also has integrated logic banks and advancemath and S curve functions for additional motion profiles.

Multiple Racktuators™ can work in sequence with each other, either to produce circles, ellipses, orcomplex arc motions, or in a daisy chain network such as pick-and-place machines. The Racktuator™can be safely operated entirely on its own or communicate via RS232, RS485, Ethernet, ModBus orCanOpen; driving from its own memory banks or dynamically from a PC or HMI. It can also beintegrated into a traditional stepper motor drive, being driven step and direct, or with CW/CCW pulsesto bring the smoothness of an AC servo system.

Available with both solid and tubular racks, its uses are many and varied, from scientific research, tofood preparation and packaging, to simple domestic installation. The assembly has a number ofdifferent mounting options for ease of mechanical installation.

Overview

1

1-2Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061www.rpmechatronics.co.uk [email protected]


Reliance Racktuator™ The Reliance Rack Actuators

Size 17

1

1-3

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsHardware: page 13-1

Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061www.rpmechatronics.co.uk [email protected]


Tubular Rack Actuator

PartNumber

Motor PinionMaterial L

AxialLoad (N)

MomentaryLoad (N)

TravelRange (mm)

RCMRA17S-6-250-C Reliance CoolMuscle Motor1

PEEK™ 60.5 3 12

200RCMRA17L-6-250-C-S St Steel 76.5 15 25RRA17-6-250 Hybrid Stepper

Motor2

PEEK™ 33.0 3 12RRA17-6-250-S St Steel 33.0 15 25

Part number selection table

Technical information

Reliance Cool Muscle Motor Option Hybrid Stepper Motor Option

RCMRA17Reliance Cool Muscle

RRA17Reliance Stepper

Resolution 0.00085mm with 50,000 steps/rev 0.21mm with 200 steps/revMax speed 300mm/secTemperature range Between 0ºC and 40ºC Between -20ºC and +50ºCRepeatability 0.025mmSide wobble (fully extended) ±0.2mmLife time 5 million cycles minimumWire length N/A 200mmBacklash 0.08mm linear movementRack material 316 grade stainless steel

Lubrication St Steel PTFE based greasePEEK™ Lubrication free, provides smooth quiet operation

1 Reliance Cool Muscle motor option, see pages 2-4 and 2-5 for motor details (if a pulse interface is required change -C to a -P)2 Hybrid stepper motor option, see page 2-14 for motor details

Size 23

1

1-4

Associated ProductsHardware: page 13-1

All dimensions in mm



Solid Rack Actuator



PartNumber

Motor PinionMaterial

AxialLoad (N)

MomentaryLoad (N)

TravelRange (mm)

RCMRA23L-12-250-C Reliance CoolMuscle Motor1 St Steel 17-4Ph

Coated

90 150150

RRA23-12-250 Hybrid StepperMotor2 90 150

RCMRA23Reliance Cool Muscle

RRA23Hybrid Stepper

Resolution 0.0008mm with 50,000steps/rev 0.2mm with 200 steps/revMax speed 300mm/secTemperature range Between 0ºC and 40ºC Between -10ºC and +50ºCRepeatability 0.012mmSide wobble (50mm from housing) ±0.2mm

Life time 5 million cycles minimum (Based on 40mm stroke)Wire length N/A 200mmBacklash 0.06mm linear movementRack material 440B grade stainless steelLubrication PTFE based grease

1 Reliance Cool Muscle motor option, see page 2-7 for motor details (if a pulse interface is required change -C to a -P)2 Hybrid stepper motor option, please contact our sales team


Size 17

1

1-5




Solid Rack Actuator



PartNumber

Motor PinionMaterial

AxialLoad (N)

MomentaryLoad (N)

TravelRange (mm)

RCMRAK17-8-200-C Reliance CoolMuscle Motor1 St Steel

304

25 50100

RRAK17-8-200 Hybrid StepperMotor2 25 50

1 Reliance Cool Muscle motor option, see page 2-4 for motor details (if a pulse interface is required change -C to a -P)2 Hybrid stepper motor option, see page 2-14 for motor details

RCMRAK17Reliance Cool Muscle

RRAK17Reliance Stepper

Resolution 0.00075mm with 50,000steps/rev 0.19mm with 200 steps/revMax speed 500mm/secTemperature range Between 0ºC and +40ºC Between -20ºC and +50ºCRepeatability 0.025mmSide wobble (fully extended) ±0.29mmLife time 5 million cycles minimumWire length N/A 200mmBacklash 0.08mm linear movementRack material 304 grade stainless steelLubrication PTFE based grease


Size 17

1

1-6


All dimensions in mmunless otherwise stated



Reliance Cool Motion StageRCMS Leadscrew Actuator


Travel distance = L - Carriage Length - Bearing Support

Length Tolerances± 0.1± 0.15± 0.2± 0.3

Slide manufactured by HaydonKerk Motion Solutions

Example Part No. RCMS17L-M04-C-1-18

Basic Part

Number

ScrewLeadmm

(Inch)

MotorInterface

No.Carriages #

LinearResolution(Default)

mm

MaxDrag

TorqueNm

Standard GuideLengths “L”

InchRCMS17L-M02 2.0

C(Computer)

P(Pulse)

1

2

3

0.002 0.03 12 18RCMS17L-M04 4.0 0.004 0.04 12 18RCMS17L-M012 12.0 0.012 0.04 12 24RCMS17L-M25 25.0 0.025 0.05 18 24RCMS17L-0100 (0.100) 0.00254 0.03 10 12 15 18 24RCMS17L-0200 (0.200) 0.00508 0.04 10 12 15 18 24RCMS17L-0500 (0.500) 0.0127 0.04 12 15 18 24RCMS17L-1000 (1.000) 0.0254 0.05 12 18 24 36#Carriage information:1 = 1 driven carriage2 = 1 driven and 1 passive carriage3 = 1 driven and 2 passive carriages

• The RCMS17 assembly combines the high speeds, linear accuracy and reliability of a screwdriven linear slide with the intelligence of the Reliance Cool Muscle motor

• The size 17 Reliance Cool Muscle motor encompasses an integrated vector drive, amplifier, H-infinity control, 50,000 count magnetic encoder and a 0-3000 rpm high torque motor into onepackage

• High performance proprietary polymers and TFE coating extends the life of the slides moving parts• Precision aluminium guide and carriage, driven by a precision rolled stainless steel leadscrew

Size 17

1





Typical Allowable Axial Load Typical Allowable Design Load6

5

4

3

2

1

0200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Load

(kg)

Speed (mm/s)

12

10

8

6

42

0200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Load

(kg)

Speed (mm/s)

1816

14

• Special carriage, rail, screw or mounting configuration• Higher accuracy lead screw, Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) threads• Metric leads and guide lengths available• Alternative guide length• Sensor kits

RCMS non-standard options, please enquire:

For the Reliance Cool Muscle motor technical information, see page T2-1

Typical RCMS Accuracy GraphBased on 12.7mm lead with a 3kg loadBacklash <0.003mm

Once per rev±0.015mm

Max ±0.025mmLead accuracy0.0006mm/mm

Basic Part

Number

Life @ ¼Design Loadmm

Torque to Move Carriage Design Load

Nm/kg

CarriageDesignLoad

kg

MaxLinearSpeed

mm/sec

AxialLoad

kg

ScrewInertia

Kgm2/m

CarriageRoll

AngleDeg.

RCMS17L-M02

254x106

0.016

16

127

5 4.2x10-6 1

RCMS17L-M04 0.023 254RCMS17L-M12 0.039 635RCMS17L-M25 0.070 1270RCMS17L-0100 0.016 127RCMS17L-0200 0.023 254RCMS17L-0500 0.039 635RCMS17L-1000 0.070 1270

Size 23

1

1-8






• The assembly combines the high speeds, linear accuracy and reliability of a screw driven linearslide with the intelligence of the Reliance Cool Muscle motor

• The size 17 Reliance Cool Muscle motor encompasses an integrated vector drive, amplifier, H-infinity control, 50,000 count magnetic encoder and a 0-3000 rpm high torque motor into onepackage

• High performance proprietary polymers and TFE coating extends the life of the slides moving parts• Precision aluminium guide and carriage, driven by a precision rolled stainless steel leadscrew• For more information regarding the size 23 Cool Muscle Motor, see page 2-6

Example Part No. RCMS23L-M08-C-1-18

Basic Part

Number

ScrewLeadmm

(Inch)

MotorInterface

No.Carriages

LinearResolution(Default)

mm

MaxDrag

TorqueNm

StandardGuide

Lengths “L”

(Inch)RCMS23L-M08 8.0

C(Computer)

P(Pulse)

1

2

3

0.0080 0.04 18 24RCMS23L-0100 (0.100) 0.00254 0.04 12 18 24 36RCMS23L-0200 (0.200) 0.00508 0.04 12 18 24 36RCMS23L-0500 (0.500) 0.0127 0.05 12 18 24 36RCMS23L-1000 (1.000) 0.0254 0.06 12 18 24 36


Slide manufactured by HaydonKerk Motion Solutions#Carriage information:1 = 1 driven carriage2 = 1 driven and 1 passive carriage3 = 1 driven and 2 passive carriages

Length Tolerances± 0.1± 0.15± 0.2± 0.3

Travel distance = L - Carriage Length - Bearing Support

Size 23

1



Reliance Cool Motion Stage RCMS Leadscrew Actuator

BasicPart

Number

Life @ ¼Design Loadmm

Torque to Move Carriage Design Load

Nm/kg

CarriageDesignLoad

kg

MaxLinearSpeed

mm/sec

AxialLoad

kg

ScrewInertia

Kgm2/m

CarriageRoll

AngleDeg.

RCMS23L-M08

254x106

0.038

46

267

14 3.9x10-5 1RCMS23L-0100 0.020 85RCMS23L-0200 0.031 169RCMS23L-0500 0.047 423RCMS23L-1000 0.101 847


Typical RCMS Accuracy GraphBased on 12.7mm lead with a 3kg loadBacklash <0.003mm

Once per rev±0.015mm

Max ±0.025mmLead accuracy0.0006mm/mm

Typical Allowable Axial Load Typical Allowable Design Load

12

10

8

6

4

2

0100 200 300 400

Load

(kg)

Speed (mm/s)

3530

Load

(kg)

Speed (mm/s)

504540

14

500 600 700 800 900

105

252015

0100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900

• Special carriage, rail, screw or mounting configuration• Higher accuracy lead screw, Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) threads• Metric leads and guide lengths available• Alternative guide length• Sensor kits

RCMS non-standard options, please enquire:

For the Reliance Cool Muscle motor technical information, see page T2-1

Size 17

1

1-10





Linear Rail Actuator

Example Part No. RLRW04 - B - R - M - 43 - 0025 - 12

BasicPart

Number

ScrewCoating(1)

Performance Specifications ThreadCode

Lead

(mm)

Lead

(inch)

Stroke(2)

(inch)

Max StrokeLength(mm)

MaxSpeed(m/sec)

Straight LineAccuracy(mm/m)

RLRW04 B(Black Ice™)

1,000 0.5 ±1.0

0025 0.635 0.025

07 = 7in08 = 8in12 = 12in

0031 0.794 0.031250039 1.0 0.03940050 1.27 0.050063 1.588 0.06250079 2.0 0.07870100 2.54 0.10125 3.175 0.1250197 5.0 0.19690250 6.35 0.250394 10.0 0.39370500 12.70 0.50750 19.05 0.751000 25.40 1.0


(1) Alternative screw coatings available, please contact our sales team for more information(2) Stroke length in inches and will be rounded up. Maximum length 40in

Size 17

1



Linear Rail Actuator

RLRW04Top load (Z direction) 225NOverhang 225NMoment roll 8.5NmMoment yaw 8.5NmMoment pitch 8.5NmTwist ±0.75º/m

Load ratings

Product features• “T” slots integrated into exterior rail bottom and sides that accommodate full length support and

various mounting options• Loads easily attach to the compact, moving carriage with four or six M4 x 0.7 size screws• Load bearing carriage moves efficiently and smoothly within the internal rail geometry of this

specially designed aluminum extrusion• Rail provides end-to-end axial stability and precise motion system accuracy• Automatic adjustments of slide bearing play with a patent pending “anti-backlash” linear bearing• Rated life equals that of the existing leadscrews of similar size• Leadscrew end configurations adapt to various rotary motion sources• Black Ice™ TFE coatings on a 303 stainless steel leadscrew• For extreme control, actuator can be used with LCM or LWD high-precision anti-backlash nuts, as

well as a freewheeling general purpose nut

RLRW Linear Rail Systems - Powered Slide Technology

For optimum performance, the system can be fitted withthe Size 17 Hybrid Linear Actuators available in a widevariety of resolutions - from 0.001524 mm per step to0.048768 mm per step, and delivers thrust of up to 222N.For greater performance Size 17 Hybrid Double StackLinear actuators provide 0.0158 mm per step to 0.127mmper step and deliver thrust of up to 337N.

*Maximum load moment:-Mp: Permissible moment in screw pitch direction; My: Permissible yaw moment; Mr: Permissible rolling moment.

PartNumber

Stroke

Smm

PositionRepeatability

mm

Max.Horizontal

Load Capacity

N

Max.Vertical

Load Capacity

N

Max.Load

Moment*

Nm

Max.Speed

mm/sec

Lead

mmRCMGPA10-28 10

±0.03 9.8 4.9

Mp: 0.2

My: 0.3

Mr: 0.14

506RCMGPA30-28 30 80

RCMGPA60-28 60 100


• Uses the Cool Muscle motor for smooth movement with minimal heat generation• Maximum backlash 0.1mm• Operating temperature range of 0ºC - 40ºC• Full step resolution 0.00012mm/step• General purpose miniature actuators, up to 24mm wide and 30mm high (palm-sized)• Low-friction leadscrews (resin nuts) are used, resulting in low operating noise• Lightweight design makes these units ideal for vertical mounting• Ideal in reducing the size of medical equipment, dispensers, soldering robots and small

component systems

RCMGPA SeriesSize 11

1

1-12





Reliance Cool Muscle Miniature Actuator

Model L1 L2 L3 F NRCMGPA10-28 198.5 74 22.5 1 4RCMGPA30-28 218.5 94 42.5 2 6RCMGPA60-28 248.5 124 72.5 3 8

RCMRPA SeriesSize 11

1



Reliance Cool MuscleMiniature Actuator

Model L1 L2 L3 F NRCMRPA40-28 227.5 107 51 2 6RCMRPA60-28 247.5 127 71 3 8RCMRPA120-28 307.5 187 131 5 12

*Maximum load moment:-Mp: Permissible moment in screw pitch direction; My: Permissible yaw moment; Mr: Permissible rolling moment.

PartNumber

Stroke

Smm

PositionRepeatability

mm

Max.Horizontal

Load Capacity

N

Max.Vertical

Load Capacity

N

Max.Load

Moment*

Nm

Max.Speed

mm/sec

Lead

mmRCMRPA40-28 40

±0.01 39.2 19.6

Mp: 0.5

My: 0.5

Mr: 1.0

120 4RCMRPA60-28 60RCMRPA120-28 120


• Uses the Cool Muscle motor for smooth movement with minimal heat generation• Maximum backlash 0.01mm• Operating temperature range of 0ºC - 40ºC• Full step resolution 0.00008mm/step• Refined accuracy miniature actuators, up to 26mm wide and 37mm high (palm-sized) using

precision rolled ballscrews and direct guides• Units feature high accuracy, high durability and use precision rolled ballscrews and direct guides• Lightweight design makes these units ideal for vertical mounting• Ideal for applications demanding high speed and durability, such as compact high speed

component conveyor systems, dose control and desktop robots


Mot

ors

and

Cab

les

Reliance Cool MuscleIntegrated, intelligent motion controlwith closed loop feedback and zerostep loss. NEMA sizes 11, 17 and 23

Motors A selected range of bothstandard and intelligent motors.Sizes range from NEMA 8 - 23.

Stepper Motors2 phase, 6 wires for unipolar andbipolar drivesNEMA sizes 8, 11, and 17

2

Mot

ors

and

Cab

les

Section Contents

Reliance Cool Muscle (RCM)

- RCM Motor Size 11............................................................Page 2-2



- RCM Specifications and Cables ......................................Page 2-8

- Accessories ......................................................................Page 2-10

Stepper Motors

- Size 8 ..................................................................................Page 2-12

- Size 11 ................................................................................Page 2-13

- Size 17................................................................................Page 2-14

2For Technical Informationplease see Page T2-1

Size 11 Short

2

2-2

Associated ProductsCouplings: page 8-1

Leadscrews: page 7-1Hardware: page 13-1




Reliance Cool Muscle

RCM1- � -11S30-RT3Motor output power 9WMaximum speed 3,000rpmContinuous torque 0.027NmPeak torque 0.039NmLoad inertia allowance 80g-cm2

Motor inertia 8g-cm2

Input supply current rated(Continuous torque/rated peak torque) 0.8A/1.0AWeight 246g

Specification table

RCM1 - P - 11 S 30 - RT3Generation

InterfaceP = PulseC = Computer

Speed30 = 3000rpm

Torque curve RCM1- � -11S30-RT3

Note: See page T2-1 for technical information

Size 11 Long

2

2-3

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsCouplings: page 8-1Leadscrews: page 7-1Hardware: page 13-1




Specification table

RCM1 - P - 11 L 30 - RT3Generation


Speed30 = 3000rpm

RCM1- � -11L30-RT3Motor output power 18WMaximum speed 3,000rpmContinuous torque 0.055NmPeak torque 0.078NmLoad inertia allowance 180g-cm2



Torque curve RCM1- � -11L30-RT3


Size 17 Short

2

2-4







Torque curve RCM1- � -17S30C-RT3


Specification table

RCM1 - P - 17 S 30C - RT3Generation


Speed30 = 3000rpm

RCM1- � -17S30C-RT3Motor output power 18WMaximum speed 3,000rpmContinuous torque 0.082NmPeak torque 0.117NmLoad inertia allowance 380g-cm2



Size 17 Long

2

2-5





Torque curve RCM1- � -17L30C-RT3


Specification table

RCM1 - P - 17 L 30C - RT3Generation


Speed30 = 3000rpm

RCM1- � -17L30C-RT3Motor output power 18WMaximum speed 3,000rpmContinuous torque 0.36NmPeak torque 0.518NmLoad inertia allowance 760g-cm2



Size 23 Short

2

2-6







Specification table

RCM1 - P - 23 S 30C - RT3Generation


Speed30 = 3000rpm

RCM1- � -23S30C-RT3Motor output power 45WMaximum speed 3,000rpmContinuous torque 0.29NmPeak torque 0.42NmLoad inertia allowance 1.0x103g-cm2

Motor inertia 1.0x102g-cm2


Torque curveRCM1- � -23S30C-RT3


Size 23 Long

2

2-7





Specification table

RCM1 - P - 23 L 20C - RT3Generation


Speed20 = 2000rpm

RCM1- � -23L20C-RT3Motor output power 30WMaximum speed 2,000rpmContinuous torque 0.87NmPeak torque 1.24NmLoad inertia allowance 3.6x103g-cm2

Motor inertia 3.6x102g-cm2


Torque curveRCM1- � -23L20C-RT3


General Specificationsand Cables

2




Pin # CW/CCW Step/Dir V-Type C-Type1 +24VDC IN Motor Power2 GROUND 13 INPUT 2- Return for pin 9 CCW- Direction-4 OUTPUT 2+ Digital output, Analogue output, Serial TX Serial (1)

5 OUTPUT 1+ Digital output, Analogue output, Serial TX Serial (1)

6 INPUT 4+ Digital input, Analogue input V+ Serial7 INPUT 3+ Digital input8 INPUT 1- Return for pin 10 CW- Step-9 INPUT 2+ Digital input, Pulse counter, Serial RX CCW+ Direction+ Serial (2)

10 INPUT 1+ Digital input, Pulse counter, Serial RX CW+ Step+ Serial (2)

11 GROUND 2 V- Serial12 +5VDC OUT Power out for LEDs switches, etc

Pin Layout

Pulse Interface CW/CCW Step/DirectionInput Signal

Pulse Input

CW/CCW PulseMaximum Frequency: 500 KppsMinimum Pulse Width: 0.8µsecVoltage Level H (with pulse) > +3.0V(+24Vmax) 7mA-15mAVoltage Level L (no pulse) < +0.8V

Step PulseMaximum Frequency: 500 KppsMinimum Pulse Width: 0.8µsecVoltage Level H (with pulse) > +3.0V(+24Vmax) 7mA-15mAVoltage Level L (no pulse) < +0.8V

Variable Voltage Interface - Now integrated into the C-Type motorInput Signal

Analogue Input

Speed Control SettingIncrease the voltage from 2.6V to 4.8VDC to increase speed in the CW directionDecrease the voltage from 2.4v to 0Vdc, to increase speed in the CCW directionUse OP AMP for maximum resolutionPosition Control SettingTravel distance is proportionate to voltage input (between 0V and 4.8VDC)Maximum travel distance is set by a parameter

Input/Output Signal

Computer Control InterfaceInput Signal

ControlVia supplied cabling - motor interface is TTL, please specify RS232 or RS485interface option

Input SignalLevel Voltage level high> 3V (minimum 7mA) Voltage level low< 0.8V

Encoder Incremental magnetic encoder(50,000 pulses per rotation)

Control Method Closed loop vector controlInput Supply Voltage DC24V±10%Resolution Pulse Rotation(Pulse/Rotation)

200, 400, 500, 1000(default), 2000, 2500,5000,10000, 25000,50000 Select by parameter

Environmental Conditions(Operating/Storage Temperature) Between 0°C and 40°C/between -20°C and +60°COperating Humidity Less than 90%RHShock/Vibration Less than 10G/Less than 1G

(1) Open collector output. (2) Anode connection, circuit diagram available ref Pin 3 and Pin 8

General Specificationsand Cables

2




RT3 Real Time InterfaceCo-ordinated Motion Allows 2 axes to work together to create accurate complex motion

Logic Banks Embedded PLC up to 200 steps for mathematical calculation of motionQuadrature Simulated AB outputs from the magnetic encoder. Maximum frequency 20kHzShared I/O Inputs or outputs are available to be read and accessed by all motors running

programs and logic banks

RCM1C3 - xx

Generic part number

Length of wires to first connector (xx-xx if the two lengths are different)

RCM1DC3A - xx - N - xx - xx - xx

Generic part number

Length of wires to first connector (xx-xx if the two lengths aredifferent)

Number of connectors

Length of wire between connectors(Only one number required if thelengths are all the same)

‘Y’ Cable for Reliance Cool Muscle Motor

Standard and Customised Daisy Chain Cables for Reliance Cool Muscle Motor

Photo ElectricSensor MolexConnector 2 way

• Customised cables are availablewith photosensors option

For further information about customising cables, please contact our sales team

Accessories

2




RELIANCE COOL MUSCLE (RCM) ACCESSORIESOur RCM accessories work perfectly with the RCM to enhance its performance. Accessories includecouplings, gears, linear motion components, protocol cards, power supplies and cables.

Reli-a-Flex® Flexible Shaft CouplingsThe Reli-a-Flex® range of one piece slitcouplings has been specially designed toprovide accurate transfer of motion betweentwo rotating shafts while at the same timecatering for parallel and angular misalignmentas well as protecting the bearing systems. See page 8-4 for more information on the Reli-a-Flex® range.

Planetary GearboxesA range of high quality planetary gearboxes areavailable to suit your application needs.Combine a low backlash, zero maintenanceand high durability gearhead with the RCM tomaximize performance.Available in NEMA 17 and 23, ratios 3:1 to 512:1.See page 3-11 for more information.

Intelligent Actuator SystemsA range of intelligent actuators is available tosupport your precision motion control needs.These include rack actuators, syringe drivesand positioning stages all suited to be usedwith the RCM. Please contact our sales team orvisit the website for more information.See page 1-1 for more information.

Accessories

2




Communication CardsRS485, CANopen, DEVICENET, Profibus andEthernet cards are available as options for theRCM servo systems. Our engineers providetechnical support based on extensiveexperience integrating the Cool Muscle withthird party controllers, HMIs, and PLCs.

Power SupplyDesigned specifically for the RCM, this powersupply is built to withstand the current drawspikes which the hard stops or starts oftenrequire. Specification of the power supply is150W/300W, 6A/10A.

CoolWorks LiteCoolWorks Lite is a free application which givesyou basic tools for setting parameters andcreating motion profiles. A user friendlyinterface makes it easy to work with the RCM.

CablesA standard motor cable (40cm) is supplied withevery motor. Longer motor cables are availableas an option.A Y-cable is required to connect the RCM to aUSB or serial port. See page 2-9Multi motor custom cables can be made to suityour application.

Size 8

2

2-12






Stepper Motors2 Phase Unipolar, 1.8º Step Angle

Part Number

Numberof

Shafts

StepAngleDeg.

Rated VoltageV/Phase

RatedCurrentA/Phase

WindingResistance

Ω/Phase

Inductance

mH/Phase

HoldingTorque

Nm

Rotor Inertia

x10-7kg.m²RSM08N1-LCRSM08N11-LC

12 1.8 3.5 0.35 10 2.4 0.013 1.9

RSM08N2-LCRSM08N12-LC

12 1.8 7 0.35 20 4.6 0.024 4


Motor L1 MassRSM08N1-LCRSM08N11-LC 30 50g

RSM08N2-LCRSM08N12-LC 46.5 85g

Note: Do not allow the surface temperature of the motor case to rise above 90°C during operation.

Technical specification

UNIPOLAR

CW rotation mounting end

Orange Green

RedBlackBlue Step Blue Orange Red Green Black

0 ON ON +V1 ON ON +V2 ON ON +V3 ON ON +V0 ON ON +V

PM


Wiring diagram

Shaft end play 0.075mm max. at load 9.8NShaft radial play 0.025mm max. at load 4.9NInsulation resistance 100MΩ min. (at 500V DC)Dielectric strength 500V AC (1 minute)Operating temperature range -20ºC to +50ºCPermissible temperature rise 80ºC max. (resistance method)

Size 11

2

2-13





Part Number

Numberof

Shafts

StepAngleDeg.


RatedCurrentA/Phase

WindingResistance

Ω/Phase

Inductance

mH/Phase

HoldingTorque

Nm

Rotor Inertia

x10-7kg.m²RSM11N1E2-LCRSM11N11E2-LC

12 1.8 2.6 0.95 2.7 1.2 0.06 8

RSM11N2E3-LCRSM11N12E3-LC

12 1.8 1.4 1.4 1.0 0.55 0.09 18


Motor L1 MassRSM11N1E2-LCRSM11N11E2-LC 33.5 150g

RSM11N2E3-LCRSM11N12E3-LC 47.5 250g

Technical specificationShaft end play 0.075mm max. at load 4.9NShaft radial play 0.025mm max. at load 4.9NInsulation resistance 100MΩ min. (at 500V DC)Dielectric strength 500V AC (1 minute)Operating temperature range -20ºC to +50ºCPermissible temperature rise 80ºC max. (resistance method)Note: Do not allow the surface temperature of the motor case to rise above 90°C during operation.

UNIPOLAR

CW rotation mounting end

Red Blue

GreenYellowBlack Step Black Red Green Blue Yellow White

0 ON ON COM COM1 ON ON COM COM2 ON ON COM COM3 ON ON COM COM0 ON ON COM COM

PM


Wiring diagram

White

Size 17

2

2-14


Leadscrews: pagel 7-1Hardware: page 13-1





Part Number

Shafts StepAngleDeg.


RatedCurrentA/Phase

WindingResistance

Ω/Phase

Inductance

mH/Phase

HoldingTorque

Nm

Rotor Inertia

x10-7kg.m²RSM17N1E1-LCRSM17N1E3-LCRSM17N2E4-LCRSM17N3E8-LC

Single 1.8

4.012.0

4.04.0

0.950.31.21.2

4.2403.33.3

2.8223.63.0

0.160.160.260.32

35355468


Motor L1 MassRSM17N1E1-LCRSM17N1E3-LC 33 200g

RSM17N2E4-LCRSM17N3E8-LC

3947

240g310g

Technical specificationShaft end play 0.075mm max. at load 9.8NShaft radial play 0.025mm max. at load 4.9NInsulation resistance 100MΩ min. (at 500V DC)Dielectric strength 500V AC (1 minute)Operating temperature range -20ºC to +50ºCPermissible temperature rise 80ºC max. (resistance method)Note: Do not allow the surface temperature of the motor case to rise above 90°C during operation.

CW rotation mounting endStep Black Red Green Blue Yellow White

0 ON ON COM COM1 ON ON COM COM2 ON ON COM COM3 ON ON COM COM0 ON ON COM COM


Wiring diagram

Red Blue

GreenYellowBlack

PM

White

UNIPOLAR

NotesPage

2



Motors

Plan

etar

y an

d R

ight

Ang

leG

earb

oxes

Planetary GearboxesStandard backlash 24’/16’ (single stage)40/60mm squareRatios 3:1 to 512:1Lubricated for lifeSuits NEMA 17 or 23 motor

Precision gearboxesEconomical precision gearboxes.Can be supplied with interfaces tocomplement the intelligentReliance Cool Muscle Motor.

Planetary GearboxesLow backlash 3’/5’70mm squareRatios 3:1 to 100:1Lubricated for lifeSuits NEMA 23 motor

Hypoid & Bevel GearboxesSingle and double shaftRatios 1:1 and 2:1

3

Epicyclic ModulesA selection of Matex epicyclic modules. Units range from 1 to 45Nm. 75mm outsidediameter with an output torque upto 120Nm

Plan

etar

y an

d R

ight

Ang

leG

earb

oxes

Section Contents

Planetary Gearboxes Overview................................................Page 3-2

Planetary Gearboxes RGP40 Series ........................................Page 3-4

Planetary Gearboxes RGP60 Series ........................................Page 3-6

Planetary Gearboxes RGPN70 Series......................................Page 3-8

Planetary Gearboxes Interface Detail ......................................Page 3-10

Planetary Gearboxes with Reliance Cool Muscle ..................Page 3-11

Bevel Gearboxes Overview ......................................................Page 3-12

Hypoid Gearboxes ....................................................................Page 3-14

Bevel Gearboxes........................................................................Page 3-15

Epicyclic Modules......................................................................Page 3-22


Overview

3



Planetary Gearboxes

1 Output shaftHigh strength one piece planet carrier and output shaft

2 Output shaft bearingDeep groove ball bearings with contact seals

3 Planet gearPrecision zero helix angle gear with optimised profile modification and crowning, casehardened and hard finished by honing

4 Housing with integrated ring gearRing gear case hardened for high load capacity, minimum wear, consistent backlash

5 Sun gearPrecision machined optimised gear profile, case hardened and honed for higher load capacity,low noise, minimum wear and consistent backlash

6 Bearing for sun gearHigh speed, deep groove ball bearings eliminating thrust loads from thermal expansion, whilstproviding exact sun gear position for easy mounting

7 Motor adaptor plateAllows matching up of the gear head with NEMA 17 and 23 motors, made of aluminium forenhanced thermal conductivity (other adaptors and motors on request)

8 Clamping ringBalanced ring suitable for high rpm, made from steel to allow greater clamping forces for safetorque transfer

9 Clamping screwHigh strength steel with special low pitch thread to generate a greater clamping force

10 Motor shaft clampMultiple closed slot precision clamping system for improved reliability

11 Assembly holeAccess bore for the clamping screw

• standard backlash(RGP40 from <24’)(RGP60 from <16’)

• high output torque • novel motor clamp system • high efficiency (96%) • ratios i=3,...,512 • low noise • high quality• any mounting position • easy motor mounting • lifetime lubrication• direction of rotation

equidirectional • options available

RGP40, RGP60

Overview

3



Planetary Gearboxes

• low backlash (<3’)• high output torque • novel motor clamp system • high efficiency (98%)• honed gearing • ratios i=3,...,100 • low noise (< 58 dB)• high quality• any mounting position • easy motor mounting • lifetime lubrication• direction of rotation

equidirectional • options available

RGPN70

1 Output shaftHigh strength, one piece planet carrier and output shaft

2 Output shaft bearingHigh precision, preloaded taper roller bearings for zero clearance

3 Sealing ringDedicated double lip seal. The lubricant is kept in while contaminants remain outside thegearbox; IP65

4 Planet gearPrecision zero helix angle gear with optimised profile modification and crowning, case hardened and hard finished by honing

5 Sun gearPrecision machined optimised gear profile, case hardened and honed for higher load capacity,low noise, minimum wear and consistent backlash

6 Bearing for sun gearHigh speed, deep groove ball bearings eliminating thrust loads from thermal expansion, whilstproviding exact sun gear position for easy mounting

7 Housing with integrated ring gearRing gear case hardened for high load capacity, minimum wear, consistent backlash

8 Motor adaptor plateAllows matching up of the gearhead with NEMA 23 motors, made of aluminium for enhancedthermal conductivity (other adaptors and motors on request)

9 Clamping ringBalanced ring suitable for high rpm, made from steel to allow greater clamping forces for safetorque transfer

10 Clamping screwHigh strength steel with special low pitch thread to generate a greater clamping force

11 Motor shaft clampPrecision clamping system for improved reliability

12 Assembly holeAccess bore for the clamping screw

RGP40 Series

3

3-4

Associated ProductsReliance Cool Muscle: page 2-2

Couplings: page 8-1Hardware: page 13-1




Planetary Gearboxes


Example Part No:- RGP40 - 60 - NEMA17

BasicPart

Number

Ratio Numberof

Stages

L1 L2 L3 Output Torque InertiaNEMA 17 NEMA 23 Nominal Max

mm mm mm mm Nm (2) Nm kgcm2

RGP40

3

1 74.5 39 19 18

11 17.6 0.0314 15 24 0.0225 14 22 0.0198 6 10 0.017

RGP40

9

2 87.5 52 19 18

16.5 26 0.03012 20 32 0.02915 18 29 0.02316 20 32 0.02220 20 32 0.01925 18 29 0.01932 20 32 0.01740 18 29 0.01664 7.5 12 0.016

RGP40

60

3 100 64.5 19 18

20 32 0.02980 20 32 0.019

100 20 32 0.019120 18 29 0.029160 20 32 0.016200 18 29 0.016256 20 32 0.016320 18 29 0.016512 7.5 12 0.016

See page 3-10 for motor mount details

RGP40 Series

3



Planetary Gearboxes

Technical informationSpecification Unit RGP40 Stage

Backlash arcmin<24<28<30

123

Torsional stiffness Nm/arcmin1.01.11.0

123

Efficiency with full load %969490

123

Weight kg0.350.450.55

123

Lifetime(3) h 30,000Radial load for 10,000h(4) N 200Axial load for 10,000h(4) N 200Running noise(5) dB(A) 58Maximum input speed rpm 18,000

5,000Input speed at >50% torque

Operating temperature max ºC 90min ºC -25

Motor mounting clamp torque Nm 24.5

Lubrication Greased for lifeDegree of protection IP54

• Gearbox may be used in any mounting orientation• Housing material: Steel - black• Input and output flanges material: Aluminium - untreated• Optional smooth output shaft if required• Other motors may be utilised, please contact our sales team• For detailed duty cycle and life calculation, please contact our

sales team

(1) NEMA 17 and 23 motors are supplied with a mounting adaptor plate and a motor output shaft bush(2) Emergency stop torque equals twice nominal torque, maximum 500 times(3) Based on nominal torque and output shaft speed 100 rpm(4) Based on output shaft speed 100 rpm, centrally positioned along shaft(5) Distance 1 metre, idle running, input speed 3,000 rpm, ratio 5

Gearbox designed to suit Reliance Cool Muscle intelligent integrated ACservo system, see pages 3-10 & 3-11

M2.5M3

RGP60 Series

3

3-6






Planetary Gearboxes

Example Part No:- RGP60 - 60 - NEMA17

BasicPart

Number

Ratio Stage L1 L2 L3 Output Torque InertiaNEMA 17 NEMA 23 Nominal Max

mm mm mm mm Nm (2) Nm kgcm2

RGP60

3

1 90 47 18.1 16.1

28 45 0.1354 38 61 0.0935 40 64 0.0788 18 29 0.065

RGP60

9

2 102.5 59.5 18.1 16.1

44 70 0.13112 44 70 0.12715 44 70 0.07716 44 70 0.08820 44 70 0.07525 40 64 0.07532 44 70 0.06440 40 64 0.06464 18 29 0.064

RGP60

60

3 115.5 72 18.1 16.1

44 70 0.07680 44 70 0.075

100 44 70 0.075120 44 70 0.064160 44 70 0.064200 40 64 0.064256 44 70 0.064320 40 64 0.064512 18 29 0.064

Part number selection tableSee page 3-10 for motor mount details

RGP60 Series

3



Planetary Gearboxes


Backlash arcmin<16<20<22

123

Torsional stiffness Nm/arcmin2.32.52.5

123

Efficiency with full load %969490

123

Weight kg0.91.11.3

123

Lifetime(3) h 30,000Radial load for 10,000h(4) N 500Axial load for 10,000h(4) N 600Running noise(5) dB(A) 58Maximum input speed rpm 13,000

4,500Input speed at >50% Torque


Motor mounting clamp torque Nm 4.59.5


• Gearbox may be used in any mounting orientation• Housing material: Steel - black• Input and output flanges material: Aluminium - untreated• Optional smooth output shaft if required• Other motors may be utilised, please contact our sales team• For detailed duty cycle and life calculation, please contact our

sales team

(1) NEMA 17 and 23 motors are supplied with a mounting adaptor plate and a motor output shaft bush(2) Emergency stop torque equals twice nominal torque, maximum 500 times(3) Based on nominal torque and output shaft speed 100 rpm(4) Based on output shaft speed 100 rpm, centrally positioned along shaft(5) Distance 1 metre, idle running, input speed 3,000 rpm, ratio 5


M3M4

RGPN70 Series

3

3-8






Planetary Gearboxes

Example Part No:- RGPN70 - 40 - NEMA23

BasicPart

Number

Ratio Stage L1 L2 Output Torque Inertia Input Speed at50% Torque

Input Speed at100% TorqueNominal Max

mm mm Nm (2) Nm kgcm2 rpm rpm

RGPN70

3

1 137.5 59

45 72 0.40 2,580 2,0204 60 96 0.32 2,800 2,0905 65 104 0.28 3,100 2,3008 40 64 0.25 4,480 3,720

10 27 43 0.25 5,210 4,610

RGPN70

12

2 166.5 88

68 109 0.40 3,960 2,99015 68 109 0.38 4,420 3,41016 77 123 0.35 4,220 3,24020 77 123 0.33 4,690 3,67025 65 104 0.30 5,210 4,30032 77 123 0.32 5,640 4,62040 65 104 0.29 6,000 5,26064 40 64 0.26 6,000 6,000

100 27 43 0.25 6,000 6,000

Part number selection tableSee page 3-10 for motor mount details

RGPN70 Series

3



Planetary Gearboxes


Backlash arcmin <3<5

12

Torsional stiffness Nm/arcmin 67

12

Efficiency with full load % 9895

12

Weight kg 1.92.4

12

Lifetime(3) h 20,000Radial load for 20,000h(4) N 3,200Axial load for 20,000h(4) N 4,400Running noise(5) dB(A) 58Maximum input speed rpm 14,000


Motor mounting clamp torque Nm 4.59.5


• Gearbox may be used in any mounting orientation• Housing material: Steel - black• Input flange material: Aluminium - untreated• Optional keyway output shaft if required• Other motors may be utilised, please contact our sales team• For detailed duty cycle and life calculation, please contact our

sales team

(1) NEMA 17 and 23 motors are supplied with an integrated mounting adaptor plate and a motor output shaft bush(2) Emergency stop torque equals twice nominal torque, maximum 500 times(3) Based on nominal torque and output shaft speed 100 rpm(4) Based on output shaft speed 100 rpm, centrally positioned along shaft(5) Distance 1 metre, idle running, input speed 3,000 rpm, ratio 5


M3M4

InterfaceDetail

3



Planetary Gearboxes

Interface detail

GearboxL1

NEMA 17L2

NEMA 17L3

NEMA 23L4

RGP40 60 6.0 7 14RGP60 60 6.4 10 16

RGPN70 70 N/A N/A 12

The Reliance gearboxes use adaptor plates for low quantity orders of the RGP40 and RGP60 range.The adaptor plate allows for upgrade of the motor without the need to replace the gearbox. TheRGP40 will be mounted at 45º to the NEMA size 17 motor (Fig 1). If an in-line mount is neededspecifically for your requirements, please contact our sales team. The RGP60 will be mounted in-linewith the motor using the adaptor plate.

For larger quantities the RGP40 and RGP60 are supplied as a complete unit with an integrated motorinterface. The RGP40 will be mounted in-line with the motor (Fig 2) and L1 will be 40mm. The RGP60will be mounted in-line with the motor.

Fig1 Fig2

With Reliance CoolMuscle Motor

3



Planetary Gearboxes


Example Part No:- RGP60 - 60 - C - 17S30-RT3

Required Gearbox andRatio

Reliance Cool MuscleMotor

ControlMotor Size& Length

Chosen from Gearbox Product Pages

C(computer)

P(pulse)

17S30-RT317L30-RT323S30-RT323L20-RT3

Please note that the RGPN70 is only available for the NEMA23 Reliance Cool Muscle Motor

Reliance also offers the RGPW40, RGPW60 andRGPNW70 angular gearbox range.

Designed at 90º, this angular gearbox range has beenspecially developed as a space saving installationmethod of gearbox to motor.

Contact our sales team or visitwww.rpmechatronics.co.uk for more information

Cool MuscleMotor

AdaptorPlate

Bush

PlanetaryGearbox

Overview

3



Bevel Gearboxes

HY 70 R - 005BS 45 L - 001BS 80 T - 002

BSH 140 L - 001BE 40 L - 001BE 70 L - 002 B

GearboxType

OverallLength

GearboxShape

GearRatio

Shaft DiameterIdentification

HY - Hypoid GearboxBS - Bevel GearboxBSH - Bevel GearboxBE - Bevel Gear Set

Distance from back faceto shaft end

R = SquareL = L shapeT = T shape

001 = 1:1002 = 2:1005 = 5:1

A = Smaller output/inputshaft optionB = Larger output/inputshaft option

Reliance bevel boxes

Reliance bevel boxes are a space saving solution to difficult design restraints or a restricted spaceenvelope.

Utilising a compact and simple design the B-Box series has a completely sealed casing providing adust free and safe operation. The bevel box uses a lightweight aluminium casing with stainless steeland carbon steels for the gears and shafting. Using AQ10 quality bevel gears, when assembled thebacklash of the assembly is as low as <20 arcmins. All the units come with pre-tapped holes foralternative easy mounting and the enclosed units are lubricated with a high quality grease beforesealing, offering lifetime lubrication and low maintenance.

Utilising bevel gearing the bevel box range offers an economic solution to right angular motion.

* See bore type designator in part number, - or +

Overview

3



Bevel Gearboxes

Hy-BoxA fully sealed unit with an aluminium alloy casing,stainless steel shafting and carbon steel bevelgears. Offering ratios of 5:1 or 10:1

B-Box The simplistic design allows for a slimline unit available inthree designs, to offer a complete solution to design spacesaving solutions, with ratios of 2:1 and 1:1 available.Utilises a aluminium housing with stainless steel bevelgears and shafting.

B-SetThe most economical bevel gearbox, simple andfunctional. Available with 1:1 and 2:1 ratios this unitcomes with a removable cover which simply clips onto provide safe operation.

HY Series

3



Hypoid Gearboxes


Associated ProductsMotors: page 2-1


All dimensions in mmMaterials:Body - Anodised aluminium(ISO AIMg0.7Si, AIMg1SiCu)Pinion shaft - SCM435Gear shaft - S45C

PartNumber

GearRatio A B C D E F G

ØH(h7)

ØI(h7) J K L M T P Q R

HY70R-005HY90R-010HY95R-005HY120R-010

510

510

709095

120

58687580

45606080

557575

100

40505055

15152020

18182525

6688

88

1212

20.025.025.027.5

17.520.020.025.0

36474962

22.530.030.040.0

577

10

14262827

10121215

10121212

PartNumber

Module Teeth Input Torque Ncm at:100RPM 250RPM 500RPM 800RPM 1000RPM 1500RPM 2000RPM 2500RPM

HY70R-005HY90R-010HY95R-005HY120R-010

0.750.711.11.0

8/407/708/407/70

76.075.8

247.4186.3

71.870.8

232.1172.7

66.063.8

211.8155.7

59.056.0

187.7136.6

53.950.7

170.3123.5

44.241.3

137.7100.0

36.634.3

112.682.7

28.427.386.065.0

PartNumber

Hole Dims Drilled Holes & C/Bores MaximumOverhang

Load(N)

Weight

(kg)S

Depth DrillHoleØX

CounterBoreØV

C/BoreDepth

WHY70R-005HY90R-010HY95R-005HY120R-010

M3M4M4M5

5668

3.24.24.25.2

6.58.08.09.5

3.24.34.35.3

19193939

0.30.60.71.3

Allowable rated torque table

BS L-TypeSeries

3



Bevel Gearboxes


All dimensions in mmMaterials:

Body - Anodised aluminium(ISO AIMg0.7Si, AIMg1SiCu)

Shaft - Stainless steel (SUS303)

Associated ProductsMotors: page 2-1Couplings: page 8-1Hardware: page 13-1

PartNumber

GearRatio C A B

ØD(h7) E F G

Shaft End Hole Dims Backlash(arcmin)

Weight(g)T L M Depth

BS35L-001BS45L-001BS65L-001BS80L-001BS90L-001BS105L-001

1

141825303540

3545658090105

273350607080

3468

1012

81215202025

45

12151520

23

3.5555

2.73.3----

58----

M2M3M4M5M5M6

446677

201515151515

2755175290496725

BS65L-002BS80L-002BS90L-002BS105L-002

2

25303540

658090105

50607080

68

1012

15202025

12151520

3.5555

----

----

M4M5M5M6

6677

15

175290496725

PartNumber

Module Teeth Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm 250rpm 500rpm 800rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm

BS35L-001BS45L-001BS65L-001BS80L-001BS90L-001BS105L-001

0.40.50.81.01.251.5

20

7.118.773.7

137.9271.8442.6

7.018.672.6

135.6266.1431.6

6.818.169.8

129.1250.4401.6

6.517.365.6

119.5228.0360.0

6.216.561.0

109.7205.8320.1

6.016.058.4

104.0193.3298.1

5.515.052.692.0

167.8254.3

5.314.047.982.6

148.2221.9

BS65L-002BS80L-002BS90L-002BS105L-002

0.60.81.01.25

14/2813/2613/2613/26

20.239.877.6

141.5

20.139.576.7

139.6

19.738.474.3

134.0

19.036.870.5

125.7

18.335.166.4

116.9

17.834.064.0

111.7

16.731.558.6

100.7

15.729.554.491.5


BS T-TypeSeries

3

3-16



All dimensions in mmMaterial:Body - Anodised aluminium(ISO AIMg0.7Si, AIMg1SiCu)Shaft - Stainless steel (SUS303)



Bevel Gearboxes

Part number selection tablePart

NumberGearRatio Z Y C A B

ØD(h7) E F G

Shaft End Set Screw Backlash(arcmin)

Weight(g)T L M Depth

BS45T-001BS65T-001BS80T-001BS90T-001

1

72105130145

487590

105

18253035

45658090

33506070

468

10

12152020

5121515

3.03.55.05.0

3.3---

8---

M3M4M5M5

4667

15

75246410679

BS65T-002BS80T-002BS90T-002

2105130145

7590

105

253035

658090

506070

68

10

152020

121515

3.55.05.0

---

---

M4M5M5

667

15246410679

PartNumber Module Teeth

Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm 250rpm 500rpm 800rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm

BS45T-001BS65T-001BS80T-001BS90T-001

0.50.81.01.25

20

18.773.7

137.9271.8

18.672.6

135.6266.1

18.169.8

129.1250.4

17.365.6

119.5228.0

16.561.0

109.7205.8

16.058.4

104.0193.3

15.052.692.0

167.8

14.047.982.6

148.2BS65T-002BS80T-002BS90T-002

0.60.81.0

14/2813/2613/26

20.239.877.6

20.139.576.7

19.738.474.3

19.036.870.5

18.335.166.4

17.834.064.0

16.731.558.6

15.729.554.0


BSB LB-TypeSeries

3

3-17

All dimensions in mmMaterial:






Bevel Gearboxes


NumberGearRatio

C A BØDh7

Bore

E I ØJ K F G M

DepthSet Screw Weight

(g)ØH(H7)

DepthL N

BSB65L-001ABSB65L-001BBSB80L-001ABSB80L-001BBSB90L-001ABSB90L-001BBSB105L-001ABSB105L-001B

1

2525303035354040

656580809090

105105

5050606070708080

6688

10101212

56688

101012

1515191919192323

1515202020202525

55556666

1616191921212626

M3M3M3M3M4M4M4M4

1212151515152020

3.53.5555555

M4M4M5M5M5M5M6M6

66667777

M3M3M3M3M4M4M4M4

1919232325253030

169167293289465460722713

PartNumber ModuleTeeth

Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm250rpm500rpm 800rpm 1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm

BSB65L-001A/BBSB80L-001A/BBSB90L-001A/BBSB105L-001A/B

0.81.01.251.5

20

73.7137.9271.8442.6

72.6135.6266.1431.6

69.8129.1250.4401.6

65.6119.5228.0360.0

61.0109.7205.8320.1

58.4104.0193.3298.1

52.692.0

167.8254.3

47.982.6

148.2221.9


Backlash: 15arcmin

BSH L-TypeSeries

3

3-18



All dimensions in mmMaterial:Body - Aluminium (ISO AIMg0.7Si,AIMg1SiCu) andCast iron castings (JIS G5501)Shaft - Stainless and carbon steels (SUS303, S45C)



Bevel Gearboxes


NumberGearRatio

BodyMatl* C A B

ØDh7 E F G

Keyway Set Screw Shaft Endb t L M Depth T Depth

BSH70L-001BSH85L-001BSH95L-001BSH115L-001

1

ALALALFC

27323645

708595

115

54647290

68

1012

16212325

9101320

4555

-334

-1.81.82.5

-141520

M4M5M5M5

678

12

---

M4

---8

PartNumber

ModuleTeeth Input Torque Nm at:250rpm 500rpm800rpm1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm 2500rpm 3000rpm

BSH70L-001BSH85L-001BSH95L-001BSH115L-001

0.81.01.251.5

19191819

0.891.953.685.23

0.891.953.685.23

0.891.953.685.15

0.891.953.585.01

0.861.813.304.69

0.811.693.044.40

0.771.592.854.25

0.731.502.774.13


PartNumber

Backlash

(arcmin)

MaximumOverhang Load

(N)

Weight

(Kg)BSH70L-001BSH85L-001BSH95L-001BSH115L-001

15151510

25365883

0.20.40.51.8

*Body material and surface treatments(AL) Al Alloy: A6063, A6061, black anodised(FC) Cast iron: FC200, FC250, black oxide

BSH T-TypeSeries

3

3-19


Body - Aluminium (ISO AIMg0.7Si,AIMg1SiCu)

Shaft - Stainless and carbon steels (SUS303, S45C)




Bevel Gearboxes


NumberGearRatio

BodyMatl* Z Y C A B

ØDh7 E F G

Keyway Set Screwb t L M Depth

BSH70T-001BSH85T-001BSH95T-001

1 AL113138154

8196

108

273236

708595

546472

68

10

162123

91013

455

-33

-1.81.8

-1415

M4M5M5

678

PartNumber

ModuleTeeth Input Torque Nm at:250rpm 500rpm800rpm1000rpm 1500rpm 2000rpm 2500rpm 3000rpm

BSH70T-001BSH85T-001BSH95T-001

0.81.01.25

191918

0.891.953.68

0.891.953.68

0.891.953.68

0.891.953.58

0.861.813.30

0.811.693.04

0.771.592.85

0.731.502.77


PartNumber

Backlash

(arcmin)

MaximumOverhang Load

(N)

Weight

(Kg)BSH70T-001BSH85T-001BSH95T-001

15253658

0.30.50.7

*Body material and surface treatments(AL) Al Alloy: A6063, A6061, black anodised

BE SeriesRatio 1:1

3

3-20



All dimensions in mmMaterial:Body - Anodised aluminium(ISO AIMg0.7Si, AIMg1SiCu)Shaft - Stainless steel (SUS303)



Bevel Gearboxes


NumberGearRatio

A B CØDh8 E F G H P J

Drilled Holes & C/BoresDrill Hole

ØKC/Bore

ØVC/Bore

Depth WBE40L-001BE55L-001BE70L-001ABE70L-001BBE88L-001ABE88L-001B

1

405570708888

304050506363

101316162020

4568

1012

101520202525

5.06.58.08.0

10.010.0

4.55.06.06.07.07.0

20.528.536364646

15.021.527.027.033.033.0

182530304040

3.43.44.34.35.25.2

6.56.58.08.09.59.5

3.53.54.54.55.55.5

PartNumber

Module Teeth Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm 250rpm 500rpm

BE40L-001BE55L-001BE70L-001ABE70L-001BBE88L-001ABE88L-001B

0.50.81.01.01.51.5

20

9.838.672.372.3

232.3232.3

9.738.071.071.0

226.5226.5

9.436.567.667.6

210.8210.8

9.034.362.662.6

188.9188.9


PartNumber L ØM N T U

Weight(g)

BE40L-001BE55L-001BE70L-001ABE70L-001BBE88L-001ABE88L-001B

2.54.04.54.55.05.0

7911141819

2.11.81.82.02.02.2

1.71.92.12.12.12.1

131620202727

3085

155170375380

BE series gearboxes are suppliedwith a clip on plastic cover.

BE SeriesRatio 2:1

3

3-21







Bevel Gearboxes


NumberGearRatio

A B CØDh8 E F G H P J

Drilled Holes & C/BoresDrill Hole

ØKC/Bore

ØVC/Bore

Depth WBE55L-002BE70L-002ABE70L-002BBE88L-002ABE88L-002B

2

5570708888

4050506363

1316162020

568

1012

1520202525

6.58.08.0

10.010.0

56677

28.536364646

21.527.027.033.033.0

2530304040

3.44.34.35.25.2

6.58.08.09.59.5

3.54.54.55.55.5

PartNumber

Module Teeth Input Torque Ncm at:50rpm 100rpm 250rpm 500rpm

BE55L-002BE70L-002ABE70L-002BBE88L-002ABE88L-002B

0.60.80.81.251.25

14/2813/2613/2613/2613/26

10.520.720.774.274.2

10.420.620.673.273.2

10.220.120.170.370.3

9.919.319.365.965.9


PartNumber L ØM N T U

Weight(g)

BE55L-002BE70L-002ABE70L-002BBE88L-002ABE88L-002B

4.04.54.55.05.0

911141819

1.81.82.02.02.2

1.92.12.12.12.1

1620202727

80140165345375

BE series gearboxes are suppliedwith a clip on plastic cover.

MEM75 Series

3



Epicyclic Modules

FEATURESTransmission Efficiency98% per single unit, 95% even in double units, the power source may be smaller than with manyother reduction gears.

Noise ReductionGear noise is reduced by a special construction of disk-sided planetary gears.

Load Equalised StructureThe inherent problem of loadsharing with planetary gear systems is solved by the load equalisedconstruction.

High Torque TransmissionMEM is a compact unit with high torque transmission because it is designed to equalise the loads ofeach planetary gear.

Many Reduction RatiosIt is possible to obtain many reduction ratios by combining standard units (3:1, 4:1, 5:1).

MEM 75 -4 M L D

EpicyclicModule

OutsideDiameter

ReductionRatio

Material*

M = StandardP* and S* are non-std

Please enquire

Input Shaft*Form

L = StandardA* and I* are non-std

Please enquire

Output ShaftForm

D = StandardG is non-std

Please enquire

Part Number Structure

MaterialM = Metal carrier

Metal housingMetal internal/planet gearsMetal sun gear

P*= Plastic carrierPlastic housingPlastic internal/planet gearsMetal sun gear

S*= Metal carrierPlastic housingPlastic internal/planet gearsMetal sun gear

Input shaft formL = splined shaft 11 teeth 1.0 module 45º P.A. (standard)A*= D shaped shaft 8mm diameter x 7mmI* = splined hole 8mm diameter with 9 splines 0.75 module 20º P.A.

Output shaft formD = splined hole 12mm diameter 11 splines 1.0 module 45º P.A. (standard)G = splined hole 19.5mm diameter 25 splines 0.75 module 45º P.A.

Reduction ratiosMetal units (M) Hybrid units (S) 3:1, 4:1, 5:1Plastic units (P) 3.11:1, 3.71:1, 4.8:1Insert 3 for 3:1, 4 for 4:1, 5 for 5:1

MEM75 Series

3

3-23

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsMotors: page 2-1Couplings: page 8-1Hardware: page 13-1Accessories: page 3-24



Epicyclic Modules

Unit PartNumber

Ratio Weight(g) W X Y

Inertiakgcm2

MEM75-3MLD 3:1 2408.4 12.8 22.6

4.24MEM75-4MLD 4:1 248 4.27MEM75-5MLD 5:1 257 4.39MEM75-3MLD8 3:1 321

12.4 16.8 26.64.53

MEM75-4MLD8 4:1 315 4.44MEM75-5MLD8 5:1 327 4.58


• Spacer ring for spacing modules at the correct distance• Retaining rings for accepting through bolts to retain modules• Ø12 output shaft, 10Nm torque rated• Ø32 output shaft for customers to machine to their requirements• See page 3-24 for the range of accessories

Accessories

• For torque graphs, see page T3-2• For complete gearhead information, see page T3-3

MEM75 Series

3

3-24

Associated ProductsMatex Epicyclic Modules: page 3-22




Epicyclic ModulesAccessories

ACCESSORIES

The female module accepts the motor shaft as input, the succeeding male module then plugs in tothe output of the female. Successive male modules can then be added as desired.

Function PartNumber

Material Weightg Description

1. Spacer ring MEM75-903 POM 12 For spacing modules at the correct distance2. Retaining ring MEM75-915 SPCC 38 For accepting through bolts to retain modules3. Ø12 O/P shaft MEM75-907 SCM435 50 10Nm torque rated4. Ø32 O/P shaft MEM75-906 S45C 720 For customer to machine to requirements

1.

4.

3.

2.

Notes

3



Gearboxes

Bra

ss, G

roun

d an

dPr

ecis

ion

Spur

Gea

rs

Precision Cut GearsPlain and anti-backlash gears forapplications requiring high accuracyand long life with low torquetransmission capability

A complete precisiongear range Reliance Precision have beenmanufacturing instrument andlight drive gears for over 50years. With a commitment totest and analysis, Reliancenow offer a complete rangefrom brass to precision cutand ground gears.

Specially Designed GearsFor use in defence, aerospace andhigh reliability, instrumentation andfeedback applications

Precision Ground GearsManufactured down to 0.5 module,accurate to ISO 5.Accuracy with the capability oftransmitting higher torques

Brass GearsFor less demanding applications.Accuracy to ISO 9 - 10.Economic balance of accuracy andload capacity against cost4

Precision Hardened GearsPlain 17-4PH gears for applicationsrequiring high accuracy and long lifewith a higher torque transmissioncapability

Bra

ss, G

roun

d an

dPr

ecis

ion

Spur

Gea

rs

Section Contents

Precision Gear Part Number Reference Guide ......................Page 4-2

Anti-backlash Miniature Pinions ..............................................Page 4-3

Anti-backlash Pinions (pin and clamp hub)............................Page 4-8

Anti-backlash Gears (pin and clamp hub) ..............................Page 4-18

Spur Gears (pin and clamp hub)..............................................Page 4-32

Hubless Spur Gears ................................................................Page 4-48

Hardened Spur Gears................................................................Page 4-52

Aerospace Gear Capabilities ....................................................Page 4-56

Ground Gears Overview ..........................................................Page 4-58

Ground Spur Pinion Gear Shafts ............................................Page 4-59

Ground Pin Hub Spur Gears ....................................................Page 4-60

Keys and Keyways ....................................................................Page 4-67

Brass Gears Overview ..............................................................Page 4-68

Brass Pinions ............................................................................Page 4-69

Brass Pin Hub Spur Gears........................................................Page 4-70

Brass Hubless Spur Gears ......................................................Page 4-76


ReferenceGuide

4



Precision Gear Part Numbering

AP 05 S1 B4 F45 A - 55 B

Pin hubClamp hubHublessAnti-backlash pin hubAnti-backlash clamp hubAnti-backlash clamp hub,

miniature

PCF

APAC

AR

Gear Type

PitchModule1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.21mmCP2mmCP2.5mmCP

150125

100806 050403

025021M2M

25M

Material CodeAluminium alloyStainless steel 303Stainless steel 316Hardened stainlesssteel 17-4PHBrassAcetalPEEK™ polymer

A1S1S2#

S8B2#

D1#

P1#

BoreMetric2mm3mm4mm5mm6mm8mm10mm12mm15mm

B2B3B4B5B6B8B10B12B15

Imperial5/64"1/8"0.12"3/16"1/4"5/16"3/8"11/16"1"

B078#

B125#

B120#

B187#

B250#

B312#

B375#

B687#

B1000#

Face Width2mm3mm3.3mm3.5mm4mm4.5mm5mm6mm6.5mm7mm8mm8.9mm10mm12mm

F2F3F33F35F4F45F5F6F61F7F8F89F10F12

Dra

win

g Is

sue

Sepa

rato

rN

umbe

r of T

eeth

Gear QualityAQ14AQ12AQ11AQ10 (Standard)*

ABC

*Standard accuracyAQ10 (1.25Mod, 20DPor finer), AQ9 (1.5Mod,16DP or coarser).

DP16203248647280961001201/10"CP1/20"CP

16#

20#

32#

48#

64#

72#

80#

96#

100#

120#

31#

62#

# indicates non-standard items. Please enquire for details regarding large modules, imperial pitches and bores, andalternative materials.

2 mm Bore

4

4-3

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mm

Pressure angle 20°



Anti-Backlash PinionsMiniature


Example Part No:- AR06S1B2F33A- 25

StandardModules

Basic Part NumberStandard Materials

Number of Teeth

Min MaxStainless Steel Aluminium Alloy0.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

AR08S1B2F33A-AR06S1B2F33A-AR05S1B2F33A-AR04S1B2F33A-AR03S1B2F33A-AR025S1B2F33A-AR02S1B2F33A-

AR08A1B2F33A-AR06A1B2F33A-AR05A1B2F33A-AR04A1B2F33A-AR03A1B2F33A-AR025A1B2F33A-AR02A1B2F33A-

16 †212430384556

21293645617493

• Higher gear qualities - see page T4-1• Imperial diametral pitches available• Imperial 5/64" bore available

† Gears of 16 teeth will be modified - see page T4-8

Associated ProductsClamp hub gears: page 4-1Shafts: page 11-2Bearings: page 12-1Gear clamps: page 11-8

• Suitable clamps - see page 11-8• Standard gear quality AQ10 - see page T4-1• Material and treatment specifications - see page T4-4

Non-standard options, please contact our sales team

3 mm Bore

4

4-4

Associated ProductsClamp hub gears: page 4-1

Shafts: page 11-2Bearings: page 12-1

Gear clamps: page 11-8

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmPressure angle 20°






StandardModules


Number of Teeth




16 †212430384556

21293645617493

† Gears of 16 teeth or fewer will be modified - see page T4-8




4 mm Bore

4

4-5


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




18222632414960

21293645617493

• Higher gear qualities - see page T4-1• Imperial diametral pitches available



5 mm Bore

4

4-6










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




19242834445265

21293645617493




6 mm Bore

4

4-7


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




21263138495872

21293645617493




2 mm Bore

4

4-8







Anti-Backlash Clamp Hub Pinions


Example Part No:- AC06S1B2F45A- 35

StandardModules


Number of Teeth

Min MaxStainless Steel Aluminium Alloy1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

AC150S1B2F45A-AC125S1B2F45A-AC10S1B2F45A-AC08S1B2F45A-AC06S1B2F45A-AC05S1B2F45A-AC04S1B2F45A-AC03S1B2F45A-AC025S1B2F45A-AC02S1B2F45A-

AC150A1B2F45A-AC125A1B2F45A-AC10A1B2F45A-AC08A1B2F45A-AC06A1B2F45A-AC05A1B2F45A-AC04A1B2F45A-AC03A1B2F45A-AC025A1B2F45A-AC02A1B2F45A-

14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183



• Suitable clamps - see page 11-8• Standard gear quality AQ10 (AQ9 for 1.5 mod) - see page T4-1• Material and treatment specifications - see page T4-4


2 mm Bore

4

4-9


Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsPin hub gears: page 4-1Shafts: page 11-2Bearings: page 12-1Pins: page 13-18



Anti-Backlash Pin Hub Pinions


Example Part No:- AP06S1B2F45A- 35

StandardModules


Number of Teeth


AP150S1B2F45A-AP125S1B2F45A-AP10S1B2F45A-AP08S1B2F45A-AP06S1B2F45A-AP05S1B2F45A-AP04S1B2F45A-AP03S1B2F45A-AP025S1B2F45A-AP02S1B2F45A-

AP150A1B2F45A-AP125A1B2F45A-AP10A1B2F45A-AP08A1B2F45A-AP06A1B2F45A-AP05A1B2F45A-AP04A1B2F45A-AP03A1B2F45A-AP025A1B2F45A-AP02A1B2F45A-

14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183



• Standard gear quality AQ10 (AQ9 for 1.5 mod) - see page T4-1• Material and treatment specifications - see page T4-4


3 mm Bore

4

4-10










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183





3 mm Bore

4

4-11


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183





4 mm Bore

4

4-12










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183


• Higher gear qualities - see page T4-1• Imperial diametral pitches available• Imperial 0.120" bore available



4 mm Bore

4

4-13


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183





5 mm Bore

4

4-14










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183





5 mm Bore

4

4-15


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183





6 mm Bore

4

4-16










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183





6 mm Bore

4

4-17


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




14 †16 †1923293442556580

22273544597290

121146183





2 mm Bore

4

4-18







Anti-Backlash Clamp Hub Gears



StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




2 mm Bore

4

4-19


Pressure angle 20°




Anti-Backlash Pin Hub Gears



StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




3 mm Bore

4

4-20










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




3 mm Bore

4

4-21


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




4 mm Bore

4

4-22










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




4 mm Bore

4

4-23


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




5 mm Bore

4

4-24










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




5 mm Bore

4

4-25


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




6 mm Bore

4

4-26










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




6 mm Bore

4

4-27


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




24283442556681

107128159

46567088

119143179240289361




8 mm Bore

4

4-28










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




2125303748567092

110136

7591

114143192230289386463580




8 mm Bore

4

4-29


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




2125303748567092

110136

7591

114143192230289386463580




10 mm Bore

4

4-30










StandardModules


Number of Teeth




2125303748567092

110136

7591

114143192230289386463580




10 mm Bore

4

4-31


Pressure angle 20°







StandardModules


Number of Teeth




2125303748567092

110136

7591

114143192230289386463580




2 mm Bore

4

4-32

Associated ProductsAnti-backlash gears: page 4-1






Clamp Hub Spur Gears

† Gears of 16 teeth or fewer will be modified - see page T4-8# Alternative materials - replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, or S8 for hardened stainless steel

Example Part No:- C06S1B2 F2A- 25

StandardModules

Basic Part NumberStandard Materials #

Face Width Number of Teeth

Dim F Min MaxStainlessSteel

AluminiumAlloy F2A F4A

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

C150S1B2C125S1B2C10S1B2C08S1B2C06S1B2C05S1B2C04S1B2C03S1B2C025S1B2C02S1B2

C150A1B2C125A1B2C10A1B2C08A1B2C06A1B2C05A1B2C04A1B2C03A1B2C025A1B2C02A1B2

F2A- (2mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

12 †12 †12 †13 †14 †14 †15 †171820

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=7F=4, L=9




2 mm Bore

4

4-33


Pressure angle 20°




Pin Hub Spur Gears


Example Part No:- P06S1B2 F2A- 25

StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

P150S1B2P125S1B2P10S1B2P08S1B2P06S1B2P05S1B2P04S1B2P03S1B2P025S1B2P02S1B2

P150A1B2P125A1B2P10A1B2P08A1B2P06A1B2P05A1B2P04A1B2P03A1B2P025A1B2P02A1B2

F2A- (2mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

12 †12 †12 †13 †15 †1821273138

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=7F=4, L=9




3 mm Bore

4

4-34







StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A- (2mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

12 †13 †13 †14 †15 †16 †18202225

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=7F=4, L=9







3 mm Bore

4

4-35


Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsAnti-backlash gears: page 4-1Shafts: page 11-1Bearings: page 12-1Pins: page 13-18



Pin Hub Spur Gears



StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A- (2mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

12 †13 †13 †14 †172023303543

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=7F=4, L=9




4 mm Bore

4

4-36










StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A- (2mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

13 †14 †14 †15 †171820242630

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=9F=4, L=11




4 mm Bore

4

4-37


Pressure angle 20°




Pin Hub Spur Gears



StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A- (2mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

13 †14 †14 †15 †192226343948

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=8F=4, L=10




5 mm Bore

4

4-38










StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A- (2mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

14 †14 †15 †17192023273035

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


when F=2, L=9F=4, L=11




5 mm Bore

4

4-39


Pressure angle 20°




Pin Hub Spur Gears



StandardModules





1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F2A- (2mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

14 †14 †15 †17212429374353

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


when F=2, L=8F=4, L=10




6 mm Bore

4

4-40










StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A- (3mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

14 †15 †16 †18202225303440

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=3, L=10F=4, L=11F=6, L=13




6 mm Bore

4

4-41


Pressure angle 20°




Pin Hub Spur Gears




StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A- (3mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

14 †15 †16 †19232733435062

7286

109136183220275368442553

When F=3, L=9F=4, L=10F=6, L=12




8 mm Bore

4

4-42








† Gears of 16 teeth will be modified - see page T4-8# Alternative materials - replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, or S8 for hardened stainless steel


StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F4A- (4mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

16 †171820242630374250

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=4, L=13F=6, L=15




8 mm Bore

4

4-43


Pressure angle 20°




Pin Hub Spur Gears

† Gears of 16 teeth will be modified - see page T4-8# Alternative materials - replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, or S8 for hardened stainless steel



StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F4A- (4mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

16 †172024303543566682

7286

109136183220275368442553

When F=4, L=10F=6, L=12




10 mm Bore

4

4-44









StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F4A- (4mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

17182023273035445060

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=4, L=13F=6, L=15

# Alternative materials - replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, or S8 for hardened stainless steel




10 mm Bore

4

4-45


Pressure angle 20°




Pin Hub Spur Gears



StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F4A- (4mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

17192227344050657795

7286

109136183220275368442553

When F=4, L=12F=6, L=14





12 mm Bore

4

4-46









StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F6A- (6mm)

or

F10A- (10mm)

18202225303440505870

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=6, L=15F=10, L=19





12 mm Bore

4

4-47


Pressure angle 20°




Pin Hub Spur Gears



StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F8A- (8mm)

or

F12A- (12mm)

192226324148597792

113

7286

109136183220275368442553

When F=8, L=20F=12, L=24





5 mm Bore

4

4-48


Shafts: page 11-1




Hubless Spur Gears

† Gears of 16 teeth or fewer will be modified - see page T4-8# Alternative materials - replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, D1 for Delrin or S8 for hardened stainlesssteel

Example Part No:- F06S1B5 F3A- 75

StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2

F150S1B5F125S1B5F10S1B5F08S1B5F06S1B5F05S1B5F04S1B5F03S1B5F025S1B5F02S1B5

F150A1B5F125A1B5F10A1B5F08A1B5F06A1B5F05A1B5F04A1B5F03A1B5F025A1B5F02A1B5

F3A- (3mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

14 †14 †15 †17192023273035

7286

109136183220275368442553





NoteDelrin gear boreØ5.02/4.97

10 mm Bore

4

4-49


Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsAnti-backlash gears: page 4-1Shafts: page 11-1



Hubless Spur Gears



StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A- (3mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

17182023273035445060

7286

109136183220275368442553

# Alternative materials - replace S1 in the part number with B2 for brass, D1 for Delrin or S8 for hardened stainlesssteel





15 mm Bore

4

4-50





Hubless Spur Gears


StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A- (3mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

20222529354048607085

7286

109136183220275368442553







25 mm Bore

4

4-51


Pressure angle 20°




Hubless Spur Gears



StandardModules




AluminiumAlloy

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2



F3A- (3mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

2730354252607394

110135

7286

109136183220275368442553


• Higher gear qualities - see page T4-1• Imperial diametral pitches available• Imperial 1" bore available




5 mm Bore

4

4-52

Associated ProductsSpur gears: page 4-1


Pins: page 13-18




Hardened Spur Gears



StandardModules

Basic Part Number Face Width Number of TeethHardenedStainless

SteelDim F Min Max

F2A F4A1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2


F2A- (2mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

14 †14 †15 †17212429374353

21253241566785

114137172

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=2, L=8F=4, L=10


• Standard gear quality AQ10 (AQ9 for 1.5 mod) - see page T4-1• Material: Stainless steel 17-4 PH, hardened to 35-42 HRc• Material and treatment specifications - see page T4-4


6 mm Bore

4

4-53


Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsSpur gears: page 4-1Shafts: page 11-1Bearings: page 12-1Pins: page 13-18



Hardened Spur Gears



StandardModules


SteelDim F Min Max

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2


F3A- (3mm)

or

F4A- (4mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

14 †15 †16 †19232733435062

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=3, L=9F=4, L=10F=6, L=12




8 mm Bore

4

4-54

Associated ProductsSpur gears: page 4-1


Pins: page 13-18




Hardened Spur Gears



StandardModules


SteelDim F Min Max

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2


F4A- (4mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

16 †172024303543566682

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=4, L=10F=6, L=12




10 mm Bore

4

4-55


Pressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsSpur gears: page 4-1Shafts: page 11-1Bearings: page 12-1Pins: page 13-18



Hardened Spur Gears


StandardModules


SteelDim F Min Max

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.30.250.2


F4A- (4mm)

or

F6A- (6mm)

17192227344050657795

7286

109136183220275368442553


When F=4, L=12F=6, L=14




Overview

4



Aerospace Gear Capabilities

Reliance specialises in the production of accurate gears for use in data transmission and actuationwithin the aerospace and defence industries, using high accuracy gear cutting machines to cut teethon gear blanks and shafts.

A wide variety of gears can be produced from numerous materials such as stainless steel, aluminiumalloy, phosphor bronze and titanium. Gears are also manufactured from acetal or PEEK, ideal forapplications which require low noise and/or insulating properties.

Mikron and CNC Lambert gear hobbers are used for the production of fine pitch gears to AQ14.Accuracies better than 5 microns total composite error and 3 microns tooth to tooth error are possible.

Special precision gears

Mikron gear machines CNC gear manufacture

Gear shaping

Typical Gearbox TransmissionError Measurement (TEMS) trace

Every gear produced is inspected for accuracy,total composite error, tooth to tooth compositeerror and size. A graphical trace can beprovided, if required by the customer.

Bevel gear generation is carried out to theGleason Coniflex system. The gears are cut inmatched pairs to ensure accuracy andrepeatability.

Overview

4



Aerospace Gear Capabilities

Gearcutting capacity

Gear Type Range (Metric) Range (Imperial)Plain Spur GearsSingle Helical GearsAnti-backlash GearsShaped Gears (Internal)Shaped Gears (External)WormsWorm WheelsStraight Bevel GearsGround RackShaped Rack

0.2 to 1.5 module0.2 to 1.5 module0.2 to 1.5 module0.25 to 1.5 module0.25 to 1.5 module0.2 to 1.5 module0.2 to 1.5 module0.3 to 1 module1 mm to 3.2 mm CP1 mm to 4 mm CP

200 to 16 DP200 to 16 DP200 to 16 DP100 to 16 DP100 to 16 DP100 to 16 DP200 to 16 DP80 to 16 DP0.05" to 0.125" CP0.05" to 0.160" CP

AccuracyGears - 3 microns tooth to tooth error and 5 microns total composite errorRacks - 5 microns per 300 mm length

Single flank testing

KlingelnbergP40 Gear CMM

Dual flank testing

Satellite gear

Overview

4



Ground Spur Gears

Precision ground gears, ideal for high speed mechatronic applications where higher loads andaccurate motion are required.

SG 50 S 50 B - 10 08

GearType

Module Material Number ofTeeth

ShaftType

BoresTypes*

FaceWidth

BoreDiameter

Ground SpurGear

0.50.81.0

ChromiumMolybdenumSteel 49-55HRc

14 - 120 L = solid shafton both sidesB = Bore withhub on oneside

-: Ground borewithoutthreaded hole+: Groundbore withthreaded holeand tap guide,set screw notsupplied

810

568

1012

Ground spur gears

• Modules 0.5 to 1.0 available.• Manufactured from chromium molybdenum steel, hardened to 49-55HRc.• Standard gear accuracy: ISO 5• Bore diameter, outside diameter and other surfaces are ground to provide location datums when

additional machining is required. Additional machining of the bore is not recommended.

* See bore type designator in part number, - or +

0.5, 0.8, 1.0Module

4

4-59

All dimensions in mmPressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsBearings: page 12-1



Ground Spur Pinion Gear Shafts

PartNumber

Module Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

ShaftDia(h7)ØA

ShaftLength

LL

ShaftLength

LR

OverallLength

LSG50S20L-0806SG50S22L-0808SG50S24L-0810SG50S25L-0810SG50S26L-0810

0.5

2022242526

10.011.012.012.513.0

11.012.013.013.514.0

8

68

101010

22 50 80

SG80S15L-0806SG80S16L-0806SG80S18L-0808SG80S20L-0810SG80S24L-0810SG80S25L-0810

0.8

151618202425

12.012.814.416.019.220.0

13.614.416.017.620.821.6

8

668

101010

22 60 90

SG1S14L-1008SG1S15L-1010SG1S16L-1010SG1S18L-1010

1.0

14151618

14.015.016.018.0

16.017.018.020.0

10

8101010

25 60 95


Small quantities of selected items available ex-stock, please visit our online storewww.rpmechatronics.co.uk

• Material: Chromium molybdenum steel (ISO 34CrMo4, 42CrMo4)• Gear tooth treatment: Induction hardened to 49-55HRc• Accuracy: ISO 5• Gear tooth surface finish• For transmission capacity - see page T4-17

0.5 Module

4

4-60

Associated ProductsSet screws: page 13-1





Ground Pin Hub Spur Gears

PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

Sub-drilled

ØS M

SG50S28B-0805SG50S30B-0805SG50S30B-0806SG50S30B+0806SG50S32B-0805SG50S32B-0806SG50S35B-0805SG50S36B-0806SG50S36B-0808SG50S40B-0806SG50S40B-0808SG50S40B+0808SG50S45B-0808SG50S48B-0808SG50S50B-0808SG50S50B-0810SG50S50B+0810SG50S54B-0808SG50S55B-0808

28303030323235363640404045485050505455

14.015.015.015.016.016.017.518.018.020.020.020.022.524.025.025.025.027.027.5

15.016.016.016.017.017.018.519.019.021.021.021.023.525.026.026.026.028.028.5

556656568688888

1010

88

10121212121214161616161616202020202020

8 16

---

M3-------

M4----

M4--

---4-------4----4--

---

2.5-------

3.3----

3.3--


• Material: Chromium molybdenum steel (ISO 34CrMo4, 42CrMo4)• Gear tooth treatment: Induction hardened to 49-55HRc• Gear accuracy: ISO 5• Gear tooth surface finish• For transmission capacity - see page T4-17• Standard keyway features available - see page 4-67


+ in part number denotes threadedhole (set screw not supplied)

- in part number denotes nothreaded hole

0.5 Module

4

4-61

All dimensions in mmPressure angle 20

Associated ProductsSet screws: page 13-1Shafts: page 11-1Bearings: page 12-1





NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

Sub-drilled

ØS MSG50S56B-0808SG50S60B-0808SG50S60B-0810SG50S60B+0810SG50S64B-0808SG50S70B-0808SG50S72B-0808SG50S75B-0808SG50S80B-0808SG50S80B-0810SG50S80B-0812SG50S80B+0812SG50S90B-0810SG50S96B-0810SG50S100B-0810SG50S100B-0812SG50S100B+0812SG50S108B-0810SG50S112B-0810SG50S120B-0810

5660606064707275808080809096

100100100108112120

28.030.030.030.032.035.036.037.540.040.040.040.045.048.050.050.050.054.056.060.0

29.031.031.031.033.036.037.038.541.041.041.041.046.049.051.051.051.055.057.061.0

88

1010

88888

1012121010101212101010

2022222222222525252525253030303030353535

8 16

---

M4-------

M5----

M5---

---4-------4----4---

---

3.3-------

4.2----

4.2---





0.8 Module

4

4-62








NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

Sub-drilled

ØS M

SG80S22B-0806SG80S24B-0806SG80S25B-0806SG80S28B-0808SG80S30B-0810SG80S30B+0810SG80S32B-0810SG80S35B-0810SG80S36B-0810SG80S40B-0810SG80S40B+0812SG80S45B-0810SG80S48B-0810SG80S50B-0810SG80S50B+0812SG80S54B-0810SG80S55B-0810

2224252830303235364040454850505455

17.619.220.022.424.024.025.628.028.832.032.036.038.440.040.043.244.0

19.220.821.624.025.625.627.229.630.433.633.637.640.041.641.644.845.6

6668

10101010101012101010121010

1416161820202020202525252525252525

8 18

-----

M4----

M5---

M5--

-----5----5---5--

-----

3.3----

4.2---

4.2--





0.8 Module

4

4-63







NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

Sub-drilled

ØS MSG80S56B-0810SG80S60B-0810SG80S60B+0812SG80S64B-0812SG80S70B-0812SG80S72B-0812SG80S75B-0812SG80S80B-0812SG80S90B-0812SG80S96B-0812SG80S100B-0812SG80S108B-0812SG80S112B-0812SG80S120B-0812

56606064707275809096

100108112120

44.848.048.051.256.057.660.064.072.076.880.086.489.696.0

46.449.649.652.857.659.261.665.673.678.481.688.091.297.6

1010121212121212121212121212

2525253030303030353535404040

8 18

--

M5-----------

--5-----------

--

4.2-----------





1.0 Module

4

4-64








NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

Sub-drilled

ØS MSG1S17B-1006SG1S18B-1008SG1S20B-1008SG1S20B+1008SG1S20B+1010SG1S21B-1008SG1S22B-1008SG1S23B-1008SG1S24B-1008SG1S24B+1008SG1S24B+1010SG1S25B-1008SG1S26B-1008SG1S27B-1008SG1S28B-1008SG1S30B-1010SG1S30B+1010

1718202020212223242424252627283030

17.018.020.020.020.021.022.023.024.024.024.025.026.027.028.030.030.0

19.020.022.022.022.023.024.025.026.026.026.027.028.029.030.032.032.0

6888

1088888

108888

1010

1215161616161818202020202020202626

10 20

---

M4M4----

M4M4-----

M4

---55----55-----5

---

3.33.3----

3.33.3-----

3.3


• Material: Chromium molybdenum steel (ISO 34CrMo4, 42CrMo4)• Gear tooth treatment: Induction hardened to 49-55HRc • Gear accuracy: ISO 5• Gear tooth surface finish• For transmission capacity - see page T4-17• Standard keyway features available - see page 4-67



1.0 Module

4

4-65







NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

Sub-drilled

ØS MSG1S30B+1012SG1S32B-1010SG1S34B-1010SG1S35B-1010SG1S36B-1010SG1S38B-1010SG1S40B-1010SG1S40B-1012SG1S42B-1010SG1S44B-1010SG1S45B-1012SG1S48B-1012SG1S50B-1012

30323435363840404244454850

30.032.034.035.036.038.040.040.042.044.045.048.050.0

32.034.036.037.038.040.042.042.044.046.047.050.052.0

12101010101010121010121212

26262626262626263535353535

10 20

M4------------

5------------

3.3------------





1.0 Module

4

4-66








NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H7)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SG1S52B-1012SG1S54B-1012SG1S55B-1012SG1S56B-1012SG1S60B-1012SG1S64B-1012SG1S70B-1012SG1S72B-1012SG1S75B-1012SG1S80B-1012SG1S100B-1012

52545556606470727580

100

52.054.055.056.060.064.070.072.075.080.0

100.0

54.056.057.058.062.066.072.074.077.082.0

102.0

12

3535353540404045454550

10 20




Keys andKeyways

4

4-67

All dimensions in mmAssociated ProductsGround pin hub spur gears: page 4-60




Bore DiaØ

Keywayb2 x t2

Width Depthb2 Tolerance Js 9 t2 Tolerance

8 3 x 1.4 3 ±0.0125 1.4 +0.1-010

12 4 x 1.8 4 ±0.015 1.8

b x t 3 x 3 4 x 4b Tolerance (h) h9 h9t Tolerance (h) h9 h9

Keyway information

Tolerances for key

Overview

4



Brass Gears

S 50 B 20 K + 02 03

GearType

Module Material Number ofTeeth

ShaftTypes

BoreTypes

FaceWidth

BoreDiameter

Spur Gear 0.30.5

0.75

Brass 8-120 A - Hublesswith boreB - Bore withhub on onesideK - Pinionshaft

-: Gear shaft +: Gear shaftwith bore andthreaded hole,set screw notsupplied

234810

23568

1215

Brass gears

1. Modules 0.3 to 0.75 available2. Manufactured from brass (ISO CuZn38Pb2, CuZn39Pb3)3. Standard gear accuracy: ISO 9 - 10

Brass gears, ideal for lightly loaded applications, an economic balance of accuracy and load capacityagainst cost.

0.3, 0.5, 0.75Module

4

4-69





Brass Pinions

PartNumber

Module Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS30B14K+0402S30B15K+0402S30B16K+0402S30B18K+0402

0.3

14151618

4.24.54.85.4

4.85.15.46.0

2

5.05.55.56.0

4

12121212

M1.6M1.6M1.6M2

2.52.52.52.5

S50B10K-1006S50B12K-1007S50B14K-1008S50B15K+0803S50B16K+0803S50B18K+0803S50B20K+0803

0.5

10121415161820

5.06.07.07.58.09.0

10.0

6.07.08.08.59.0

10.011.0

---3333

6.07.08.09.09.0

10.011.0

1010108888

55555518181818

---

M3M3M3M3

---

3.03.03.03.0

S75B10K-0809S75B12K-0811S75B14K+0805S75B15K+0805S75B16K+0805S75B18K+0805S75B20K+0805

0.75

10121415161820

7.59.0

10.511.2512.013.515.0

9.010.512.012.7513.515.016.5

--55555

9.011.012.012.7513.515.016.5

8

55552020202020

--

M3M3M3M3M3

--

3.03.03.03.03.0


Shaft Pinion

Pinion


• Material: Brass (ISO CuZn39Pb3)• Gear accuracy: ISO 9 - 10• For standard backlash - see page T4-17

set screw not supplied

- in part number denotes shaft pinion type

0.3 Module

4

4-70






Brass Pin Hub Spur Gears

PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS30B20B+0302S30B24B+0302S30B25B+0302S30B28B+0302S30B30B+0302S30B32B+0202S30B35B+0202S30B36B+0203S30B40B+0203S30B45B+0203S30B48B+0203

2024252830323536404548

6.07.27.58.49.09.6

10.510.812.013.514.4

6.67.88.19.09.6

10.211.111.412.614.115.0

22222223333

56678889

101010

3.23.23.23.23.22.02.02.02.02.02.0

8

M1.6M2M2M2M2M2M2M3M3M3M3

2.52.52.52.52.53.03.03.03.03.03.0





0.3 Module

4

4-71







NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS30B50B+0203S30B56B+0203S30B60B+0203S30B64B+0203S30B66B+0203S30B70B+0203S30B72B+0203S30B75B+0203S30B80B+0203S30B90B+0203S30B96B+0203S30B100B+0203S30B108B+0203S30B112B+0203S30B120B+0203

5056606466707275809096

100108112120

15.016.818.019.219.821.021.622.524.027.028.830.032.433.636.0

15.617.418.619.820.421.622.223.124.627.629.430.633.034.236.6

3 10 2 8 M3 3




0.5 Module

4

4-72







PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

Type PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS50B20B+0303S50B24B+0303S50B25B+0303S50B26B+0303S50B28B+0303S50B30B+0303S50B32B+0303S50B35B+0303S50B36B+0303S50B40B+0203S50B42B+0203S50B45B+0203S50B48B+0203S50B50B+0203S50B55B+0203S50B56B+0203S50B58B+0203S50B60B+0203

202425262830323536404245485055565860

B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B2B2B2B2B2 B2B2B2B2

10.012.012.513.014.015.016.017.518.020.021.022.524.025.027.528.029.030.0

11.013.013.514.015.016.017.018.519.021.022.023.525.026.028.529.030.031.0

3

8.210.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.0

333333333222222222

888888888

7.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.5

M3 2.5


Type B1 Gear Type B2 Gear


• Material: Brass (ISO CuZn38Pb2, CuZn39Pb3)• Gear accuracy: ISO 9 - 10• For standard backlash - see page T4-17


Type B2 gears have riveted hub

0.5 Module

4

4-73







NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MS50B62B+0203S50B64B+0203S50B65B+0203S50B66B+0203S50B68B+0203S50B70B+0203S50B72B+0203S50B75B+0203S50B80B+0203S50B84B+0203S50B85B+0203S50B90B+0203S50B95B+0203S50B100B+0203S50B105B+0203S50B110B+0203

62646566687072758084859095

100105110

31.032.032.533.034.035.036.037.540.042.042.545.047.550.052.555.0

32.033.033.534.035.036.037.038.541.043.043.546.048.551.053.556.0

3

10.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.015.015.015.0

2

7.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.57.59.59.59.5

M3

2.52.52.52.52.52.52.52.52.5 2.52.52.52.53.53.53.5

Type B2 Gear




All gears on this page are type B2 with riveted hub

0.75 Module

4

4-74







PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

Type PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S M

S75B16B+0305S75B18B+0305S75B20B+0306S75B24B+0306S75B25B+0306S75B26B+0306S75B28B+0306S75B30B+0306S75B32B+0306S75B35B+0306S75B36B+0306S75B40B+0306S75B42B+0306S75B45B+0306S75B48B+0306S75B50B+0306S75B55B+0306S75B56B+0306S75B58B+0306

16182024252628303235364042454850555658

B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1B1 B1B2B2B2B2

12.013.515.018.018.7519.521.022.524.026.2527.030.031.533.7536.037.541.2542.043.5

13.515.016.519.520.2521.022.524.025.527.7528.531.533.035.2537.539.042.7543.545.0

5566666666666666666

10.011.012.014.014.014.014.015.015.018.018.020.020.020.020.020.020.020.020.0

3

10.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.010.510.510.510.5

M3M3M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4M4

3.5


Type B1 Gear Type B2 Gear




Type B2 gears have riveted hub

0.75 Module

4

4-75







NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S M

S75B60B+0306S75B62B+0306S75B64B+0306S75B65B+0306S75B66B+0306S75B68B+0306S75B70B+0306S75B72B+0306S75B75B+0306S75B80B+0306S75B84B+0306S75B85B+0306S75B90B+0306S75B95B+0306S75B100B+0306S75B105B+0306S75B110B+0306S75B115B+0306S75B120B+0306

6062646566687072758084859095

100105110115120

45.046.548.048.7549.551.052.554.056.2560.063.063.7567.571.2575.078.7582.586.2590.0

46.548.049.550.2551.052.554.055.557.7561.564.565.2569.072.7576.580.2584.087.7591.5

6 20.0 3 10.5 M4 3.5

Type B2 Gear




All gears on this page are type B2 with riveted hub

0.5 Module

4

4-76

Associated ProductsGears: page 4-1




Brass Hubless Spur Gears

PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

BoreDia(H8)ØB

S50B40A-0208S50B42A-0208S50B45A-0208S50B48A-0208S50B50A-0208S50B55A-0208S50B56A-0208S50B58A-0208S50B60A-0208S50B62A-0208S50B64A-0208S50B65A-0208S50B66A-0208

40424548505556586062646566

20.021.022.524.025.027.528.029.030.031.032.032.533.0

21.022.023.525.026.028.529.030.031.032.033.033.534.0

2 8




0.5 Module

4

4-77







NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

BoreDia(H8)ØB

S50B68A-0208S50B70A-0208S50B72A-0208S50B75A-0208S50B80A-0208S50B84A-0208S50B85A-0208S50B90A-0208S50B95A-0208S50B100A-0212S50B105A-0212S50B110A-0212

687072758084859095

100105110

34.035.036.037.540.042.042.545.047.550.052.555.0

35.036.037.038.541.043.043.546.048.551.053.556.0

2

888888888

121212



0.75 Module

4

4-78






PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

BoreDia(H8)ØB

S75B50A-0315S75B55A-0315S75B56A-0315S75B58A-0315S75B60A-0315S75B62A-0315S75B64A-0315S75B65A-0315S75B66A-0315S75B68A-0315S75B70A-0315S75B72A-0315

505556586062646566687072

37.541.2542.043.545.046.548.048.7549.551.052.554.0

39.042.7543.545.046.548.049.550.2551.052.554.055.5

3 15




0.75 Module

4

4-79







NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

FaceWidth

F

BoreDia(H8)ØB

S75B75A-0315S75B80A-0315S75B84A-0315S75B85A-0315S75B90A-0315S75B95A-0315S75B100A-0315S75B105A-0315S75B110A-0315S75B115A-0315S75B120A-0315

758084859095

100105110115120

56.2560.063.063.7567.571.2575.078.7582.586.2590.0

57.7561.564.565.2569.072.7576.580.2584.087.7591.5

3 15



Wor

ms

and

Whe

els,

Bev

els

and

Inte

rnal

Gea

rs

Worms and WheelsPrecision worms and wheelsPitch 0.4 to 1.0 moduleBore diameters 5 to 8mmWorm shafts pitch 0.8 module

Precision gearsA range of precision and standardworms and wheels, bevel andinternal gears manufactured fromstainless steel and brass.

Bevel GearsPrecision bevel and mitre bevel gearsPitch 0.4 to 1.5 moduleBore diameters 4 to 10mm

Brass Bevel GearsPitch 0.5 to 1.0 moduleBore diameters 3 to 6mm

Brass Internal GearsPitch 0.5 to 1.0 moduleOD 50 to 80mm

5

Wor

ms

and

Whe

els,

Bev

els

and

Inte

rnal

Gea

rs

Section Contents

Precision Worms and Wheels ................................................Page 5-2

Worms and Wheels....................................................................Page 5-4

Precision Bevel Gears ..............................................................Page 5-8

Mitre Bevel Gears ......................................................................Page 5-11

Bevel Gears ................................................................................Page 5-13

Brass Bevel Gears ....................................................................Page 5-14

Brass Internal Gears ................................................................Page 5-15


0.4 Module

5

5-2






Precision Worms and Wheels

• Standard gear quality AQ10 - see page T4-1• Worm material: Stainless steel (DIN 1.4305)• Wormwheel material: Naval brass QQ-B-637• Material and treatment specifications - see page T4-4• Worm gear formulae - see page 5-5• Anti-backlash available• Alternative number of starts available

WormLead Angle 1º 44’

Lead 1.257P.A. 14.5ºPart

Number WGS-5S

Wormwheel DimensionsPart

NumberNumber

ofTeeth

PitchDiameter

Single StartWGB83-S40WGB83-S50WGB83-S60WGB83-S70WGB83-S80WGB83-S90WGB83-S100WGB83-S110WGB83-S120

405060708090100110120

16.0020.0024.0028.0032.0036.0040.0044.0048.00

Part number selection tables

0.5 Module

5

5-3





Precision Worms and Wheels


• Standard gear quality AQ10 - see page T4-1• Worm material: Stainless steel (DIN 1.4305)• Wormwheel material: Naval brass QQ-B-637• Material and treatment specifications - see page T4-4• Worm gear formulae - see page 5-5• Anti-backlash available• Alternative number of starts available

WormLead Angle 3º 10’

Lead 1.571P.A. 14.5ºPart

Number WFS-5S

Wormwheel DimensionsPart

NumberNumber

of Teeth

PitchDiameter

Single StartWFB83-S30WFB83-S40WFB83-S50WFB83-S60WFB83-S70WFB83-S80WFB83-S90WFB83-S100WFB83-S120

30405060708090100120

15.0020.0025.0030.0035.0040.0045.0050.0060.00

0.5 Module

5

5-4






Worms and Wheels


• Single start worm, right hand thread• Worm material: Stainless steel SUS304, precision cold rolled• Wormwheel material: Brass CuZn39Pb3• Worm gear formulae - see page 5-5• Backlash at nominal centres - see page T4-17

PartNumber

Numberof

Starts

ThreadDirection

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

LeadAngle

SetScrew

S MW50SUR1+B 1 Right 9 10 3 7.6 13 18 3º11’ M2.5 2.5

PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

ThroatDia

Ødt

PCD

Ød

AddModCoef

x

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MG50B20+R1G50B30+R1G50B40+R1G50B50+R1

20304050

11162126

10152025

-0.015-0.023-0.031-0.038

11.316.321.326.3

3455

9121516

5

11111313

M3M3M4M4

3344

Worm

Wormwheel

Dimension x: Negative modification to allow for use of standard centres

Alloy steel set screw supplied

Set screw supplied

Formulae

5



Worms and Wheels

Ratio (R) No. of teeth on wormwheel (T)No. of starts on worm (t)

CentreDistance (CD)

Lead (L)

PCD worm PCD wheel2 2

The axial distance by whicha thread advances in onerevolution

= π x t x m

=

=

=

Axial module=

=

Where m

m

(metric)

(imperial)1

DP

Actual outside diameter of worm

Typical outside diameter of wormwheel

OD

ODw

ww

= P C D + ( 2 x m )

= P C D + ( 3 x m )

+

0.8 Module

5

5-6






Worms and Wheels


• Single start worm, right hand thread• Worm material: Stainless steel SUS304, precision cold rolled• Wormwheel material: Aluminium bronze casting JIS CAC702• Worm gear formulae - see page 5-5• Wormwheel suited to right hand, single thread worm• Backlash at nominal centres - see page T4-17

(Worm shaft)

PartNumber

Numberof

Starts

ThreadDirection

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

LeadAngle

SetScrew

S MW80SUR1+BW80SUR1-L 1 Right 10.4 12 5

-10.3

8.0(h9)1420

2680 4º24’ M3

-3-

PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

ThroatDia

Ødt

PCD

Ød

AddModCoef

x

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MG80A20+R1G80A30+R1G80A40+R1G80A50+R1

20304050

17.625.633.641.6

16243240

-0.029-0.044-0.059-0.074

18.126.134.142.1

5566

12161820

6

12121414

M3M3M4M4

3344

Worm

Wormwheel




the dash (-L) in part number denotes worm shaft type

Type L

Type B

1.0 Module

5

5-7





Worms and Wheels


• Single (R1) and double (R2) start worm, right hand thread• Worm material: Stainless steel SUS303, precision cold rolled• Wormwheel material: Aluminium bronze casting JIS CAC702• Worm gear formulae - see page 5-5• Lefth and thread direction available, replace R with L in the part number• Backlash at nominal centres - see page T4-17

PartNumber

Numberof

Starts

ThreadDirection

PCD

Ød

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

LeadAngle

SetScrew

S MW1SUR1+BW1SUR2+B

12 Right 16 18 6 15.85 15.5

15.0 32 3º35’7º11’ M4 3.5

PartNumber

Numberof

Teeth

ThroatDia

Ødt

PCD

Ød

AddModCoef

x

OD

Øda

BoreDia(H8)ØB

HubDia

ØA

FaceWidth

F

OverallLength

L

SetScrew

S MG1A20R1+6G1A30R1+6G1A40R1+8G1A50R1+8G1A20R2+6G1A30R2+6G1A40R2+8G1A50R2+8

2030405020304050

2232425222324252

2030405020304050

-0.019-0.029-0.039-0.048-0.079-0.118-0.158-0.197

23.533.543.553.523.533.543.553.5

66886688

1722253017222530

10 18 M5 4

Worm

Wormwheel



Set screw not supplied

0.4 Module4 mm Bore

5

5-8






Precision Bevel Gears

PartNumber

(pair)

Overall Length±0.15

Outside Dia+0.00 / -0.05

PitchDia

Hub Length±0.25

Distance to Apex+0.00 / -0.03

PinionL1

GearL2

PinionØD1

GearØD2

GearØE2

PinionC1

GearC2

PinionA1

M04N-1SM04N-2SM04N-3SM04N-4S

10.289.869.008.03

10.289.509.138.91

12.5612.9613.0713.11

12.5624.2336.1548.11

12.024.036.048.0

6.006.005.334.50

6.005.005.005.00

14.0019.0024.0029.00

PartNumber

(pair)

Ratio Module Number of Teeth Max. TTCE

(pair)

Max. TCE

(pair)Pinion Gear


1:12:13:14:1

0.4

30303030

306090

120

0.025 0.050


Dimension table

• Material: Stainless steel 303• Gleason system

0.5 Module6 mm Bore

5

5-9


Pressure angle 20°





PartNumber

(pair)



PitchDia

Hub Length±0.25


PinionL1

GearL2

PinionØD1

GearØD2

GearØE2

PinionC1

GearC2

PinionA1


12.5211.809.9810.03

12.5211.4910.9810.70

16.7117.2017.3417.39

16.7132.2948.1964.14

16.032.048.064.0

7.507.005.305.50

7.506.006.006.00

17.5024.0030.0038.00

PartNumber

(pair)


(pair)

Max. TCE

(pair)Pinion Gear


1:12:13:14:1

0.5

32323232

326496128

0.025 0.050


Dimension table


0.8 Module8 mm Bore

5

5-10







PartNumber

(pair)



PitchDia

Hub Lengths±0.25


PinionL1

GearL2

PinionØD1

GearØD2

GearØE2

PinionC1

GearC2

PinionA1

M08N-1SM08N-2S

14.5115.70

14.5113.00

21.1321.93

21.1340.47

20.040.0

8.309.00

8.307.50

20.0030.00

PartNumber

(pair)


(pair)

Max. TCE

(pair)Pinion Gear

M08N-1SM08N-2S

1:12:1 0.8 25

252550 0.025 0.050


Dimension table


0.8, 1.0 & 1.5Module

5

5-11





Mitre Bevel GearsIntegral Clamp

PartNumber

OverallLength

L

Outside Dia

ØD

PitchDia

Ød

Bore Dia(H8)ØB

Hub Dia

ØA

HubLength

C

TipDistance

La ØdsML80SU20-1605ML1SU20-2106ML1SU30-2808ML1.5SU20-3010

10.9514.4817.8420.38

17.1321.4131.4132.12

16203030

56810

14.516.024.024.0

7.259.00

11.0012.00

8.5711.7113.7116.06

9.511.819.417.7

PartNumber

Ratio

u

Module Numberof Teeth

FaceWidth

F

SetScrew

S M

FaceAngle

Distanceto Apex

ApML80SU20-1605ML1SU20-2106ML1SU30-2808ML1.5SU20-3010

1:1

0.81.01.01.5

20203020

3.74.36.26.8

M2.5M3M4M4

3455

49º3’49º3’

47º42’49º3’

16.0021.0028.0030.00


Dimension table

Clamp Detail

supplied with two clamp screws


u=1

• Material: Stainless steel SUS304• Gear accuracy: ISO 8, AQ9• Recommended shaft tolerance h7 or better• Recommended shaft surface finish 1.6Ra or better• Part numbers apply to individual gears only• For standard backlash - see page T4-17

0.8 & 1.0Module

5

5-12






Mitre Bevel Gears


Dimension tablePart

NumberOverallLength

L

Outside Dia

Øda

PitchDia

Ød

Bore Dia(H8)ØB

Hub Dia

ØA

HubLength

C

TipDistance

LaM80SU20+1605M80SU25+1805M80SU30+2006M1SU20+2106M1SU25+2306M1SU30+2608

11.0011.6712.3414.5314.7015.89

17.1321.1325.1321.4126.4131.41

16.020.024.020.025.030.0

556668

12.016.018.016.020.022.0

6.006.006.009.008.008.90

8.578.578.57

11.7111.2111.71

PartNumber

Ratio

u

Module Numberof

Teeth

FaceWidth

F

SetScrew

S M

FaceAngle

Distanceto Apex

ApM80SU20+1605M80SU25+1805M80SU30+2006M1SU20+2106M1SU25+2306M1SU30+2608

1:1

0.80.80.81.01.01.0

202530202530

3.74.75.64.35.36.2

M3M3M4M4M4M5

3.03.03.54.54.04.5

49º3’48º51’47º42’49º3’

48º51’47º42’

16.0018.0020.0021.0023.0026.00


• Material: Stainless steel SUS304• Gear accuracy: ISO 8, AQ9• Part numbers apply to individual gears only• For standard backlash - see page T4-17


u=1

0.8 & 1.0Module

5

5-13





Bevel Gears


Dimension table

• Material: Stainless steel SUS304• Gear accuracy: ISO 8, AQ9• Part numbers apply to individual gears only• For standard backlash - see page T4-17

PartNumber

OverallLength

L

Outside Dia

Øda

PitchDia

Ød

Bore Dia(H8)ØB

Hub Dia

ØA

HubLength

C

TipDistance

LaB80SU20+5B80SU40+6B1SU20+6B1SU40+8

10.7911.0115.0315.02

17.4332.7221.7940.89

16.032.020.040.0

5668

12.020.016.025.0

5.56.08.68.0

6.869.18

10.0512.69

PartNumber

Ratio

u

Module Numberof

Teeth

FaceWidth

F

SetScrew

FaceAngle

Distanceto Apex

ApS MB80SU20+5B80SU40+6B1SU20+6B1SU40+8

2:1

0.80.81.01.0

20402040

4.54.55.75.7

M3M4M4M5

2.53.54.04.0

29º8’66º0’29º8’66º0’

22.5016.4629.6021.80



u=2

0.5, 0.8 & 1.0Module

5

5-14

Associated ProductsShafts: page 11-1

Bearings: page 12-1




Brass Bevel Gears


Dimension table

• Material: Brass ISO CuZn39Pb3• Gear accuracy: ISO 8, AQ9• Part numbers apply to individual gears only• For standard backlash - see page T4-17

PartNumber

OverallLength

L

Outside Dia

Øda

PitchDia

Ød

Bore Dia(H8)ØB

Hub Dia

ØA

HubLength

C

TipDistance

LaM50B20-1103B50B20B50B40M80B20-1605B80B20B80B40M1B20-2006

8.008.547.31

11.0010.7911.0114.03

10.7110.8920.4517.1317.4332.7221.41

10.010.020.016.016.032.020.0

3345566

88

1212122016

5.05.04.06.05.56.08.5

6.355.746.018.576.869.18

11.21

PartNumber

Ratio

u

Module Number ofTeeth

FaceWidth

F

FaceAngle

Distanceto Apex

ApM50B20-1103B50B20B50B40M80B20-1605B80B20B80B40M1B20-2006

1:12:12:11:12:12:11:1

0.50.50.50.80.80.81.0

20204020204020

2.53.23.23.74.54.54.3

49º3’29º8’66º0’49º3’29º8’66º0’49º3’

11.0015.5210.5616.0022.5016.4620.50


u=2

u=1

0.5 Module

5

5-15


Associated ProductsSpur gears: from page 4-32



Brass Internal Gears

PartNumber

Module Numberof

Teeth

PCD

Ød

GearO/DØda

RootDiaØdr

FaceWidth

F

RingO/DØD

IS50B60A-0350IS50B72A-0355IS50B80A-0360IS50B84A-0365IS50B90A-0370IS50B96A-0370IS50B100A-0375IS50B108A-0375IS50B120A-0380

0.5

607280849096

100108120

30.036.040.042.045.048.050.054.060.0

29.035.039.041.044.047.049.053.059.0

31.2537.2541.2543.2546.2549.2551.2555.2561.25

3

505560657070757580


• Material: Brass ISO CuZn38Pb2, CuZn39Pb3• 0.8 module and 1.0 module available• Designed to fit housings with bore tolerance H8


• Alternative material, carbon steel ISO C45 available


Rou

nd a

nd R

ecta

ngul

arR

acks

and

Pin

ions

Precision Rectangular RacksRectangular rack 1mm to 2.5mmcircular pitch and 0.3 to 1.0 moduleLengths up to 500mm

Precision Round RacksTubular and solid round rackLengths up to 500mm

Hobbed Brass Racks0.3 to 0.8 moduleLengths up to 500mm

Rack PinionsPlain and anti-backlash pinionsPlain hardened pinions6mm and 10mm bore

6

Precision racks andpinionsA selection of tubular and solidround racks.Rectangular section stainlesssteel and brass racks.Precision rack pinions to suit.

Rou

nd a

nd R

ecta

ngul

arR

acks

and

Pin

ions

Section Contents

Precision Ground Rack - Hardened Rectangular ..................Page 6-2

Precision Ground Rack - Hardened Round ............................Page 6-3

Precision Ground Rack - Soft Round ......................................Page 6-4

Precision Hobbed Rack - Soft Round......................................Page 6-5

Precision Hobbed Rack - Soft Rectangular ............................Page 6-6

Hobbed Brass Rack - Rectangular ..........................................Page 6-7

Plain Rack Pinions ....................................................................Page 6-8

Hardened Rack Pinions ............................................................Page 6-8

Anti-backlash Rack Pinions ....................................................Page 6-9


R9 Series1, 2 & 2.5mm Circular Pitch

6



Precision Ground RackHardened Rectangular

• Shorter lengths• Alternative pitches, including module• See technical data, page T6-1 for alternative grades

• Cumulative pitch error less than 0.008mm per 300mm• Ground teeth, standard accuracy grade 4• Unlimited axis lengths possible by setting individual racks together• PTFE based grease is recommended for lubrication

PartNumber

CircularPitch (mm)

LengthL

Pitch HeightP

Number ofHoles

R9-1M-300 1 300 11.869 6R9-2M-300R9-25M-300

22.5 300 11.550

11.391 6



All dimensions in mmMaterial: Stainless steel grade 416Treatment: Hardened to 35-45 HRcPressure angle 20°

Associated ProductsRack pinions: page 6-8



• Modifications:ie. flats, journals, end modifications

• Shorter lengths• Alternative pitches• Higher accuracy grades

• Cumulative pitch error less than 0.025mm• Ground teeth, standard accuracy grade 3• Can be used with both open and closed linear bearings with

either 4, 5 or 6 ball tracks(The bearing must be positioned so the balls do not run on theedges of the teeth. See technical section, page T6-3).

• Bearing surface and drive in one component• PTFE based grease is recommended for lubrication

* Rack thrust based on meshing with a 60 tooth hardened rack pinion.

PartNumber

CircularPitch (mm)

Outer DiaØD

Pitch HeightP

RackThrust (N)

RR12-2M-500 2 12 11.682 60*

Ø12mm2mm Circular Pitch

6

6-3

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Linear bearing shaft

stainless steel grade 440Cor X90CrMoV18

Treatment: Case hardened to 55HRc minPressure angle 20°




Precision Ground RackHardened Round

6



Precision Ground RackSoft Round

1mm Circular Pitch0.3 & 0.5 Module

Associated ProductsRack pinions - CP: page 6-8

Rack pinions - Module: page 4-1

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: See notes belowPressure angle 20°



• Modifications:ie. flats, journals, end modifications

• Shorter lengths• Alternative pitches

• Cumulative pitch error less than 0.050mm• Ground teeth, standard accuracy grade 2• Tubular rack manufactured from stainless steel grade 316• Solid rack manufactured from stainless steel grade 300• Hollow shaft allows for the passage of fluids, fibre-optics and

gasses etc• High resistance to pitting corrosion• Ideal for medical and scientific applications• Bearing surface and drive in one component• PTFE based grease is recommended for lubrication

* Rack thrust based on meshing with a 50 tooth stainless steel pinion, 3N if used with a 50 tooth PEEK™ polymer pinion.

PartNumber

Pitch (mm)

LengthL

Outer DiaØD

Bore DiaØd

Pitch HeightP

RackThrust (N)

RRT06-1M-500RRT06-030-500

1mm CP0.3 module 500 6 3.6 5.682

5.700 20*

RRS06-1M-500RRS10-050-500

1mm CP0.5 module 500 6

10--

5.6829.500

20*40*

RRTRRSSolid Rack Tubular Rack

0.5, 0.75, 0.8& 1.0 Module

6



Precision Hobbed RackSoft Round

All dimensions in mmMaterial: Stainless steel grade 304

Pressure angle 20°



• PTFE based grease is recommended for lubrication• Longer tooth lengths available, please enquire

PartNumber

Module Number of

Teeth

Length

L

PitchHeight

P

Extent ofTeeth

B

Diameter

D

Weight

(g)ORK50SU2-0815 0.5 95 202 7.5 149 8 78ORK75SU2-0815 0.75 63 202 7.25 148 8 76ORK80SU2-0815 0.8 59 202 7.2 148 8 76ORK1SU3-1024 1.0 76 305 9.0 238 10 177

0.5, 0.75, 0.8& 1.0 Module

6



Precision Hobbed RackSoft Rectangular

All dimensions in mmMaterial: Stainless steel grade 304Pressure angle 20°


PartNumber

Module Number of

Teeth

Length

L

PitchHeight

P

Facewidth

B (h12)

Height

H (h12)

Weight

(g)RK50SU2-0310RK50SU2-0808 0.5 126 202~205 9.5

7.538

108

4595

RK75SU2-0310RK75SU2-0808 0.75 83 202~205 9.25

7.2538

108

4491

RK80SU5-0510 0.8 198 505~508 9.2 5 10 183RK1SU5-0810 1.0 158 505~508 9 8 10 280


• Racks are manufactured from cold drawn material• Overall length has a tolerance of -0.06 to +0.5mm• PTFE based grease is recommended for lubrication


NumberModule Number

ofTeeth

Length

L

PitchHeight

P

Facewidth

B (h11)

Height

H (h11)

Weight

(g)RK30B2-0308 0.3 210 200 7.7 3 8 38RK50B2-0808 0.5 125 200 7.5 8 8 98RK75B2-0808 0.75 82 200 7.25 8 8 95RK80B5-0510 0.8 198 505 9.2 5 10 191

• Brass racks, ideal for lightly loaded applications, an economic balance of accuracy and loadcapacity against cost

• Racks are manufactured from cold drawn material• Overall length has a tolerance of -0.06 to +0.5mm

0.3, 0.5, 0.75& 0.8 Module

6



Hobbed Brass RackRectangularAssociated ProductsRack pinions: page 4-1

All dimensions in mmMaterial: Brass grade CuZn39Pb3

Pressure angle 20°


• Higher accuracies• Alternative pitches, including module• Alternative bore sizes, including imperial• Alternative materials• Special wear resistant coating


• Standard accuracy AQ10 - see page T4-1• Hardened pinions manufactured from stainless steel 17-4 PH, 35-42HRc• Plain pinions are manufactured from stainless steel 316• Hardened pinions provide longer pinion life, higher load capacity and higher thrust

Example Part No:- SH25MS2B6F7A- 32

Basic Part Number CircularPitch (mm)

Bore SizeØB

Number of TeethPlain Hardened Min Max

SH1MS2B6F7A-SH2MS2B6F7A-SH25MS2B6F7A-


12

2.56

432319

1115443



12

2.510

633327

1045140

6mm & 10mmBore

6

6-8

Associated ProductsRacks: page 6-2

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: See notesPressure angle 20°



Plain and Hardened Rack Pinions


• Higher accuracies• Alternative pitches, including module• Alternative bore sizes, including imperial• Alternative materials• Special wear resistant coating


• Standard accuracy AQ10 - see page T4-1• Ideal for use with Reliance soft and hardened, round and rectangular rack• Ideal for lightly loaded measurement applications

Example Part No:- AH25MS2B6F89A- 20

Basic PartNumber

CircularPitch (mm)

Bore SizeØB

Number of TeethMin Max

AH1MS2B6F89A-AH2MS2B6F89A-AH25MS2B6F89A-

12

2.56

462420

542620

AH1MS2B10F89A-AH2MS2B10F89A-AH25MS2B10F89A-

12

2.510

874537

1045140

6mm & 10mmBore

6



Anti-Backlash Rack Pinions


Pressure angle 20°material: Stainless steel 316

Associated ProductsRacks: page 6-2

Lead

scre

ws

and

Lead

scre

w A

ssem

blie

s

Leadscrew Nut AssembliesA wide range of anti-backlash andplain nutsMiniature through to heavy duty

LeadscrewsScrew diameters 3.17mm to 24mmLead range 0.3mm to 76mmModifications for support and driveends

Leadscrew Linear SlidesMaximum stroke length 1000mm

ScrewRail®

A space saving leadscrew assemblyAvailable in lengths from 104mm to914mm.

7

LeadscrewsA wide range of precisionleadscrews, nuts and leadscrewassemblies for those demandingpositioning applications.

Lead

scre

ws

and

Lead

scre

w A

ssem

blie

s

Section Contents

Leadscrew Nut Styles Overview ..............................................Page 7-2

Nut Feature Matrix ....................................................................Page 7-3

Leadscrew Assembly Ordering Detail ....................................Page 7-4

Nut Comparison Chart ..............................................................Page 7-6

Leadscrew Sizes - Popular Range ..........................................Page 7-7

Leadscrew Sizes - Alternative Range ......................................Page 7-8

Leadscrew Sizes, Large Diameter............................................Page 7-10

Miniature Plain Nuts ..................................................................Page 7-12

Custom Nut Configurations......................................................Page 7-26

Leadscrew Ordering - End Detail ............................................Page 7-27

Leadscrew End Machining ......................................................Page 7-28

Leadscrew Linear Slide - RGLS ..............................................Page 7-34

ScrewRail® Actuator Assembly - RSRA ..................................Page 7-36

Anti-backlash ScrewRail® Actuator Assembly - RSRZ ..........Page 7-38


Overview

7



Leadscrew Nut Styles

LBF MINI series - Miniaturenut for applications that do notrequire anti-backlash or wearcompensation.

LPX series - Long life,for applications that do notrequire anti-backlash or wearcompensation.

LAK series - Moderate loads.Delivers increased loadcapacity and greater axialstiffness with low drag torque.Anti-backlash.

LAF series - Moderate loads.Precise position accuracy andrepeatability. Anti-backlash.

LNTB series - Flexible design,self-compensating anti-backlashnut assembly maintains axialstiffness throughout its life withminimum system drag torque.

LNTB MINI series - Miniatureanti-backlash nut forapplications requiring axialstiffness through life withminimal drag torque.

LAB series - Can be adjustedfor torque ranges.

LNTG series - Adjustable drag,compact design, anti-backlashnut assembly allows dragtorque to be pre-set accordingto system requirements.

LAX series - Heavy loads.delivers maximum loadcarrying capacity with highestaxial and radial stiffness. Anti-backlash.

LCM series - Light loads,compact design. Anti-backlash.

LWD series - Moderate loads.An anti-backlash, self-lubricatingacetal nut. Compact designprovides stiffness and accuracyfor precise positioning.

Custom Design - Specials tosuit your application.

Overview

7



Nut Feature Matrix

Nut Feature Nut Style: LBF LPX LNTG LAB LNTB LAF LAK LWD LCM LAXCompactness ��

Dynamic load capability ��

Minimal drag torque ⌧ ⌧ ��

Vibration damping (horizontal) ⌧ ⌧ ��

Vibration damping (vertical) ⌧ ⌧ � ��

Smoothness of operation(printing/ scanning) � � ��

Backlash/wear compensationcapability ⌧ ⌧ � � ��

Ease of user adjustment ofdrag torque/backlash ⌧ ⌧ �� ⌧ �� ⌧ ⌧ ��

Stiffness (less axial bi-directional compliance) ⌧ ⌧ ��

Ability to add modifications ��

Ability to manufacture withcustom material ��

Ability to work with finer leads<0.2" ��

Ability to work with long leads>1.0" ��

Reliance has a wide variety of standard nut designs which offer many features to choose from.Once an application's most important requirements are understood, it becomes a matter of choosingthe nut which best meets those requirements. Occasionally, more than one nut might do the job, butin the vast majority of situations, one nut design will stand above the rest. The matrix below may helpto narrow down the choices before more specific data is studied in the leadscrew section.

All of the nuts can be modified to some degree to help them better meet specific requirements.Reliance is also very willing to discuss custom nut designs where requirements and volumes justify. Contact our sales team for more information.

Comparative star rating:�� best� good⌧ not applicable

Overview

7



Leadscrew Assembly Ordering Detail

LNTGF8 - 0500 - 350MM C A - TFE - LH

Nut Series Lead ThreadLength

End ModificationsSee pages 7-27 to 7-33

for options

LeadscrewCoatingsTFE - A low

friction coatingfor longer nut life

BFE - A hardcoating for durability

See page 7-5

ThreadDirectionLeave blankfor standardright-hand

Product SummaryLeadscrews supplied by Reliance are available in standard diameters from 3.2mm (1/8") to 24mm(15/16"), with standard leads from 0.30mm to 92mm (0.012" to almost 4") including imperial andselected left hand threads. Custom sizes and leads can be specially ordered. Most stock screws aremanufactured from 303 stainless steel and are produced with a precision rolling process. Othermaterials are available on special order.

Positional bi-directional repeatability with the anti-backlash nut is within 1.5 micron and standard leadaccuracy is better than 0.0006mm/mm. Lead accuracies are available to 0.0001mm/mm.Please contact our sales team for more details or special requests.

Part Number Structure

ScrewDiameter

Nut Mounting OptionsThe Reliance Precision Mechatronics range of nut assemblies are available in several differentdesigns. These are designated as anti-backlash, adjustable anti-backlash, general purpose andminiature. Most nuts are available with a triangular, round or threaded mount, however, if a non-standard design is required, then these can be supported using specialist mould designs.

Overview

7



Leadscrew Assembly Ordering Detail

MaterialsReliance Precision Mechatronics leadscrews are rolled from a premium grade, corrosion resistant andnon-magnetic 303 stainless steel, making them compatible with many demanding applications. Othermaterials have been used to roll the leadscrews ranging from 316 and 400 series stainless steel toprecipitation hardening steels, aluminium and titanium. These materials are ideally suited forindustries such as medical, vacuum, cleanroom, food and human contact and finally in salt spray orcryogenics.

Due to the controlled manufacturing processes, we can offer different types of plastics that can bemoulded, eg PEEK, special carbon or other fibre filled plastic. Even though the standard design andmaterials developed for the leadscrew nut assemblies are commonly plastics, metal nuts made frombronze, brass or stainless steel have also been supplied. In order to be able to achieve both the mosttechnically and cost effective solution, we are able to supply special moulded nuts with impregnatedmetal for strength, thus minimizing the number of components in the assembly.

Leadscrew CoatingsReliance Precision Mechatronics can offer different forms of lubrication. All standard leadscrew nutsare manufactured from self-lubricating plastics. When the best performance is required, we offer astandard soft and hard TFE coating which is available to provide the ultimate result in the mostdemanding applications. These TFE coatings supply the best distribution of lubricant in ourassemblies. Reliance also supplies leadscrews with specialist Nickel/TFE coatings and offers supportwith the choice of coatings used in medium vacuum applications (up to 10-5). The BFE coating is aspecial proprietary hard coating which shares many of the benefits of TFE coating but offersexceptional durability in more aggressive environments and where reduced friction and a permanentcoating is desired.

Lubrication to the screw/nut interface occurs by the nut picking up TFE particles from the coating aswell as from migration of the internal lubricant from within the plastic nut.

Although care should be taken to ensure that chips and voids do not occur in the coating, small voidshave been shown to have little effect on the system performance. The lubricant, although solid, hassome of the “spreading” ability of fluid lubricants. When machining for bearing ends, soft fixtures arerecommended.

TFE coated screws provide the maximum level of self-lubrication and should not be additionallylubricated or used in environments where oils or other lubricant contamination is possible.

All these coatings are supplied to give the customer the best results on wear life, coefficient of frictionand the resulting torque that is needed to drive a leadscrew assembly for only a small additional cost.

Technical features - apply to the whole leadscrew range• Precision rolled thread for greater accuracy• Polyacetal nut with lubricating additive for longer life• Average lead accuracy 0.0006mm/mm of screw length• Standard repeatability of 0.0015mm on anti-backlash designs• Low friction coatings extend the life of our standard assemblies by up to 300% add -TFE or -BFE

to the part number as shown on page 7-4• Standard lead screws are available in left hand thread, just consult our lead screw size list and

add –LH to our part number as shown on page 7-4

Overview

7



Nut Comparison Chart

NominalScrew

Diameter

Property LBFLPX

SeriesLNTGSeries

LABSeries

LNTBSeries

LAFSeries

LAKSeries

LWDSeries

LCMSeries

LAXSeries

3mm

Dynamicload 11kg 2.3kg 2.3kg

Static frictiondrag torque

freewheeling

0.001 -0.004Nm

0.001 -0.004Nm

5mm

Dynamicload 11kg 2.3kg 2.3kg 4.5kg 2.3kg


freewheeling

0.001 -0.004Nm

0.001 -0.004Nm

0.03Nmmax 0.03Nm

6mm

Dynamicload 20kg 4.6kg 2.3kg 4.6kg 2.3kg 4.5kg 2.3kg


freewheeling

0.004 -0.01Nm

0.01 -0.004Nm

0.004 -0.01Nm 0.004Nm 0.03Nm

max 0.03Nm

8mm

Dynamicload 35kg 10kg 5kg 10kg 5kg 10kg 11.3kg 3.6kg


freewheeling

0.01 -0.02Nm

0.01 -0.02Nm

0.01 -0.02Nm

0.01 -0.03Nm

0.01 -0.02Nm

0.04Nmmax 0.04Nm

10mm

Dynamicload 35kg 10kg 5kg 10kg 5kg 10kg 11.3kg 3.6kg


freewheeling

0.01 -0.02Nm

0.01 -0.02Nm

0.01 -0.02Nm

0.01 -0.03Nm

0.01 -0.02Nm

0.04Nmmax 0.04Nm

11mm

Dynamicload 40kg 7kg 13kg 7kg 34kg


freewheeling

0.015 -0.03Nm

0.01 -0.02Nm

0.015 -0.04Nm

0.06Nmmax

13mm

Dynamicload 68kg 11kg 45kg 11kg 34kg 68kg


freewheeling

0.015 -0.03Nm

0.015 -0.04Nm

0.02 -0.05Nm

0.06Nmmax

0.015 -0.04Nm

16mm

Dynamicload 100kg 16kg 56kg 16kg 113kg


freewheeling

0.02 -0.05Nm

0.01 -0.04Nm

0.028 -0.055Nm

0.01 -0.04Nm

19mm

Dynamicload 160kg 25kg 68kg 159kg


freewheeling

0.03 -0.004Nm

0.02 -0.05Nm

0.02 -0.05Nm

22mm

Dynamicload 227kg 25kg 90kg 159kg


freewheeling

0.03 -0.004Nm

0.03 -0.06Nm

0.02 -0.05Nm

24mm

Dynamicload 227kg 25kg 90kg


freewheeling

0.03 -0.004Nm

0.03 -0.06Nm

See Page 7-12 & 14 7-15 & 16 7-17 7-18 to 20 7-21 7-22 7-23 7-24 7-25

PopularRange

7



Leadscrew Sizes

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%

LeftHand

AvailableLCM, LAF,

LAB, LNTB,LNTG, LPX,

LAK*

1.0 6mm10mm

6-M01010-M010

4.838.89

6.3510.01

4028

LCM, LAF,LAB, LNTB,LNTG, LPX,

LAK*

1.5 6mm10mm

6-M01510-M015

4.377.95

6.329.88

5238 �


LAK*

2.0

6mm10mm11mm12mm

6-M02010-M02011-M02012-M020

4.356.719.509.02

6.359.53

11.9912.01

59474241

LAF,LAB,LNTB,LWD, LPX

2.5 13mm 13-M025 9.73 12.70 46

LCM, LAF,LAB, LNTB,LNTG, LPX

3.0 6mm11mm

6-M03011-M030

4.459.22

6.3511.13

6852


LAK*

1.27(0.05")

4mm5mm6mm

10mm11mm13mm

4-00505-00506-0050

10-005011-005013-0050

2.443.154.857.659.1911.00

3.964.786.359.53

11.1012.57

595846363029

�


LAK*

5.08(0.2")

6mm10mm13mm

6-020010-020013-0200

4.326.769.30

6.359.53

12.50

656963


LAK*

6.35(0.25")

4mm5mm6mm8mm10mm11mm13mm

4-02505-02506-02508-025010-025011-025013-0250

3.303.564.325.946.818.269.70

3.965.186.357.929.53

11.2312.70

83817976707067

LAF, LAB,LNTB, LAX,LPX, LWD

12.7(0.5")

4mm6mm8mm10mm11mm13mm

4-05006-05008-050010-050011-050013-0500

3.304.295.896.738.318.94

3.966.357.929.86

11.4812.40

868583818079

�

�

Metric leads

Imperial leads

Please refer to the table opposite for compatible nut styles for the preferred lead and screw diameter.*LAK nut styles are only available on leadscrews with an 8 or 10mm nominal screw diameter. Use the LNTB nut forother diameters.

AlternativeStandards

7



Leadscrew Sizes

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%

LeftHand

Available

LNTB, LNTG,LPF

0.300.610.851.221.912.442.44

3mm(3.3mm)

3-00123-00243-00333-00483-00753-00963-0096

3.122.362.792.362.362.362.06

3.563.283.563.283.282.283.56

26444361707575

10.00 3.5mm 3.5-M100 2.59 3.56 86

LNTB, LNTG,LPF

0.841.272.393.186.359.5312.7

4mm(4.3mm)

4-00334-00504-00944-01254-02504-03754-0500

2.952.443.253.303.303.303.30

3.963.964.174.273.963.963.96

45596774838586

�LH Only

LNTB, LNTG,LPF, LWD

0.500.610.791.222.444.764.889.53

10.85

5mm(5.5mm)

5-M0055-00245-00315-00485-00965-01885-01925-03755-0427

4.144.604.063.963.964.243.964.094.11

4.785.545.185.495.544.785.544.784.78

303139506678788485

LCM, LAF,LAB, LNTB,

LNTG,LPX,LWD

0.640.911.592.545.088.46

10.0010.1619.0525.40

6mm(6.4mm)

6-00256-00306-00636-01006-02006-03336-M1006-04006-07506-1000

5.445.084.324.834.324.324.324.324.324.32

6.356.256.356.356.356.356.356.356.356.35

30355262658278848684 �

LCM, LAF,LAB, LNTBLNTG, LPX,

LWD

1.441.882.824.24

20.32

8mm(8.0mm)

8-00578-00748-01118-01678-0800

6.175.365.895.366.17

8.007.927.927.927.77

4351606986

LCM, LAF,LAB, LAK,

LNTB, LNTG,LPX

0.641.061.591.732.122.543.18

10mm(9.6mm)

10-002510-004210-006310-007910-008310-010010-0125

8.568.137.497.497.446.767.49

9.539.539.539.869.539.539.53

21344142485359

�

�


7



Leadscrew Sizes

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%

LeftHand

Available

LCM, LAF,LAB, LAK,

LNTB, LNTG,LPX, LWD

4.004.235.005.087.628.469.229.53

10.1612.0016.9419.0525.0025.4030.4838.10

10mm(9.6mm)

10-M04010-016710-M05010-020010-030010-033310-036310-037510-040010-M12010-066710-075010-M25010-100010-120010-1500

6.966.636.766.766.486.226.606.737.447.296.936.936.656.456.456.71

9.539.429.539.539.539.539.539.539.539.869.539.869.539.739.739.53

65616969767879797982848484848483

�

�

�

LAF, LAB,LAK, LNTB,

LNT, LPX

1.592.823.185.006.007.808.26

10.0011.7612.0012.7015.62

11mm(11.3mm)

11-006311-011111-012511-M05011-M06011-030011-032011-M10011-046311-M12011-050011-0610

9.098.319.078.007.958.718.698.418.718.088.319.55

11.0711.1011.1311.1311.0011.3011.2811.3311.2811.1311.4812.07

385254657073747779808082

�

LAF, LAB,LNTB, LAX,

LPX

2.543.184.004.065.005.088.46

10.0010.1616.0019.0520.3225.0025.4038.10

13mm(12.7mm)

13-010013-012513-M04013-016013-M05013-020013-033013-M10013-040013-M16013-075013-080013-M25013-100013-1500

9.259.509.759.869.279.309.199.199.259.50

10.139.409.379.459.50

12.4512.7012.7012.7012.7012.5012.6212.6212.6212.7013.3412.7012.7012.4512.45

465158676263737676808383848485

�

�


7



Leadscrew SizesLarge Diameter

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%

LeftHand

Available

LAFLAB

LNTBLAXLPX

2.543.185.086.358.00

10.4012.7016.0025.4138.1050.80

16mm(15.9mm)

16-010016-012016-020016-025016-M08016-041016-050016-M16016-100016-150016-2000

12.6511.9412.5711.9112.5212.2212.1412.4712.2212.6712.67

15.6215.8815.8815.8815.9315.8815.8815.8815.8815.8815.88

4045536368727678838586

�

�

LABLNTBLAXLPX

1.592.502.544.235.005.086.357.008.46

10.0012.7014.0015.0019.0020.3224.0025.4038.1050.0050.8060.9692.00

19mm(19.1mm)

19-006319-M025019-010019-016719-M05019-020019-025019-M07019-033319-M10019-050019-M14019-M15019-M19019-080019-M24019-100019-150019-M50019-200019-240019-M920

17.0415.9015.8516.3815.8516.0516.2315.8515.8515.7215.8215.8515.8213.8915.7016.0815.7214.9915.7515.5215.7516.10

19.0518.8518.9518.4718.9218.8218.5719.0519.0518.9218.9019.0519.0217.0719.0518.6418.8718.0819.0818.8519.0519.05

25353547515257596468737374807980818484848487

�

��

��

LAB, LNTB,LAX, LPX

18.0020.00 20mm 20-M180

20-M20016.5116.46

19.8119.81

7778

LAB, LNTBLAX, LPX

5.086.006.35

10.0012.7016.0016.9420.0024.0025.40

22mm(22.3mm)

22-020022-M06022-025022-M10022-050022-M16022-066722-M20022-M24022-1000

18.8519.6319.0218.8218.9018.8218.9218.8218.8218.85

22.1021.5422.2322.2321.8922.2322.1222.2322.2322.12

48525365697374787980


7



Leadscrew SizesLarge Diameter

CompatibleNut

Styles

Lead

mm

NominalScrew

Diameter

Part Number

RootDiamm

OutsideDiameter

Efficiency

%

LeftHand

Available

LAB, LNTB,LPX

1.2750.8076.20

24mm24-005024-200024-3000

22.2020.7020.40

23.8323.5523.85

178586 �

See page 7-4 for leadscrew and nut ordering configurationsSee page 7-27 to 7-33 for end modification detail if required

LBF & LBYSeries

7



Miniature Plain Nuts

Part number selection table - LBF series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LBY series, thread mount

*metric available as required

Associated ProductsReli-a-Flex® couplings: page 8-4

Linear bearings: page 9-1Linear slides: page 9-1

Stepper motors: page 2-1Plain bearings: page 12-1

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Polyacetal

# Nominal dimensions, see table on pages 7-7 to 7-11

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

D

FlangeWidth

E

FlangeHeight

D1

Slot

F

Centres

G

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLBF3- 3.3 10.2 13 19.1 3.2 10.2 3.05 15.24 11 Free

wheelingLBF5- 5.5

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLBY3- 3.3 10.2 13 3/8-24 4.75 11 Free

wheelingLBY5- 5.5

LPX & LPXZSeries

7



Plain Nuts - General Purpose

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLPX6- 6.4 12.7

25.425.4

4.8

3.5619.05 20

Freewheeling

LPX8- 7.9 15.9 28.7 22.23 35LPX10- 9.6LPX11- 11.3 19.1 38 38.1

5.16

28.58 40LPX13- 12.7 68LPX16- 15.9 22.2 30.18 100LPX19- 19.1 28.4

5144.4

6.436.53 160

LPX22- 22.3 38.1 57.1 47.63 227LPX24- 24.0

Part number selection table - LPX series, flange mount

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLPXZ6- 6.4 12.7 26 25.4

4.3

3.63 19.05 20

Freewheeling

LPXZ8- 8.0 16.647 38.1 5.00 28.58

35LPXZ10- 9.6 35LPXZ11- 11.3 19.1 40LPXZ13- 12.7 68

Part number selection table - LPXZ series, flange mount

Associated ProductsReli-a-Flex® couplings: page 8-4Linear bearings: page 9-1Linear slides: page 9-1Stepper motors: page 2-1Plain bearings: page 12-1


Material: Polyacetal

LPXY Series

7



Plain Nuts - General Purpose

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLPXY6- 6.4 15.9

25.49/16-18 4.75 20

Freewheeling

LPXY8- 8.0 19.1 5/8-18 6.35 35LPXY10- 9.6 35LPXY11- 11.3

25.4 38 15/16-16 9.5340

LPXY13- 12.7 68LPXY16- 15.9 100LPXY19- 19.1

38.1 51 1 3/8-16 12.70160

LPXY22- 22.3 227LPXY24- 24.0

Part number selection table - LPXY series, thread mount





Note: All LPX, LPXZ and LPXY nuts are free wheeling*metric available as required


LNTGF &LNTGY Series

7



Miniature Anti-Backlash Nuts

Part number selection table - LNTGF series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LNTGY series, thread mount





NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

D

FlangeWidth

E

FlangeHeight

D1

Slot

F

Centres

G

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTGF3- 3.3 10.2 12.7 19.1 3.2 10.2 3.05 15.24 2.3 0.004LNTGF5- 5.5

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTGY3- 3.3 10.2 12.7 3/8-24 4.75 2.3 0.004LNTGY5- 5.5


LNTGF &LNTGY Series

7



Adjustable Anti-Backlash Special Purpose Nuts

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTGF6- 6.4 13.2 19 25.4 4.0 3.63 19.1 4.5 0.004-0.01LNTGF8- 8.0 20.3 26 38.1 5.1 9.1 28.6 9.1 0.01-0.02LNTGF10- 9.6

Part number selection table - LNTGF series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LNTGY series, thread mount


NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTGY6- 6.4 13.2 22 7/16-20 6.35 4.5 0.004-0.01LNTGY8- 8.0 20.3 30 3/4-20 9.53 9.1 0.01-0.02LNTGY10- 9.6






LAB & LABYSeries

7



Light Duty Adjustable Anti-Backlash Nuts

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAB6- 6.4 13.5 26 25.4

4.6

3.6 19.05 2.3 0.004-0.01LAB8- 8.0 18.8 48 38.1

5.128.58

5.0 0.01-0.02LAB10- 9.6 5.0LAB11- 11.3 20.3 7.0 0.015-0.03LAB13- 12.7 22.6 51 41.2 7.1 31.75 11.0LAB16- 15.9 26.9 44.5 34.93 16.0 0.02-0.05

Part number selection table - LAB series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LABY series, thread mount


NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLABY6- 6.4 13.5 33 20.3 3.1

5/8 - 184.1 2.3 0.004-0.01

LABY8- 8.0 18.8 56 25.4 3.89.7

5.0 0.01-0.02LABY10- 9.6LABY11- 11.3 20.3 59 2.5 15/16 - 16

7.0 0.015-0.03LABY13- 12.7 22.6 25.9 11.0LABY16- 15.9 26.9 61 26.9 3.1 12.7 16.0 0.02-0.05




# screw sizes 19, 22 and 24mm available

LNTBF &LNTBY Series

7



Miniature Anti-Backlash Nuts

Part number selection table - LNTBF series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LNTBY series, thread mount






NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

D

FlangeWidth

E

FlangeHeight

D1

Slot

F

Centres

G

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBF3- 3.3 10.2 12.7 19.1 3.2 10.2 3.05 15.24 2.3 0.004LNTBF5- 5.5

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBY3- 3.3 10.2 12.7 3/8-24 4.06 2.3 0.004LNTBY5- 5.5


LNTBF Series

7



Anti-Backlash Nuts

NutSeries

NomScrew

ØA

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

HubWidth

H

Hub

ØJ

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBF6- 6.4 13.2 28 25.4 4.0 3.63 19.1 2.0 12.7 4.5 0.004-0.01LNTBF8- 8.0 20.3 45 38.1 5.1 5.08 28.6 2.6 19.1 9.1 0.01-0.02LNTBF10- 9.6LNTBF11- 11.3 22.9 46 41.2 5.7 31.8 22.2 13.6

Part number selection table - LNTBF series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LNTBF series, flange mountNut

SeriesNom

ScrewØA

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

HubWidth

H

Hub

ØJ

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBF13- 12.7 26.9 54 44.5 6.4

5.59

35.71 3.0 25.4 45.5 0.015-0.04LNTBF16- 15.9 34.9 59 54.1 7.0 44.45 2.5 31.8 56.8LNTBF19- 19.1 39.6 67 60.5 7.9 50.80 38.1 68.2 0.02-0.05LNTBF22- 22.3 44.5 70 66.8 9.5 57.15 3.0 44.5 90.9 0.03-0.06LNTBF24- 24.0





LNTBY Series

7



Anti-Backlash Nuts

Part number selection table - LNTBY series, thread mount


NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLNTBY6- 6.4 13.2 28 7/16 - 20 6.4 4.5 0.004-0.01LNTBF8- 8.0 20.3 45 3/4 - 20

9.5

9.1 0.01-0.02LNTBY10- 9.6LNTBY11- 11.3 22.9 46 13/16 - 16 13.6LNTBY13- 12.7 26.9 54 15/16 -16 45.5 0.015-0.04LNTBF16- 15.9 34.9 59 1 1/8 - 16 56.8LNTBY19- 19.1 39.6 67 1 3/8 - 16

12.768.2 0.02-0.05

LNTBY22- 22.3 44.5 70 1 9/16 - 16 90.9 0.03-0.06LNTBY24- 24.0






LAF & LAFYSeries

7



Light Duty Anti-Backlash Nuts

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAF6- 6.4 12.7 26 25.4

4.6

3.6 19.1 2.3 0.004-0.02LAF8- 8.0 17.8 48 38.1

5.128.6 5 0.01-0.03LAF10- 9.6

LAF11- 11.3 20.3 7 0.015-0.04LAF13- 12.7 22.6 51 41.2 6.6 31.8 11 0.02-0.05LAF16- 15.9 26.9 44.5 34.9 16 0.028-0.055

Part number selection table - LAF series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LAFY series, thread mountNut

SeriesNominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAFY6- 6.4 12.7 33 20.3 5.6

5/8 - 184.1 2.3 0.004-0.02

LAFY8- 8.0 17.8 56 25.4 4.39.7

5.0 0.01-0.03LAFY10- 9.6LAFY11- 11.3 20.3 59 3.1 15/16 - 16

7.0 0.015-0.04LAFY13- 12.7 22.6 25.9 11.0 0.02-0.05LAFY16- 15.9 26.9 61 26.9 3.8 12.7 16.0 0.028-0.055





LAK & LAKYSeries

7



Medium Duty Anti-Backlash Nuts

Part number selection table - LAK series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LAKY series, thread mount

* metric available as required





NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

D

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAK8- 8.0 20.3 51 38.1 4.8 5.08 28.58 10 0.007-0.02LAK10- 9.6

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

HubWidth

H

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAKY8- 8.0 20.3 55.9 3/8-24 8.9 1.3 10 0.007-0.02LAKY10- 9.6


LWD Series

7



Anti-Backlash Nuts

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLWD4- 4.0 16 20.6 28.6 4.10 3.7 22.2 4.5 0.03

maxLWD6- 6.4LWD8- 8.0 19 33.5 38.1 5.10 5.1 28.6 11.3 0.04

maxLWD10- 9.6LWD11- 11.3 24.5 52.8 44.5 6.35 5.6 35.7 34.0 0.06

maxLWD13- 12.7

Part number selection table - LWD series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LWDY series, thread mount


NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLWDY4- 4.0 16 20.6 9/16 - 18 6.1 4.5 0.03

maxLWDY6- 6.4LWDY8- 8.0 19 33.5 5/8 -18 8.1 11.3 0.04

maxLWDY10- 9.6LWDY11- 11.3 24.5 52.8 15/16 - 16 12.7 34.0 0.06

maxLWDY13- 12.7




NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

HoleDiaØF

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLCM4- 4.0 16 20.6 28.6 4.1 3.7 22.2 2.3 0.03

maxLCM6- 6.4LCM8- 8.0 19 33.5 38.1 5.1 5.1 28.6 3.6 0.04

maxLCM10- 9.6

Part number selection table - LCM series, flange mount

Part number selection table - LCMY series, thread mount


NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

Nut LengthC

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLCMY4- 4.0 16 20.6 9/16 - 18 16.1 2.3 0.03

maxLCMY6- 6.4LCMY8- 8.0 19 33.5 5/8 -18 18.1 3.6 0.04

maxLCMY10- 9.6





LCM Series

7



Anti-Backlash Nuts


LAX & LAXYSeries

7



Heavy Duty Anti-Backlash Nuts

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Flange

ØD

FlangeWidth

E

MountingHoles PCD

ØG

HubLength

H

Hub

ØF

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAX13- 12.7 28.5 59 44.5 5.9 35.71 3.1 23.62 68 0.01-0.02LAX16- 15.9 35.1 66 53.9 7.6 44.45 -- -- 113LAX19- 19.1 41.2 71 60.5 7.9 50.80 -- -- 159 0.02-0.05LAX22- 22.3 -- --

Part number selection table - LAX series, flange mount

NutSeries

NominalScrewØA#

Nut

ØB

NutLength

C

Thread

M*

ThreadLength

N

DynamicLoad

kg

DragTorque

NmLAXY13- 12.7 28.5 64 15/16-16

12.7

68 0.01-0.04LAXY16- 15.9 35.1 72 1 1/4-16 113LAXY19- 19.1 41.2 79 1 3/8-16 159 0.02-0.05LAXY22- 22.3

Part number selection table - LAXY series, thread mount


Material: Polyacetal with bronzeanti-backlash mechanism




7



Custom Nut Configurations

In addition to the standard nut types, modified and complete custom configurations are available.Modifications may be simple changes such as different mounting hole patterns or mounting threads,small dimensional changes or special materials.

Reliance can provide tremendous value by producing a multi-functional nut. Using custom mouldsand special machining, nuts can also include guide bushings, carriages, timing pulleys, gears, syringecomponents, sensor mounts and flags, encoder features, clamps and many other complementaryelements.

In addition, custom designed nuts can offer quick release mounts, partial thread engagement, half nutconstruction or special shapes and geometries. Special materials are offered to extend theperformance of our assemblies. Materials can be chosen for extreme temperature, chemicalcompatibility, autoclaving, agency approvals, special loadings and many other specific requirements.

7



Leadscrew Ordering - End Detail

End A - Ball bearing : page 7-28End B - Ball bearing & circlip : page 7-29End C - Ball bearing & coupling : page 7-30

End D - Twin bearings & coupling : page 7-31End E - Ball bearing & pulley : page 7-32End F - Ball bearing & gear : page 7-33

Ordering your modified leadscrewTo order a leadscrew with machined ends, use the ordering example below.Note, if only one end is to be machined leave the 2nd end machining suffix blank.

Example part no. - LPX10 - M050 - 350MM - C A

2nd endmachined

detail

LeadscrewDia

Standard RGBearing P/No.1

Standard RGCirclip P/No.

Standard RGCoupling P/No.2

610 1113

B1-104-S-7B1-106-S-7B1-108-S-7B1-108-S-7

D1400-0040-SSD1400-0060-SSD1400-0080-SSD1400-0080-SS

RCLA13C-*-*RCLA16C-*-*RCLA20C-*-*RCLA20C-*-*

LeadscrewDia

Standard RGPulley P/No.3

Standard RGShim P/No.

Standard RGGear P/No.4

610 1113

TPMP25 F6-**TPMP25 F6-**TPMP25 F6-**TPMP25 F6-**

SS1-104SS1-108SS1-112SS1-112

P**S1B4 F4A**P**S1B6 F4A**P**S1B8 F6A**P**S1B8 F6A**

1 Bearings for low to medium loads, see page 12-2. For high loads consult Reliance Technical Sales2 Add bore diameters to complete part number, see page 8-4

3 Add required number of teeth to complete part number, see page 10-34 Add gear module and required number of teeth to complete part number, see from page 4-1For all other accessories shown above, please refer to sections 12 and 13 in this catalogue.

End Modifications and Associated Products

1st endmachined

detail

ThreadLength

SupportEnd

7



Leadscrew End Machining

Ball bearing journal, End A

Refer to page 7-27 for ordering instructions and available associated product part numbers.

LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDiameter

JournalDiameter

ØB1Length

LB16

10 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

4.55.56.56.5

• End modification engineered to maximise the linear accuracy ofthe leadscrew

• Custom end machining also available, please fax or e-mail yourdrawing

• Full technical support available on both standard and custom endmachining

• Quantities up to 10 off usually available in 2 weeks

Drawing dimension table


SupportEnd

7




Ball bearing journal with circlip groove, End B


LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDiameter

Journal Groove Length

LB1DiaØB1

LengthLG

DiaØB2

WidthGW

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

4.86.17.27.2

3.755.657.547.54

0.50.80.90.9

7.08.59.59.5







DriveEnd

7




Ball bearing journal for coupling, End C






LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDiameter

Journal CouplingDiameter

ØC1

Length

LC1DiaØB1

LengthLB1

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

4.55.56.56.5

4688

14.015.020.520.5



DriveEnd

7




Twin ball bearing journal for coupling, End D


LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDia

Journal Thread CouplingDiaØB1

LengthLB1

DistanceLT T

DiaØC1

LengthLC1

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

7.59.5

11.511.5

11.215.018.518.5

M4M6M8M8

3466

17.522.528.528.5







DriveEnd

7




Ball bearing journal for drive pulley, End E






LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDia

Journal PulleyDiaØC1

LengthLC1

FlatsDiaØB1

LengthLB1

WidthF1

LengthF2

DistanceDF

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

4.55.56.56.5

4688

27.528.529.529.5

4566

3333

3.55.57.57.5



DriveEnd

7




Ball bearing journal for drive gear, End F






LeadscrewDiameter

ScrewDia

Journal FlatWidth

F1

Length

F2

FlatDistance

DFDiaØB1

LengthLC1

610 1113

6.359.53

11.1112.70

4688

17.520.521.521.5

4566

5.06.56.06.0

3.55.57.57.5



RGLS

7

7-34


Stepper motors: page 2-1Hardware: page 13-1

All dimensions in mmMaterials:Guide and carriage - Aluminium alloy TFE coatedLeadscrew - Stainless steel TFE coatedFollower nut - Polyacetal



Leadscrew Linear Slide

Dimensional Tolerances± 0.1± 0.15± 0.2± 0.3

Series ANominalRail Ø B C D E F G H J K L1 L2 N

RGLS6 10.2 21.1 3.175 19.1 13.5 36 25.4 12.74-40UNC

4.45 deep15 13.5 11.9 9.53

RGLS10 15.2 31.8 4.762 28.6 20.1 51 38.1 19.16-32UNC

6.35 deep23 20.3 20.3 12.70

RGLS13 20.3 28.1 6.350 40.6 26.9 69 44.45 25.410-24UNC

9.60 deep33 27.7 19.6 15.88

RGLS16 25.4 44.5 7.938 50.8 33.5 83 57.2 31.81/4-20UNC

10.80 deep41 33.0 33.0 19.05

SeriesP Q R S T U V W X Y Z1 Z2 Z3

RGLS6 15.24 12.7 13.2 9.4 3.8 5.8 18.5 4-40UNC 9.7 2.92 2.8 5.1 2.3

RGLS10 22.86 18.8 20.3 14.0 5.6 8.9 27.9 6-32UNC 12.7 4.32 3.6 6.4 3.3

RGLS13 31.75 25.4 26.4 18.8 7.6 13.0 37.3 10-24UNC 17.8 5.59 5.1 8.4 4.8

RGLS16 38.10 31.8 33.0 23.4 9.5 16.3 46.5 1/4-20UNC 22.4 7.11 6.6 12.7 5.6

Technical specification Total Travel = L - L1 - F

RGLS

7



Leadscrew Linear Slide

BasicPart

Number

Lead

mm

Typical DragTorque*

Nm

Life @ 1/4Design Load

m

Torque To Move Load

Nm/Kg

Design LoadKg

ScrewInertia

Kgm2/mRGLS6-0100 2.54 0.02

2,540,000

0.016

7 6.5 x10-6RGLS6-0200 5.08 0.03 0.023

RGLS6-0500 12.70 0.04 0.039RGLS6-1000 25.40 0.04 0.070RGLS10-0100 2.54 0.03

2,540,000

0.016

16 6.5 x10-6RGLS10-0200 5.08 0.04 0.023

RGLS10-0500 12.70 0.04 0.039RGLS10-1000 25.40 0.05 0.070RGLS13-0100 2.54 0.04

2,540,000

0.018

22 20 x10-6RGLS13-0200 5.08 0.04 0.027

RGLS13-0500 12.70 0.05 0.047RGLS13-1000 25.40 0.06 0.096RGLS16-0100 2.54 0.04

2,540,000

0.020

46 3.9 x10-5RGLS16-0200 5.08 0.05 0.031RGLS16-0500 12.70 0.05 0.047RGLS16-1000 25.40 0.06 0.101

Series (Screw Size)RGLS6 RGLS10 RGLS13 RGLS16

Guide Length L ±1mm Lead mm 152 203 254 305 254 305 381 457 610 914 254 305 457 610 914 254 305 457 610 914

2.54 � � � � � � � � � � �5.08 � � � � � � � � � � �12.7 � � � � � � � � � � � � � �25.4 � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

* Assemblies with lengths over 915mm and/or leads higher than 12.7mm are likely to have higher drag torques than listed values.

RGLS6-0100-1-305

Lead No. of Carriages1 = 1 driven (standard)2 = 1 driven & 1 passive3 = 1 driven & 2 passive

GuideLength

(Dimension “L”)

• Special carriage, rail, screw or mounting configuration• Higher accuracy leadscrew, Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) threads• Alternative guide lengths upto 1000mm available

�Indicates standard available lengths

Standard product sizes

Product performance

Basic part numbering


Linear Slide and SeriesDesignator

RGLS6 series = 6mm screwRGLS10 series = 10mm screwRGLS13 series = 13mm screwRGLS16 series = 16mm screw

RSRA

7

7-36



All dimensions in mmMaterials:Guide and carriage - Aluminium alloy TFE coatedLeadscrew - Stainless steel TFE coatedNut - Aluminium and Polyacetal composite



ScrewRail® Assembly

SeriesØA B ØC ØD E F ØG ØH ØJ L1 L2

RSRA5 9.24/9.33 9.65 3.16/3.18 24.9 27.9 7.2 14.3 19.1 2.39 9.4 9.66RSRA6 12.42/12.5 15.75 4.75/4.76 33.3 36.0 9.5 19.1 26.2 3.56 6.6 9.1RSRA10 18.77/18.85 19.05 6.33/6.34 46.0 51.0 12.7 28.4 37.6 4.39 9.7 17.8RSRA13 25.12/25.2 19.05 6.33/6.34 58.4 64.0 15.9 38.0 48.8 5.08 12.2 19.6


SeriesRSRA5 RSRA6

Length L ±1mmLead mm 102 152 203 254 305 381 457 102 152 203 254 305 381 457

1.27 � � � � � � � �2.545.086.35 � � � � � � � �

12.70 � � � � � � � �25.40 � � � � � � � �

Standard product sizes - RSRA5 and RSRA6 ScrewRail®


Total Travel = L- (L1 + L2 + E)

#Length tolerance ±1mm, �Indicates standard lengths

RSRA RSRZ

RSRA

7



ScrewRail® Assembly

BasicPart

Number

NominalRailDia.mm

Nominal Screw

Dia.mm

Lead

mm

Max.Drag

TorqueNm

Life @ 1/4Design Load

m

Torque toMoveLoad

Nm/Kg

Design Load

Kg

ScrewInertia

Kgm2/m

Equiv.Dia.

*RSRA5-0050

9.52 4.76

1.27 0.014

2,500,000

0.007

5 0.4 x10-6 7.6RSRA5-0100 2.54 0.018 0.016

RSRA5-0250 6.35 0.020 0.019RSRA5-0370 9.52 0.025 0.030RSRA6-0050

12.70 6.35

1.27 0.015

3,800,000

0.007

10 1.3 x10-6 9.9RSRA6-0250 6.35 0.020 0.023

RSRA6-0500 12.70 0.030 0.039RSRA6-1000 25.40 0.040 0.070RSRA10-0100

19.05 9.52

2.54 0.020

4,500,000

0.016

20 6.5 x10-6 15.2RSRA10-0200 5.08 0.030 0.023

RSRA10-0500 12.70 0.040 0.039RSRA10-1000 25.40 0.045 0.070RSRA13-0100

25.40 12.70

2.54 0.030

7,100,000

0.016

45 20 x10-6 20.5RSRA13-0200 5.08 0.040 0.023

RSRA13-0500 12.70 0.045 0.039RSRA13-1000 25.40 0.060 0.070

SeriesRSRA10 RSRA13


1.272.54 � � � � � �5.08 � � � � �6.35

12.70 � � � � � � � �25.40 � � � � � � � � �

* ScrewRail® stiffness may be modelled using Classical Beam Deflection Theory with equivalent solid stainless steel beam of diametergiven.

�Indicates standard available lengths

Standard product sizes - RSRA10 and RSRA13 ScrewRail®

Product performance

RSRA6-1000-305MMScrewRail® and Series Designator Lead Screw Length

• End support modifications• Higher accuracy leadscrew, Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) threads• Alternative ScrewRail® lengths up to 1200mm available• Other leads available as custom orders




Standard product sizes - RSRZ5 and RSRZ6 ScrewRail®

RSRZ

7

7-38



All dimensions in mmMaterials:Guide and - Aluminium alloy TFE coatedLeadscrew - Stainless steel TFE coatedNut - Aluminium andPolyacetal composite



Anti-Backlash ScrewRail® Assembly

Series

ØA B ØC ØD E F ØG ØH

ØJBrassInserts L1 L2

RSRZ5 9.24/9.32 9.65 3.16/3.18 24.9 27.94 7.2 19.1 19.05 2-56UNF 9.4 9.65

RSRZ6 12.42/12.5 15.75 4.75/4.76 33.3 36 9.5 24.7 26.2 6-32UNF 6.6 9.1

RSRZ10 18.77/18.85 19.05 6.33/6.34 46.0 51 12.7 35.1 37.6 10-32UNF 9.7 17.8

RSRZ13 25.12/25.2 19.05 6.33/6.34 58.4 64 15.9 43.7 48.8 10-32UNF 12.2 19.6


Total Travel = L- (L1 + L2 + E)

SeriesRSRZ5 RSRZ6


1.27 � � � � � � � �2.545.086.35 � � � � � � � �

12.70 � � � � � � � �25.40 � � � � � � � �

#Length tolerance ±1mm, �Indicates standard lengths

Standard product sizes - RSRZ10 and RSRZ13 ScrewRail®

Product performance



RSRZ

7



Anti-Backlash ScrewRail® Assembly

SeriesRSRZ10 RSRZ13

Length L ±1mmLead mm 152 203 254 305 381 457 533 610 914 254 305 381 457 610 914

1.272.54 � � � � � �5.08 � � � � �6.35

12.70 � � � � � � � � �25.40 � � � � � � � � � �

�Indicates standard lengths

BasicPart

Number

NominalRailDia.mm

Nominal Screw

Dia.mm

Lead

mm

Max.Drag

TorqueNm

Life @ 1/4 DesignLoad

m

Torque toMoveLoad

Nm/Kg

Design Load

Kg

ScrewInertia

Kgm2/m

Equiv.Dia.

*RSRZ5-0050

9.52 4.76

1.27 0.014

1,300,000

0.007

5 0.4 x10-6 7.6RSRZ5-0100 2.54 0.018 0.016

RSRZ5-0250 6.35 0.020 0.019RSRZ5-0370 9.52 0.025 0.030RSRZ6-0050

12.70 6.35

1.27 0.020

1,900,000

0.007

10 1.3 x10-6 9.9RSRZ6-0250 6.35 0.030 0.023

RSRZ6-0500 12.70 0.040 0.039RSRZ6-1000 25.40 0.045 0.070RSRZ10-0100

19.05 9.52

2.54 0.045

2,300,000

0.016

20 6.5 x10-6 15.2RSRZ10-0200 5.08 0.047 0.023

RSRZ10-0500 12.70 0.050 0.039RSRZ10-1000 25.40 0.053 0.070RSRZ13-0100

25.40 12.70

2.54 0.057

3,500,000

0.016

45 20 x10-6 20.5RSRZ13-0200 5.08 0.060 0.023

RSRZ13-0500 12.70 0.064 0.039RSRZ13-1000 25.40 0.067 0.070

• End support modifications• Higher accuracy leadscrew, Left Hand (LH) or Left/Right (L/R) threads• Alternative ScrewRail® lengths up to 1200mm available• Other leads available as custom orders

RSRZ6-1000-305MMScrewRail® and Series Designator Lead Screw Length

* ScrewRail® stiffness may be modelled using Classical Beam Deflection Theory with equivalent solid stainless steel beam of diametergiven.

Flex

ible

Sha

ft C

oupl

ings

,C

lutc

hes

and

Col

lars

8

Precision couplingsReli-a-Flex®, Spiral Beam,Oldham, Bellows, Twin Disc andSolid Couplings. Ideal forencoders, motors, servo systemsand rotary applications.

Reli-a-Flex® CouplingsA unique patented slot pattern whichimproves system accuracy, reducesdynamic loads and extends systemlife

General PurposeOldham, membrane, curved jaw,spiral beam and radial tooth

ClutchesHelp protect mechanical actuatorsfrom damage by not exceedingmaximum acceptable torque

Shaft Clamp CollarsSingle and double width collarsOne-piece set screw and threadedcollars

Precision CouplingsStainless steel bellows and disc type

Flex

ible

Sha

ft C

oupl

ings

,C

lutc

hes

and

Col

lars

Section Contents

Reliance Couplings and Collars Selection Guide . . . . . . . . .Page 8-2

Reli-a-Flex® Couplings General Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-4

Reli-a-Flex® Micro Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-6

Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings, Set Screw Type . . . . . . . .Page 8-8

Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings, Clamp Type . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-10

Reli-a-Flex® Couplings, Reli-a-Grip™ Clamp Type . . . . . . . .Page 8-12

Custom Reli-a-Flex® Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-14

Stocked Reli-a-Flex® Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-15

Bellows Precision Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-16

Flexible Disc Spring Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-22

Oldham Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-28

Membrane Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-30

Curved Jaw Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-34

Micro Spiral Beam Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-36

Spiral Beam Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-37

Spiral Beam Stainless Steel Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-42

Radial Tooth Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-44

Friction Clutches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-45

Solid Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-49

Double Width Shaft Slamp Collars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-50

Shaft Clamp Collars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-51

One-Piece Threaded Collars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-52

One-Piece Set Screw Collars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 8-53


SelectionGuide

8



Couplings and Collars

Reli-a-flex® - Unique design,maximises torsional stiffnesswithout introducing highbearing loads. Chambered forease of assembly.

Oldham - Large offset,designed to separate forassembly. Electrically insulatingdisc.

Friction clutches - Variabletorque settings. Gearmanufactured to requirement.

Spiral beam - Universal onepiece coupling. Aluminium andstainless steel versionsavailable.

Curved jaw - Shockabsorbing, low cost generalpurpose coupling, ideal forreducing torque ripple.

Membrane - Light duty, withan insulating fibreglassreinforced centre. Compactoverall length. Zero backlash.

Flexible disc spring - Idealfor low torque applicationsrequiring accuracy. Bothexternal and internal hubsavailable.

Bellows - High accuracy, lightduty. Maintenance free.

Clamp collars - No shaftmarking, integral location face.One or two piece construction.

Solid - One and two pieceoptions. Excellent foraccurately aligned shafts withhigh torque loads.

Radial tooth - Positiveconnection, minimal axialmisalignment.

Custom Design - Specials tosuit your application.

SelectionGuide

8



Couplings and Collars

The couplings featured in this catalogue have been carefully selected to accommodate varyingdegrees of shaft misalignment whilst offering minimum distortion of rotation.No one coupling provides a universal solution but the selection table below summarises the salientperformance features for ease of comparison.Full details for each coupling can be found on the product pages.

Coupling Feature

Coupling Style

Elec

tric

ally

insu

latin

g

Vibr

atio

n da

mpi

ng

Hig

h re

liabi

lity

No

inhe

rent

bac

klas

h

Torq

ue c

apac

ity

Mis

alig

nmen

t cap

abili

ty

Low

bea

ring

load

Acc

urac

y

Pric

e / p

erfo

rman

ce

Reli-a-flex® � ��

Oldham �� ⌧ ��

Bellows ⌧ � ��

Flexible disc spring ⌧ � �� * ��

Membrane ��

Curved jaw �� ⌧ ��

Spiral beam ⌧ ��

Radial tooth ⌧ ⌧ �� ⌧ � � ��

Solid ⌧ ⌧ �� ⌧ � ��

Friction clutches ⌧ � ⌧ ⌧ � ⌧ � ⌧ ��

Comparative rating:�� best

� worst⌧ not applicable� please enquire

*single disc suitable for angular offset only

GeneralOverview

8



Reli-a-Flex® Couplings

• Extend system lifeThe Reli-a-Flex® coupling introduces negligibleradial and axial bearing loads, extendingsystem life.

• Improve system accuracyThe Reli-a-Flex® coupling provides excellentkinematic transfer of motion with high torsionalstiffness, zero backlash and constant velocity.

The Reli-a-Flex® coupling, specifically designed and manufactured by Reliance to:

Clampor

Set screw

• Clamp type leaves shafts unmarked• Set screw type where higher speeds are required

Electricallyinsulated

• Protects delicate instruments from powered drive• Available with selected bores on RCL type aluminium couplings, sizes 20

and 25

Customdesigns

• Predictable performances• Available with outer diameters from 6 to 40mm• Alternative materials may be specified

Please enquire

Please enquire

Please enquire

Shortor

Long

• RCS type (short) where space is limited• RCL type (long) where greater parallel offset and greater accuracy are

required

Reli-a-Grip™

• The Reli-a-Grip™ clamp enables Reli-a-Flex® coupling to be used to itsfull potential. Greater torques can be transmitted without the need to useset screws, which can potentially damage the shaft

Precisionor

Micro

• Precision coupling with outer diameters from 13 to 25mm• Micro coupling with outer diameters from 6 to 10mm

Reli-a-Flex® flexible shaft couplings, the range:

UK Number 2316735US Number 6,203,437 B1European Number EP 0922168 B1Japanese Number 4,083,227

Patented Reli-a-Flex®

GeneralOverview

8



Reli-a-Flex® Couplings

With the latest advances in digital optical scanning speed, professional flatbed scanner manufacturersare requiring more accuracy from their drive systems. A European company with leading edgetechnology in drum and flatbed scanners, image setting and integrated media processor productsuses Reli-a-Flex® couplings in all their flatbed products. With XY technology, speeds of up to 50 scansper hour and resolutions of up to 5400 dpi, the accuracy and reliability of the Reli-a-Flex® couplingmakes it the ideal choice.

Prior to the introduction of the Reli-a-Flex® coupling slight variations in the speed of the CCD elementcaused errors when trying to capture high resolution images. These errors manifest themselves as acolour registration defect, which resulted in an unacceptable banding effect across the image.Although these errors were small (typically 3.0 microns) they could easily be detected by the nakedeye.

The cause of these errors was identified as the flatbed drive system. Introduction of a Reli-a-Flex®

coupling manufactured from low inertia Grade 7075-T6 Aluminium was instrumental in bringing theseregistration defects under control. The unique slit pattern with radial rather than spiral slits gives theReli-a-Flex® coupling high torsional stiffness and unsurpassed accuracy. However, with Reli-a-Flex®

coupling high torsional stiffness does not mean high bearing loads, the Reli-a-Flex® coupling slitpattern has been carefully designed to give low bearing loads in conjunction with its high torsionalstiffness.

Also, being tested to 50 million cycles at rated torque, the Reli-a-Flex® coupling is ideal for high dutycycle applications such as busy printing and typesetting applications. All in all the Reli-a-Flex®

coupling has proved itself to be ideal for accurate positioning and responsive servo systems.

Picture perfect scanning with Reli-a-Flex® coupling:

1.5 - 5mm Bore

8

8-6


Bearings: page 12-1Leadscrews: page 7-1

Stepper motors: page 2-1

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Aluminium alloyGrade 7075-T6Finish: Alocrom 1000




• Non-standard bore sizes, including imperial• Alternative materials• Custom designs• For in stock items and custom designs refer to pages 8-14, 8-15

Example Part No:- RCS A 8 - 4-2 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo

Material Size Standard Bore SizesØB1 and ØB2

(bore tolerance +0.010/-0.000)

O/D

ØD

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

RCS(short) A

68

10

1.5 22

333

44 5

6.08.0

10.0

9.3511.7013.65

2.803.204.00

M1.2*M1.6M2

RCL(long) A

68

10

1.5 22

333

44 5

6.08.0

10.0

12.5014.5017.00

2.803.204.00

M1.2*M1.6M2

Maximum shaft intrusion when fitted = E+2mm.* Coupling fitted with stainless steel slotted head set screws.Bores may be left unalocromed.


RCL (long type) RCS (short type)

Micro Reli-a-Flex® Couplings

1.5 - 5mm Bore

8



BasicPartNo

Material Size TorsionalStiffnessNm/rad

RadialCompliancemicrons/N

Misalignment MaxInertiagcm2

MaxMass

gParallel

mmAngular

degAxialmm

RCS(short) A

68

10

4.198.7016.80

21.035.028.0

0.020.050.06

1.72.02.0

±0.06±0.10±0.17

0.030.110.33

0.651.302.30

RCL(long) A

68

10

4.308.7016.81

79.0102.0

83.0

0.040.100.12

1.72.02.0

±0.06±0.10±0.17

0.050.150.43

0.951.703.00

Specifications vary according to bore size. For exact figures, please enquire.

BasicPartNo

Material Size Typical Torque Capacity MaxSpeedrpm

ReversingNm

Non ReversingNm

PeakNm

RCS(short) A

68

10

0.100.200.30

0.150.300.45

0.250.500.75

70,00040,00035,000

RCL(long) A

68

10

0.100.200.30

0.150.300.45

0.250.500.75

32,00024,00022,000


• Zero backlash, reliable one-piece construction• Unique design maximises torsional stiffness without inducing high

bearing loads• Minimal velocity and positional fluctuations• Over 50,000,000 test cycles at rated load and 80% offset without

failure• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -80ºC to +80ºC


Torque and speed capacity

Technical features - apply to the whole Reli-a-Flex® coupling range

Micro Reli-a-Flex® Couplings

Couplings are chambered for ease of assembly and fitted with stainless steel screws.


• Electrically insulated, sizes 20 and 25• Non-standard bore sizes, including imperial• Alternative materials• Custom designs• Reli-a-Grip™ clamp design - see page 8-12• For in stock items and custom designs refer to pages 8-14, 8-15

Maximum shaft intrusion when fitted = E+2mm. Bores may be left unalocromed.



Example Part No:- RCS A 20 - 8-5 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo



O/D

ØD

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

RCS(short) A

131620253040

3 44

555

6666

8888

10101010

121212

1515 20

13.016.020.025.030.040.0

16.8019.7521.5025.8030.3035.95

5.005.906.607.609.10

10.60

M2.5M3M4M5M6M8

RCL(long) A

131620253040

3 44

555

6666

8888

10101010

121212

1515 20

13.016.020.025.030.040.0

20.0023.5026.0034.0044.0057.00

5.005.906.607.609.10

10.60

M2.5M3M4M5M6M8

3 - 20mm Bore

8

8-8







Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings Set Screw Type

BasicPartNo




MaxMass

gParallel

mmAngular

degAxialmm

RCS(short) A

131620253040

45.0067.00

107.50173.60246.10465.20

29.228.923.420.015.413.4

0.080.100.120.160.200.25

2.52.53.03.03.53.5

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70±0.85±1.25

1.13.08.8

24.058.0

220.0

4.748.42

14.6227.5045.9897.30

RCL(long) A

131620253040

53.5081.00

130.00216.10315.10606.20

64.365.162.082.285.089.0

0.150.200.250.400.600.95

2.52.53.03.03.53.5

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70±0.85±1.25

1.33.69.9

33.089.0

370.0

5.8310.3318.2038.4071.82

168.57Specifications vary according to bore size. For exact figures, please enquire.




3 - 20mm Bore

8



Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings Set Screw Type

BasicPartNo


ReversingNm

Non ReversingNm

PeakNm

RCS(short) A

131620253040

0.500.751.302.052.905.50

0.701.151.953.104.408.30

1.201.903.255.207.35

13.80

30,00025,00020,00015,00011,0006,500

RCL(long) A

131620253040

0.500.751.302.052.905.50

0.701.151.953.104.408.30

1.201.903.255.207.35

13.80

20,00017,00015,00012,00010,0006,500





3 - 20mm Bore

8

8-10







Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings Clamp Type



• Electrically insulated, sizes 20 and 25• Set screw fixing• Non-standard bore sizes, including imperial• Alternative materials• Custom designs• Reli-a-Grip™ clamp design - see page 8-12• For in stock items and custom designs refer to pages 8-14, 8-15

Maximum shaft intrusion when fitted = E+2mm. Bores may be left unalocromed.



Example Part No:- RCS A 20C - 8-5 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo



O/D

ØD ØH

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

RCS(short) A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

33

444

5555

66666

88888

10101010

121212

1515 20

13.016.020.025.030.040.0

14.518.021.826.932.341.0

16.8019.7521.5025.8030.3035.95

5.005.906.607.609.10

10.60

M1.6M2M2.5M3M4M5

RCL(long) A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

33

444

5555

66666

88888

10101010

121212

1515 20

13.016.020.025.030.040.0

14.518.021.826.932.341.0

20.0023.5026.0034.0044.0057.00

5.005.906.607.609.10

10.60

M1.6M2M2.5M3M4M5

3 - 20mm Bore

8



Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings Clamp Type

BasicPartNo



Misalignment MaxInertiag.cm2

MaxMass

gParallel

mmAngular

degAxialmm

RCS(short) A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

45.0067.00

107.50177.60258.10481.20

29.228.923.420.015.413.4

0.080.100.120.400.600.95

2.52.53.03.03.53.5

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70±0.85±1.25

1.02.97.8

23.055.0

200.0

4.48.2

14.327.546.497.2

RCL(long) A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

53.5081.00

133.00223.10330.60627.30

64.365.162.082.285.089.0

0.150.200.250.400.600.95

2.52.53.03.03.53.5

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70±0.85±1.25

1.23.29.0

31.086.0

350.0

5.510.118.738.572.6

168.7Specifications vary according to bore size. For exact figures, please enquire.

BasicPartNo


ReversingNm

Non ReversingNm

PeakNm

RCS(short)

orRCL(long)

A

13C16C20C25C30C40C

0.350.550.951.552.404.40

0.550.851.452.353.656.65

0.801.252.453.905.5011.10

12,00010,0007,5005,0003,8002,000








3 - 12mm Bore

8

8-12







Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings Reli-a-Grip™ Clamp



• Electrically insulated• Non-standard bore sizes, including imperial• Alternative materials.• For custom designs refer to page 8-14

Example Part No:- RCS A 20G - 8-5 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo



O/D

ØD ØH

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

RCS(short) A

13G16G20G25G

33

444

5555

6666

888

1010 12

13.016.020.025.0

14.518.021.826.9

16.8019.7521.5025.80

5.005.906.607.60

M1.6M2M2.5M3

RCL(long) A

13G16G20G25G

33

444

5555

6666

888

1010 12

13.016.020.025.0

14.518.021.826.9

20.0023.5026.0034.00

5.005.906.607.60

M1.6M2M2.5M3



Maximum shaft intrusion when fitted = E+2mm.Bores may be left unalocromed.

3 - 12mm Bore

8



Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings Reli-a-Grip™ Clamp

BasicPartNo




MaxMass

gParallel

mmAngular

degAxialmm

RCS(short) A

13G16G20G25G

45.0070.00115.00182.00

29.228.923.420.0

0.080.100.120.16

2.52.53.03.0

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70

1.02.97.9

23.0

4.48.6

14.927.5

RCL(long) A

13G16G20G25G

53.5084.00

139.00227.00

64.365.162.082.2

0.150.200.250.40

2.52.53.03.0

±0.30±0.40±0.50±0.70

1.23.39.0

31.0

5.510.618.738.5


BasicPartNo


ReversingNm

Non ReversingNm

PeakNm

RCS(short)

orRCL(long)

A

13G16G20G25G

0.450.751.302.05

0.601.151.953.10

0.701.653.255.20

12,00010,0007,5005,000








CustomDesigns

8



Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings

Provide allowablespace envelope

Provide performancerequirements

Reli-a-Flex® spaceevaluated

Reli-a-Flex®

performanceevaluated

Select from Catalogue

StandardCoupling

SpecialCoupling

Customer Enquiry

• The flexible manufacturing of the Reli-a-Flex® allows for effective customisation of the coupling tosuit your specific application

• Special interfaces can be incorporated into your design to allow easier interaction between thecoupling and other components within your assembly

• Alternative materials such as PEEK™ polymer and other plastics are available• Reliance engineers can confidently predict the achievable performance of Reli-a-Flex® when

provided with details of the allowable space envelope. Please refer to diagram below:

Bespoke designs

StockedCouplings

8



Reli-a-Flex® Precision Couplings

The preferred coupling range is held in stock and available on short delivery at reduced prices.The range is subject to change from time to time, please visit our website atwww.rpmechatronics.co.uk for the latest details.

Preferred range of Reli-a-Flex® couplings

Long type Short typeSize 6RCLA6-1.5-1.5RCLA6-3-1.5

Size 8RCLA8-2-2RCLA8-3-3

Size 10RCLA13-0.250-0.250RCLA10-5-5

Size 13RCLA13-0.250-0.250RCLA13-4-4RCLA13-6-5RCLA13C-4-2RCLA13C-4-4RCLA13C-6-6

Size 16RCLA16C-4-4 RCLA16C-5-4RCLA16C-6-6

Size 20RCLA20C-6-6RCLA20C-8-8RCLA20C-10-10RCLA20C-0.250-0.250RCLA20C-0.250-5RCLA20C-0.250-6

Size 25RCLA25C-6-6RCLA25C-8-8RCLA25C-10-10RCLA25C-0.250-0.250RCLA25C-0.375-0.375RCLA25C-0.500-0.500

Size 6RCSA6-1.5-1.5RCSA6-3-1.5

Size 8RCSA8-2-2RCSA8-3-3

Size 10RCSA10-5-3RCSA10-5-5

Size 13RCSA13-4-4RCSA13-5-3RCSA13-0.250-0.250RCSA13C-3-3RCSA13C-5-5

Size 16RCSA16C-6-6RCSA16C-0.250-5

Size 20RCSA20C-6-5RCSA20C-6-6RCSA20C-8-8RCSA20C-10-10

Size 25RCSA25C-6-5RCSA25C-6-6RCSA25C-8-6RCSA25C-8-8

3 - 16 mm Bore

8

8-16







Bellows CouplingsSet Screw Hub


NumberHub

MaterialBellowsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKBS-1222-03-03RBKBS-1222-04-04RBKBS-1222-06-04RBKBS-1222-05-05RBKBS-1222-06-06

Brass(NickelPlated)

Bronze(NickelPlated)

34656

34456

12 22 2.2 M2.5

RBKXS-1520-03-03RBKXS-1520-04-04RBKXS-1520-05-04RBKXS-1520-05-05RBKXS-1520-06-06

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

34556

34456

15 20 2.0 M3


Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

34556

34456

15 22 2.0 M3


Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

34556

34456

15 25 2.0 M3


Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

4568

10

4568

10

19 24 2.0 M3

H8Bore Size Tolerance

3 +0.014456

+0.018

810 +0.022

121416

+0.027

3 - 16mm Bore

8



Bellows CouplingsSet Screw Hub

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm

Misalignment TorsionalStiffness

Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof Inertia

gcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1222

10,000

15 0.20 ±0.40 2.5 45 30 1.8 50 8.01520 40 0.20 ±0.40 3.0 90 40 2.0 70 6.01522 40 0.25 ±0.45 4.0 85 20 2.1 70 6.51525 40 0.30 ±0.50 4.0 70 15 2.3 70 7.01924 80 0.25 ±0.40 4.0 150 25 7.0 70 10.02029 80 0.25 ±0.40 4.0 150 25 8.0 150 15.02035 80 0.30 ±0.50 4.0 140 10 9.0 150 16.02526 200 0.30 ±0.40 4.0 220 45 19.0 100 17.5

Technical specifications

• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Complete absorption of eccentricity, angularity and end play by

spring action of the bellows• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +120ºC

Technical features

Part number selection table continuedPart

NumberHub


Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKXS-2029-04-04RBKXS-2029-06-04RBKXS-2029-06-06RBKXS-2029-10-06RBKXS-2029-08-08RBKXS-2029-10-10RBKXS-2029-12-10RBKXS-2029-12-12

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

466

108

101212

44668

101012

20 29 3.2 M4

RBKXS-2035-04-04RBKXS-2035-06-04RBKXS-2035-06-06RBKXS-2035-10-06RBKXS-2035-08-08RBKXS-2035-10-10RBKXS-2035-12-10

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

466

108

1012

44668

1010

20 35 3.2 M4

RBKXS-2526-06-06RBKXS-2526-08-08RBKXS-2526-10-10RBKXS-2526-12-12RBKXS-2526-14-14RBKXS-2526-16-16

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

68

10121416

68

10121416

25 26 2.8 M4

3 - 16mm Bore

8

8-18







Bellows CouplingsClamp Hub


NumberHub


Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKXK-1622-03-03RBKXK-1622-04-04RBKXK-1622-05-04RBKXK-1622-06-04RBKXK-1622-05-05RBKXK-1622-06-06

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

345656

344456

16 22 2.3 M2

RBKXK-1624-03-03RBKXK-1624-06-03RBKXK-1624-04-04RBKXK-1624-05-04RBKXK-1624-06-04RBKXK-1624-05-05RBKXK-1624-06-06

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

3645656

3344456

16 24 2.3 M2

RBKXK-1627-03-03RBKXK-1627-06-03RBKXK-1627-04-04RBKXK-1627-05-04RBKXK-1627-05-05RBKXK-1627-06-06

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

364556

334456

16 27 2.3 M2

RBKXK-2129-06-06RBKXK-2129-10-06RBKXK-2129-08-08RBKXK-2129-10-10

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

610

810

668

10

21 29 3.0 M2.5


3 +0.014456

+0.018

810 +0.022

121416

+0.027

3 - 16mm Bore

8



Bellows CouplingsClamp Hub

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof Inertia

gcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1622

10,000

40 0.20 ±0.40 3 90 40 2.1 50 6.01624 40 0.25 ±0.45 4 85 20 2.2 50 6.51627 40 0.30 ±0.50 4 70 15 2.6 50 7.02129 80 0.25 ±0.40 4 150 25 9.0 100 15.02135 80 0.30 ±0.50 4 140 10 9.5 100 16.02429 80 0.25 ±0.40 4 150 25 15.0 100 17.02435 80 0.30 ±0.50 4 140 10 15.2 100 18.03030 200 0.30 ±0.40 4 250 80 37.0 100 31.0



NumberHub


Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKXK-2135-06-06RBKXK-2135-10-06RBKXK-2135-08-08RBKXK-2135-10-10

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

610

810

668

10

21 35 3.0 M2.5

RBKXK-2429-12-06RBKXK-2429-12-10RBKXK-2429-12-12

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

121212

61012

24 29 3.0 M2.5

RBKXK-2435-12-06RBKXK-2435-12-10RBKXK-2435-12-12

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

121212

61012

24 35 3.0 M2.5

RBKXK-3030-12-10RBKXK-3030-12-12RBKXK-3030-14-14RBKXK-3030-16-16

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

12121416

10121416

30 30 3.0 M3



Technical features

Aluminium hubs are anodised

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1223

10,00013 0.54 ±2.29 15 28 4.2 1.85 60 10.0

1730 39 0.72 ±3.09 14 70 3.0 3.81 80 10.02533 200 0.46 ±2.77 8 210 29.0 16.10 80 19.5


2 - 12mm Bore

8

8-20







Nickel Bellows Couplings Set Screw Hub


NumberHub


Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKNS-1223-02-02RBKNS-1223-03-02RBKNS-1223-03-03RBKNS-1223-04-04RBKNS-1223-06-04RBKNS-1223-06-06

Stainlesssteel Nickel

233466

223446

12 23 2.0 M2.5

RBKNS-1730-04-04RBKNS-1730-06-04RBKNS-1730-06-06RBKNS-1730-10-06RBKNS-1730-08-08RBKNS-1730-10-10

Aluminium(Anodised) Nickel

466

108

10

44668

10

17 31 2.0 M3

RBKNS-2533-06-06RBKNS-2533-10-06RBKNS-2533-12-06RBKNS-2533-08-08RBKNS-2533-10-10RBKNS-2533-12-12


61012

81012

6668

1012

25 33 2.3 M3


23 +0.014

46 +0.018

810 +0.022

12 +0.027

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1733 10,000 39 0.72 ±3.09 14 70 3.0 4.89 35 11.52537 200 0.46 ±2.77 8 210 29.0 25.40 66 28.5



3 - 12mm Bore

8

8-21


Associated ProductsShafts: page 11-2Bearings: page 12-1Leadscrews: page 7-1Stepper motors: page 2-1



Nickel Bellows Couplings Clamp Hub

PartNumber

HubMaterial

BellowsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRBKNK-1733-03-03RBKNK-1733-04-04RBKNK-1733-06-04RBKNK-1733-06-06


3466

3446

16.3 33 2.5 M2

RBKNK-2537-06-06RBKNK-2537-10-06RBKNK-2537-08-08RBKNK-2537-10-10RBKNK-2537-12-12


610

81012

668

1012

25 37 2.8 M2.5




3 +0.01446 +0.018

810 +0.022

12 +0.027

Technical features

2 - 6mm Bore

8

8-22







Flexible Disc Spring Couplings Set Screw Hub

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2014 10,000 50 - ±0.3 2.5 100 - 2.6 60 5.0



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXS-2014-02-02RFSXS-2014-04-02RFSXS-2014-04-04RFSXS-2014-06-06

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

2446

2246

• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +120ºC• Vibration isolation

Technical features


2 +0.01446 +0.018

2 - 6mm Bore

8

8-23





Flexible Disc Spring Couplings Set Screw Hub



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXS-2016-02-02RFSXS-2016-04-02RFSXS-2016-04-04RFSXS-2016-06-06

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

2446

2246

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2016 10,000 50 0.2 ±0.4 3.0 20 125 2.8 60 6.0

• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +120ºC• Vibration isolation

Technical features


2 +0.01446 +0.018

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2213 10,000 20 0.3 ±0.3 2.0 14 3.0 3.2 20 9.5



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXK-2213-02-02RFSXK-2213-03-02RFSXK-2213-03-03RFSXK-2213-04-04

Nickel platedsteel

Stainlesssteel

2334

2234

8

8-24







Flexible Disc Spring Couplings Clamp Hub2 - 4mm Bore


Technical features


23 +0.014

4 +0.018



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXK-3019-03-03RFSXK-3019-04-04RFSXK-3019-06-05RFSXK-3019-06-06RFSXK-3019-08-06

Aluminium(Anodised)

Stainlesssteel

34666

34568

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3019 12,000 80 0.4 ±0.4 3.0 150 6 19 80 16

3 - 8mm Bore

8

8-25





Flexible Disc Spring Couplings Clamp Hub


Technical features


3 +0.014456

+0.018

8 +0.022



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXK-3832-06-06RFSXK-3832-95-95RFSXK-3832-10-10RFSXK-3832-12-10RFSXK-3832-12-12RFSXK-3832-14-12RFSXK-3832-14-14

Aluminium(Anodised) Stainless steel

69.531012121414

69.531010121214

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3832 8,000 200 0.3 ±0.3 2.5 250 220 82 100 53

8

8-26







6 - 14mm Bore Flexible Disc Spring CouplingsClamp hub

• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +120ºC• Vibration isolation• Suitable for high number of revolutions at high torque

Technical features


6 +0.0189.5310 +0.022

1214 +0.027



NumberHub

MaterialDisc

SpringsMaterial

Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RFSXK-3850-06-06RFSXK-3850-95-95RFSXK-3850-10-10RFSXK-3850-12-10RFSXK-3850-12-12RFSXK-3850-14-12RFSXK-3850-14-14

Aluminium(Anodised) Stainless steel

69.531012121414

69.531010121214

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3850 8,000 200 0.8 ±0.8 2.5 250 12 106 100 63

6 - 14mm Bore

8

8-27





Flexible Disc Spring CouplingsClamp Hub

• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +120ºC• Vibration isolation• Suitable for high number of revolutions at high torque

Technical features


6 +0.0189.5310 +0.022

1214 +0.027

MOST (set screw) MOCT (clamp)

3 - 12mm bore

8

8-28




All dimensions in mmHub material:Aluminium 2024 T351or 7075 T651Black sulphuric anodisedSpacer material:Acetal and nylon 11



Oldham Couplings

Example Part No:- MOST AT - 13 - 3-3 Dimensions(mm)

BasicPartNo

DiscMaterial

Size Standard Bore Sizes ØB1 and ØB2


O/D

ØD

Length

L

HubLength

E

FittedScrew

T

MOST(set

screw)

AT(Acetal)

NL(Nylon)

131925 3341

3 44

55

666

888

101010

121212

12.719.125.433.341.3

15.922.228.647.650.8

5.67.69.9

15.018.0

M3M3M4M4M5

MOCT(clamp)

AT(Acetal)

NL(Nylon)

1925 3341

4 5 66

888

101010

121212

19.125.433.341.3

25.431.847.650.8

9.711.915.018.0

M2.5M3M3M4

• Non-standard bore sizes, including imperial• Larger bores diameters



3 - 12mm Bore

8



Oldham Couplings

SizeRef

DiscMaterial

TorsionalStiffnessDeg/Nm

Torque Capacity MisalignmentRated

NmBreak

NmParallel

mmAxialmm

13 AT 0.636 0.68 3.9 0.10 0.05NL 2.560 0.17 2.8 0.10 0.05

19 AT 0.380 2.25 10.5 0.20 0.10NL 1.240 0.57 9.6 0.20 0.10

25 AT 0.291 4.75 19.0 0.20 0.10NL 1.110 1.13 15.9 0.20 0.10

33 AT 0.079 8.00 39.5 0.20 0.15NL 0.460 2.05 34.0 0.20 0.15

41 AT 0.068 14.75 54.5 0.25 0.15NL 0.330 3.65 45.3 0.25 0.15

• Zero backlash with acetal disc • High parallel misalignment capability• Electrically insulated discs act as a mechanical fuse preventing

damage to other components• Temperature range:-

Acetal disc: -23ºC to +65ºC.Nylon disc: -23ºC to +54ºC.

• Max speed: 4,500rpm• Acetal discs provide high torsional stiffness• Nylon discs provide vibration and shock absorption


Technical features



NumberHub

MaterialMembrane

MaterialBoreØB1

BoreØB2

RFSKK-2519-06-06RFSKK-2519-10-06RFSKK-2519-08-08RFSKK-2519-10-10

Aluminium(Anodised)

Polyamide6.6

re-inforcedfibreglass

610

810

668

10

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2519 12,000 40 0.25 ±0.4 2.5 22 60 13.5 65 16

8

8-30







6 - 10mm Bore Membrane Couplings Clamp Hub

• Zero backlash• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -10ºC to +80ºC• Electrical isolation

Technical features


6 +0.0188

10 +0.022



NumberHub

MaterialMembrane

MaterialBoreØB1

BoreØB2

RFSKK-2525-06-06RFSKK-2525-10-06RFSKK-2525-08-08RFSKK-2525-10-10RFSKK-2525-12-10RFSKK-2525-12-12

Aluminium(Anodised)

Polyamide6.6


610

8101212

668

101012

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2525 12,000 40 0.25 ±0.4 2.5 22 60 15 65 18

6 - 12mm Bore

8

8-31





Membrane CouplingsClamp Hub

• Zero backlash• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -10ºC to +80ºC• Electrical isolation

Technical features


6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

12 +0.027



NumberHub

MaterialMembrane

MaterialBoreØB1

BoreØB2

RFSKK-3022-06-06RFSKK-3022-10-06RFSKK-3022-08-08RFSKK-3022-10-10RFSKK-3022-12-10RFSKK-3022-12-12RFSKK-3022-14-14

Aluminium(Anodised)

Polyamide6.6


610

810121214

668

10101214

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3022 12,000 60 0.3 ±0.4 2.5 30 40 35 80 30

6 - 14mm Bore

8

8-32








• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -10ºC to +80ºC• Electrical isolation• High rigidity

Technical features


6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

1214 +0.027



NumberHub

MaterialMembrane

MaterialBoreØB1

BoreØB2

RFSKK-3027-06-06RFSKK-3027-10-06RFSKK-3027-08-08RFSKK-3027-10-10RFSKK-3027-12-10RFSKK-3027-12-12RFSKK-3027-14-14

Aluminium(Anodised)

Polyamide6.6


610

810121214

668

10101214

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg3027 12,000 60 0.3 ±0.4 2.5 30 40 37 80 32

6 - 14mm Bore

8

8-33






• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -10ºC to +80ºC• Electrical isolation• High rigidity

Technical features


6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

1214 +0.027

Technical specificationsElement

HardnessMax

Speed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm

Misalignment at 750rpm Twistat MaxTorque

Deg

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg80

19,000800 0.22 ±1.0 1.3 10 30 120 34

92 1500 0.22 ±1.0 1.3 10 30 120 3498 2500 0.22 ±1.0 1.3 10 30 120 34

6 - 12mm Bore

8

8-34







Curved Jaw Coupling Set Screw Hub


Example Part No:- RKKAS - 1500 - 08 - 06 - 92

BasicPart Number

HubMaterial

Damping ElementMaterial

ElementHardness

BoreØB1

BoreØB2

RKKAS-1500-06-06RKKAS-1500-08-06RKKAS-1500-08-08RKKAS-1500-10-08RKKAS-1500-10-10RKKAS-1500-12-10

Aluminium(Anodised) Polyurethane

-80 (blue)-92 (white)-98 (red)

688

101012

6688

1010

• Zero backlash• Different damping element hardness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +80ºC• Torque ripple reduction

Technical features


6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

12 +0.027

Technical specificationsElement

HardnessMax

Speed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm

Misalignment at 750rpm Twistat MaxTorque

Deg

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg80

19,000800 0.22 ±1.0 1.3 10 30 150 34

92 1500 0.22 ±1.0 1.3 10 30 150 3498 2500 0.22 ±1.0 1.3 10 30 150 34


• Zero backlash• Different damping element hardness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +80ºC• Torque ripple reduction

Technical features

6 - 12mm Bore

8

8-35





Curved Jaw Coupling Clamp Hub

Example Part No:- RKKAK - 1500 - 08 - 06 - 92

BasicPart Number

HubMaterial

Damping ElementMaterial

ElementHardness

BoreØB1

BoreØB2

RKKAK-1500-06-06RKKAK-1500-08-06RKKAK-1500-08-08RKKAK-1500-10-08RKKAK-1500-10-10RKKAK-1500-12-10

Aluminium(Anodised) Polyurethane

-80 (blue)-92 (white)-98 (red)

688

101012

6688

1010


6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

12 +0.027



SizeMax

Speed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg6508 8,000 2 0.10 ±0.15 2.0 0.55 24 0.02 8 0.51015 15 0.15 ±0.20 2.0 2.20 22 0.34 15 2.4

1 - 5mm Bore

8

8-36







Micro Spiral Beam CouplingsSet Screw Hub

PartNumber

Material Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAS-6508-01-01RWKAS-6508-02-01RWKAS-6508-02-02

Aluminium122

112

6.5 8 1.3 M1.6

RWKAS-1015-02-02RWKAS-1015-03-02RWKAS-1015-04-02RWKAS-1015-05-02RWKAS-1015-03-03RWKAS-1015-05-03

Aluminium

234535

222233

10 15 2.0 M2

• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness and low bearing loads• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +150ºC• One piece construction

Technical features


123

+0.014

45 +0.018



SizeMax

Speed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1218 8,000 25 0.15 ±0.25 2.5 2.8 28 0.83 35 4.01622 40 0.20 ±0.30 3.0 5.0 34 3.20 50 9.5

2 - 6mm Bore

8

8-37





Spiral Beam CouplingsSet Screw Hub

PartNumber

Material Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAS-1218-04-02RWKAS-1218-03-03RWKAS-1218-04-03RWKAS-1218-04-04

Aluminium

4344

2334

12 18 2.5 M2.5

RWKAS-1622-03-03RWKAS-1622-05-03RWKAS-1622-04-04RWKAS-1622-05-04RWKAS-1622-05-05RWKAS-1622-06-06

Aluminium

354556

334456

16 22 3.0 M3


Technical features


23 +0.014

456

+0.018

4 - 14mm Bore

8

8-38









NumberMaterial Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAS-1922-04-04RWKAS-1922-06-04RWKAS-1922-05-05RWKAS-1922-06-06RWKAS-1922-08-06RWKAS-1922-08-08

Aluminium

465688

445668

19 22 3.0 M3

RWKAS-2019-06-04RWKAS-2019-05-05RWKAS-2019-06-06RWKAS-2019-08-06

Aluminium

6568

4566

20 19 2.8 M3

RWKAS-2524-06-06RWKAS-2524-08-06RWKAS-2524-10-06RWKAS-2524-08-08RWKAS-2524-10-08RWKAS-2524-10-10RWKAS-2524-12-12

Aluminium(Anodised)

68

108

101012

66688

1012

25 24 3 M4

RWKAS-2532-06-06RWKAS-2532-08-06RWKAS-2532-10-06RWKAS-2532-08-08RWKAS-2532-10-08RWKAS-2532-10-10RWKAS-2532-12-10RWKAS-2532-12-12

Aluminium(Anodised)

68

108

10101212

66688

101012

25 32 4 M4


456

+0.018

810 +0.022

1214 +0.027

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1922

8,000

60 0.25 ±0.4 3.5 9 40 6.7 50 132019 60 0.25 ±0.4 3.5 9 40 6.0 50 122524 100 0.30 ±0.5 4.0 20 60 22.2 120 262532 100 0.3 ±0.5 4.0 18 50 30.0 120 353030 150 0.3 ±0.5 4.0 21 60 57.0 120 453038 150 0.3 ±0.5 4.0 21 60 76.0 120 60


4 - 14mm Bore

8





Technical features


NumberMaterial Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAS-3030-10-10RWKAS-3030-12-10RWKAS-3030-14-10

Aluminium(Anodised)

101214

101010

30 30 4 M4

RWKAS-3038-10-10RWKAS-3038-12-10RWKAS-3038-14-10RWKAS-3038-12-12

Aluminium(Anodised)

10121412

10101012

30 38 5 M4

2 - 14mm Bore

8

8-40







Spiral Beam CouplingsClamp Hub


NumberMaterial Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAK-1421-02-02RWKAK-1421-03-02RWKAK-1421-03-03RWKAK-1421-04-03RWKAK-1421-04-04

Aluminium(Anodised)

23344

22334

14 21 2.6 M2

RWKAK-1625-03-03RWKAK-1625-05-03RWKAK-1625-04-04RWKAK-1625-06-04RWKAK-1625-05-05RWKAK-1625-06-05

Aluminium(Anodised)

354656

334455

16 25 3.0 M2

RWKAK-1928-04-04RWKAK-1928-06-04RWKAK-1928-05-05RWKAK-1928-06-05RWKAK-1928-06-06

Aluminium(Anodised)

46566

44556

19 28 3.3 M3

RWKAK-2532-06-06RWKAK-2532-08-06RWKAK-2532-10-06RWKAK-2532-08-08RWKAK-2532-10-08RWKAK-2532-10-10RWKAK-2532-12-10

Aluminium(Anodised)

68

108

101012

66688

1010

25 32 4.0 M3


23 +0.014

456

+0.018

810 +0.022

1214 +0.027

2 - 14mm Bore

8




SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg1421

6,000

50 0.20 ±0.25 3.0 4.5 22 1.9 50 6.51625 60 0.20 ±0.30 3.5 5.5 30 3.8 50 101928 80 0.25 ±0.40 4.0 8 36 8.7 80 162532 100 0.35 ±0.50 4.0 16 45 29.0 100 343038 150 0.35 ±0.50 4.0 19 60 76.0 100 58



NumberMaterial Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2

O/D

ØD

Length

L

ScrewPosition

T

ScrewThread

SRWKAK-3038-10-10RWKAK-3038-12-10RWKAK-3038-12-12RWKAK-3038-14-14

Aluminium(Anodised)

10121214

10101214

30 38 4.8 M4


Technical features



SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2524 8,000 200 0.3 ±0.5 4.0 40 250 64 200 65

PartNumber

Material Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RWKXS-2524-08-08RWKXS-2524-10-10

Stainlesssteel

810

810

8 - 10mm BoreStainless Steel

8

8-42








• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +180ºC• One piece construction

Technical features


810 +0.022



SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm


Nm/rad

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2532 6,000 200 0.35 ±0.5 4.0 29 150 84 200 88

PartNumber

Material Bore

ØB1

Bore

ØB2RWKXK-2532-10-06RWKXK-2532-08-08RWKXK-2532-10-10

Stainlesssteel

108

10

68

10

6 - 10mm BoreStainless Steel

8

8-43






• Zero backlash• High torsional stiffness• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +180ºC• One piece construction

Technical features


6 +0.0188

10 +0.022

6 - 10mm Bore

8



Radial Tooth Couplings



NumberCouplingMaterial

BoreØB1

BoreØB2

RSKSS-2022-06-06RSKSS-2022-08-06RSKSS-2022-10-06RSKSS-2022-08-08RSKSS-2022-10-10

9S Mn Pb 28(Black finished)

68

108

10

6668

10

SizeRef

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxTorque

Ncm

Misalignment Module

mm

RadialStiffness

N/mm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

ApproxWeight

g

Radial

mm

Axial

mm

Angular

deg2022 8,000 200 N/A N/A 0.5 0.7 N/A 26 80 42

• Recommended temperature range -30ºC to +120ºC• Self centering connection

Technical features




All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Steel


6 +0.018810 +0.022

4 - 6mm Bore

8



Friction Clutch Clamp Hub



Material:Flange - Steel

Lining - Nylatron


• Zero backlash before slipping• Maintenance free• Recommended temperature range -10ºC to +50ºC• Protects actuators from torque damage• Adjustable torque setting

Technical features

PartNumber

Bore

ØB

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxAdjustable

TorqueNcm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm

Material ApproxWeight

g

Flange ClutchLining

RRKSK-2020-04RRKSK-2020-05RRKSK-2020-06

456

50 30 8.4 1009S Mn Pb 28

(Blackfinished)

Nylatron 20

Note: Gear not included, manufactured on request, please enquire


456

+0.018

f8Shaft Dia Tolerance

10 -0.013-0.035

Part number selection and technical tablePart

NumberBore

ØB

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxAdjustable

TorqueNcm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm


g

Flange ClutchLining

RRKSS-2025-04RRKSS-2025-05RRKSS-2025-06

456

50 30 8.4 809S Mn Pb 28

(Blackfinished)

Nylatron 23

4 - 6mm Bore

8

8-46




All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial:Flange - SteelLining - Nylatron



Friction ClutchSet Screw Hub


Technical features

Note: Gear not included, manufactured on request, please enquire


456

+0.018


10 -0.013-0.035

4 - 6mm Bore

8



Friction Clutch Clamp Hub

Technical specificationsPart

NumberBore

ØB

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxAdjustable

TorqueNcm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm


g

Flange ClutchLining

RRKTK-2020-04RRKTK-2020-05RRKTK-2020-06

456

40 120 13.2 1009S Mn Pb 28

(Blackfinished)

Nylatron 23


Material:Flange - Steel

Lining - Nylatron



456

+0.018


10 -0.013-0.035


Technical features


4 - 6mm Bore

8

8-48




All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial:Flange - SteelLining - Nylatron



Friction Clutch Set Screw Hub

PartNumber

Bore

ØB

MaxSpeed

min-1

MaxAdjustable

TorqueNcm

Momentof

Inertiagcm2

MaxScrewTorque

Ncm


g

Flange ClutchLining

RRKTS-2025-04RRKTS-2025-05RRKTS-2025-06

456

40 120 9.9 809S Mn Pb 28

(Blackfinished)

Nylatron 25


456

+0.018


10 -0.013-0.035


Technical features

3 - 10mm Bore

8



Solid Couplings


Aluminium alloy grade 2024.T351

Stainless steel grade18.8 type 303

Screws C12L14


Example Part No:-MCLX - A - 3-3

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number

Material SizeRef

Standard Bore Sizes ØB1 and ØB2


O/D

ØD

Length

L ØC

ClampScrew

T

MCLX(1-piece)

MSPX(2-piece)

A*(Aluminium)

SS(St. steel)

34568

10

34568

10

151515182429

222222303545

15.015.015.021.527.133.0

M2M2M2M3M3M4

• Does not mark the shaft• Nypatch® anti-vibration hardware• Precision honed bore• MSPX, two-piece style is balanced by opposing hardware and is

easily disassembled and maintained• Max speed: 4,000 rpm• Recommended temperature range:

Stainless steel -40ºC to +175ºCAluminium -40ºC to +100ºC

*Aluminium is only available on MCLX

MCLX (1-piece) MSPX (2-piece)

• Non-standard bore sizes, including imperial• Set screw clamping• Stainless steel screws



Technical features

6 - 10mm Bore

8

8-50




All dimensions in mmMaterials:Aluminium alloy grade 2024.T351Stainless steel grade18.8 type 303Screws C12L14



Double Width Shaft Clamp Collars

Example Part No:-MWCL - A - 6

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number

Material Size Standard Bore Sizes ØB


O/D

ØD

Width

W ØC

ClampScrew

T

MWCL(1-piece)MWSP

(2-piece)

A*(Aluminium)

SS(St. steel)

68

10

68

10

161824

202020

20.822.426.3

M3M3M3

MWCL (1-piece) MWSP (2-piece)

• Does not mark the shaft• Integral location face• Excellent for high axial loads• MWSP, two-piece style is balanced by opposing hardware and is

easily disassembled and maintained• Transmits torque in confined spaces• Recommended temperature range:


• Non-standard bore sizes, including imperial• Set screw clamping• Stainless steel screws

*Aluminium is only available on MWCL



Technical features

3 - 10mm Bore

8

8-51



Aluminium alloy grade 2024.T351

sulphuric anodisedStainless steel

grade18.8 type 303Screws C12L14



Shaft Clamp Collars

• Does not mark shaft• Integral location face• MSP, two-piece style is balanced by opposing hardware and is

easily disassembled and maintained• Pre-drilled face holes• Recommended temperature range:


MCL (1-piece) MSP (2-piece)

• Non-standard bore sizes, including imperial • Plastic collars available• Stainless steel screws • 316 stainless steel available

Example Part No:-MCL - A - 3

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number



O/D

ØD

Width

W ØC

ClampScrew

T

MCL(1-piece)

MSP(2-piece)

A (Aluminium)

SS(St. steel)

3456789

10

3456789

10

1616161618182424

99999999

20.820.820.820.822.422.426.326.3

M3M3M3M3M3M3M3M3



Technical features

4 - 10mm Bore

8

8-52




All dimensions in mmMaterial:Stainless steel grade18.8 type 303Screws C12L14



One-Piece Threaded Collars

Example Part No:-MTCL - SS - 4

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number

Material Size Standard Thread Sizes

B

O/D

ØD

Width

W ØC

ClampScrew

T

MTCL SS(St. steel)

4568

10

M4x0.7M5x0.8M6x1

M8x1.25M10x1.5

1616161824

99999

20.820.820.822.426.3

M3M3M3M3M3

MTCL (threaded)

• Does not mark shaft• Integral location face

• Non-standard thread sizes, including imperial• Stainless steel screws• Acme and left-hand threads available• Additional sizes available



Technical features

4 - 10mm Bore

8



One-Piece Set Screw Collars

Example Part No:-MSC - SS - 4

Dimensions(mm)

BasicPart

Number


(bore tolerance +0.01/+0.05)

O/D

ØD

Width

W

SetScrew

T

MSC SS(St. steel)

4568

10

4568

10

810121620

5688

10

M2.5X3M3X4M4X4M4X4M5X5

MSC (set screw)

• Forged socket set screw

• Non-standard bore sizes, including imperial• Stainless steel screws• Plastic collars available



Technical features


All dimensions in mmMaterial: Stainless steel

grade18.8 type 303Screws C12L14

Line

ar B

earin

gs a

nd S

lides

9

Low friction linearbearings slidesA selected range of linearbearings, guides and shafts tocomplement the linear motionstandard range.

Precision Linear BearingsBore diameter 3mm to 12mm

Miniature Linear GuidesTravel up to 983mmLoad capacity up to 12,580N

Miniature Stroke SlidesTravel up to 94mmLoad capacity up to 8,670N

Roller SlidesTravel up to 304mmLoad capacity up to 3,110N

Spline ShaftsA selected range of spline shafts andnutsLengths up to 1,000mm

Line

ar B

earin

gs a

nd S

lides

Section Contents

Corrosion Resistant Precision Linear Bearings . . . . . . . . . .Page 9-2

Precision Linear Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 9-3

Spline Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 9-4

Linear Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 9-6

Miniature Linear Guide Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 9-7

Miniature Stroke Slides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 9-12

Ball and Crossed Roller Slides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 9-14

Rack Driven Ballslides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 9-16


Ø3 - Ø12mmBore

9

9-2

Associated ProductsLinear motion shafting: page 11-2

Hollow linear motion shafting: page 11-3

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterials:Housing - SUJ2 - Anti-rust coated bearing steelBalls - 440C - Stainless steel



Corrosion ResistantPrecision Linear Bearings



PartNumber

DimensionsInside Dia

Ød

Outside Dia

ØD

Length

L

Circlip GroovePosition

L1Width

WDiaØDo

MRL-3MRL-4MRL-5MRL-6MRL-8MRL-10MRL-12

345681012

0.000-0.008

78

1012151921

0.000-0.010

10121519172930

0.00-0.12

--81191920

±0.2

--

1.101.151.151.351.35

--

9.611.514.318.020.0

0.000-0.009

0.000-0.011 0.00

-0.200.000-0.013 ±0.3

PartNumber

Specification

No. of BallCircuits

Weight(Kg)

Basic Load RatingsDynamic #

C (Kgf)Static

Co (Kgf)MRL-3MRL-4MRL-5MRL-6MRL-8MRL-10MRL-12

4

0.00180.00280.0040.0070.0120.0260.032

23

4.5782028

46911123043

• In salt spray and acid tests anti-rust coated bearings showed superior corrosion resistance incomparison with conventional 440C

• For sealing both sides add -UU to part number eg MRL-6-UU

# Dynamic load rating based on a rated life of 50,000m.

• Larger bores• Bearings available without anti-rust coating

Order shaft separately, see page 11-2

Ø6 - Ø12mmBore

9

9-3


Materials:Housing - Bearing steel SUJ2

Balls - Bearing steel SUJ2

Associated ProductsLinear motion shafting: page 11-2Hollow linear motion shafting: page 11-3



Precision Linear Bearings



• Larger bores.• Adjustable bearings are available with sides sealed

PartNumber

DimensionsInside Dia

Ød

Outside Dia

ØD

Length

L

Circlip Groove -ADJPosition

L1Width

WDiaØDo

WidthT

RL-6RL-8RL-10RL-12

68

1012

0.000-0.009

12151921

0.000-0.011

19172930

0.0-0.2

119

1920

±0.2 1.151.151.351.35

11.514.318.020.0

1.50.000-0.013 ±0.3

PartNumber

SpecificationNo. of Ball

CircuitsWeight

(Kg)

Basic Load RatingsDynamic #

C (Kgf)Static

Co (Kgf)RL-6RL-8RL-10RL-12

4

0.0070.0120.0260.032

78

2028

11123043

• For adjustable bearings add -ADJ to part number eg RL-6-ADJ• For sealing one side add -U to part number eg RL-6-U• For sealing both sides add -UU to part number eg RL-6-UU

# Dynamic load rating based on a rated life of 50,000m.

(Standard) (Adjustable)-ADJ

Order shaft separately, see page 11-2

RSS Series

9

9-4

Associated ProductsLeadscrews: page 7-1Hardware: page 13-1



Spline Shafts

The Reliance spline shaft series has been designed for light to moderate load applications, where lowcost, low friction and long life are the primary design considerations.

The spline shafts provide anti-rotation for one axis motion or a drive mechanism with rotation for twoaxes of motion. They are excellent alternatives for applications where hexagon shafts, square shaftsand high-cost ball splines are typically used.

The assembly consists of a stainless steel spline shaft treated with a low friction Kerkote® TFEcoating, together with a Kerkite® composite polymer bushing. The bushing is supplied with an integralbrass collar to facilitate various mounting configurations without nut distortion.

Standard shaft straightness is 0.08mm per 300mm. Typical radial and torsional clearance betweenshaft and bushing for a basic assembly is 0.05-0.08mm. An anti-backlash assembly is available forapplications requiring minimum torsional play.

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: See notes

RSSBP(Free running)

RSSBY(Free running)

RSSZP(Anti-backlash)

RSSZY(Anti-backlash)

RSS Series

9



Spline Shafts

Example Part No:- SRSS B P 6 T 1 - 100mm

BasicPartNo.

BushingStyle

Mount SizeCode

ShaftDia

ØA**±0.05mm

BushingOutside Dia

ØB±0.025mm

BushingLength

C±0.25mm

Thread

M*(Inch)

ThreadLength

N*±0.05mm

MaxLength

SRSS

B(Free

running)

Z(Anti-

backlash)

P(PlainDia)

Y(Thread)

3 3.18 9.53 12.7 3/8-24 6.35 900

6 6.35 12.70 19.1 7/16-20 6.35 2400

10 9.53 15.88 25.4 9/16-20 9.53 2400

13 12.70 20.65 38.1 3/4-20 12.70 2400

19 19.05 28.58 57.2 1-16 19.05 3600

Number of bushingsTFE coating (standard)

• Material:Spline shaft - Stainless steel, TFE coatedBushing - Graphite filled PTFE thermoplastic, with brass collar

• Standard shaft straightness is 0.076mm per 305mm• Typical radial clearance between shaft and bushing for free running assembly is 0.05 to 0.076mm.

Anti-backlash assemblies provide additional system stiffness• Designed for light load applications• Maximum twist 3º/305mm• Torsional clearance 3º bushing to shaft

* Only on thread mounting spline shafts.** 3.18mm shaft diameter only available in SRSSBP and SRSSBY styles.

Note: Due to the process of manufacture, a small number of localised hollows and hard spots may be created. Thiswill not affect the overall function or performance of the slide.



• Longer lengths available• Larger number of bushings• Bush modifications• Modified ends• Tube configuration• Aluminiumalloy or carbon steel spline shafts are also

available

RGR Series

9

9-6


All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Rail - Stainless steelBushing - Composite polymer



Linear Rails

Example Part No:- RGR B P 6 T 1 - 100mm

BasicPartNo.

BushingStyle

MountStyle

SizeCode

RailDia

ØA**

BushingODØB C

BushingBore Dia

ØD

Width

E

Groove

F G

RadialLoadKg

RGR B P

6 6.279 12.70 19.43 6.311 13.59 11.43 1.02 2.3

10 9.428 19.05 32.39 9.462 25.27 17.17 1.17 4.5

13 12.603 25.40 42.16 12.637 33.78 22.86 1.17 6.8

19 18.826 31.75 51.72 18.860 41.15 28.60 1.47 11.4

Number of bushingsTFE coating (standard)

Shaft length, (max length 3600mm)


** Including TFE coating.

• The assembly consists of a centreless ground and burnished stainless steel shaft mated with acomposite polymer bushing

• The material combinations have been selected so that the thermal fluctuations have minimaleffect on system performance

• Standard shaft straightness is 0.05mm per 300mm• Standard typical radial clearance between shaft and bearings on non-coated assemblies is

0.013mm and 0.025 on TFE coated assemblies• Bushings are manufactured with standard retaining ring grooves

The linear rail system has been designed for light load applications where low cost, minimum frictionaldrag and long wear life are primary design considerations.

Overview

9



Miniature Linear Guide Series

Reinforced design for high speed runningDuring operation, the steel balls generate an impact force on the end caps when direction of motionchanges. The RMR miniature design includes an embedded plastic inverse hook that tightly securesthe carriage components and absorbs these impact forces. The high speed running capability of ourlinear guides has increased in line with the demands of rapid motion automation.

Unique ball re-circulation designThe stainless steel ball re-circulation channels are sealed byplastic end caps, resulting in low noise during operation. Thedesign of the lubricant store, which is embedded within there-circulation channel, reduces the frequency of lubrication.

Bottom sealThe bottom seal, available on sizes 9, 12 and 15, prevents foreignobjects entering the carriage assembly. The life of the carriage andrail is increased while running smoothness is uncompromised.

Stainless steel reinforcement platesThe plastic end caps are entirely encased by twostainless steel reinforced plates secured in place withstainless steel screws. The increased stiffness allowsthe carriage to operate at higher speeds.

Lubrication reservoir designLubrication is injected via holes located at both ends of thecarriage and carried efficiently to the raceways by means of there-circulating balls, thus increasing the maintenance intervals.

High load and moment capacityThe miniature linear guide series incorporates a gothic profiledesign with a 45º contact angle, providing equal load capacityin all directions. Large steel balls have been designed intolimited space to provide enhanced load bearing and torsionalresistance.

Dust proof designSpecially designed end seals prevent dust and foreign objectsentering the system, increasing the product life. These sealsare low friction and do not effect the smooth running of thelinear guide.

Standard RMRSeries

9

9-8


Machine screws: page 13-2

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Stainless steel



Miniature Linear Guides

BasicPart

Number

MaxTravel

CarriageDimensions

MaxRail

Length

Load RatingBasic

DynamicLoad

N

BasicStaticLoad

N

Static Moment Loads

HeightH

WidthW

LengthCL

ToNm

TxNm

TyNm

RMRU3-MNSS-RMR5-MNSS-RMR7-MNSS-RMR9-MNSS-RMR12-MNSS-RMR15-MNSS-

286.3981.3974.3967.4962.6955

468

101316

81217202732

11.716.723.730.635.443.0

3001,0001,0001,0001,0001,000

190335890

157023083810

310550

1,4002,4953,4655,590

0.61.75.211.721.543.6

0.41.03.36.4

12.927.0

0.41.03.36.4

12.927.0

RMRU3-MLSS-RMR5-MLSS-RMR7-MLSS-RMR9-MLSS-RMR12-MLSS-RMR15-MLSS-

282976.8966.8957.1950.4938

468

101316

81217202732

16.021.231.240.947.660.0

3001,0001,0001,0001,0001,000

295470

1,3102,1353,2405,350

575900

2,4403,8805,6309,080

0.92.49.018.234.970.0

1.12.17.7

12.430.263.3

1.12.17.7

12.430.263.3


Part number structureRMR U 3 -M N SS -2 -V1 -P -310 -15 -15 II

Number of railsEnd hole pitch

Starting hole pitchRail length

Accuracy class: P = precision, H = high, N = normalPreload class: V0 = clearance, VS = standard, V1 = light preload

Number of carriagesWith sealed end

Carriage type: L = long, N = normalRail Type: M = standard, W = wide

Rail widthSpecial rail: U = rail with tapped holes, No mark = standard rail (counterbored holes)

Product type: RMR = miniature linear guide

Standard RMRSeries

9




BasicPart

Number

Rail Dimensions Carriage DimensionsWidth

B

Height

H1

MountingHole

D x D1 x G1

MountingLength

L2

Height

H3

Thread

T x Depth

Ctrs

L1

Ctrs

W1RMRU3-MNSS-RMR5-MNSS-RMR7-MNSS-RMR9-MNSS-RMR12-MNSS-RMR15-MNSS-

35791215

2.63.54.75.57.59.5

M1.63.5 x 2.4 x 1

4.2 x 2.4 x 2.36 x 3.5 x 3.56 x 3.5 x 4.56 x 3.5 x 4.5

6.710.014.320.522.027.0

1.01.51.52.23.04.0

M1.6 x 1.1M2 x 1.5M2 x 2.5M3 x 3.0M3 x 3.5M3 x 5.5

3.5-

8.010.015.020.0

-812152025

RMRU3-MLSS-RMR5-MLSS-RMR7-MLSS-RMR9-MLSS-RMR12-MLSS-RMR15-MLSS-

35791215

2.63.54.75.57.59.5

M1.63.5 x 2.4 x 1

4.2 x 2.4 x 2.36 x 3.5 x 3.56 x 3.5 x 4.56 x 3.5 x 4.5

11.013.521.830.834.044.0

1.01.51.52.23.04.0

M2 x 1.1M2.6 x 2.0M2 x 2.5M3 x 3.0M3 x 3.5M3 x 5.5

5.57.013.016.020.025.0

--

12152025

Dimensions

Available standard lengths (mm)Size 3M 5M 7M 9M 12M 15M

StandardLength of One

Rail (mm)L

304050

40557085

100

40557085100130

557595115135155175195275375

7095120145170195220245270320370470570

70110150190230270310350390430470550670870

Pitch F 10 15 15 20 25 40E Min 3 3 3 4 4 4E Max 5 10 10 20 20 35


• Customised design

• Available with end seal plus reinforcement plate on sizes 9, 12 and 15. Replace -SS with -EE• Available with end seal plus lubrication reservoir on all sizes. Replace -SS with -ZZ• Available with a bottom seal and end seal. Replace -SS with -EU• Available with a bottom seal, end seal and lubrication reservoir. Replace -SS with -UZ

Wide RMRSeries

9

9-10







BasicPart

Number

MaxTravel

CarriageDimensions

MaxRail

Length

Load RatingBasic

DynamicLoad

N

BasicStaticLoad

N

Static Moment Loads

HeightH

WidthW

LengthCL

ToNm

TxNm

TyNm

RMR3-WNSS-RMR5-WNSS-RMR7-WNSS-RMR9-WNSS-RMR12-WNSS-RMR15-WNSS-

983.0976.9966.4958.9953.6942.7

4.56.59.0

12.014.016.0

121725304060

1521.131.639.144.455.3

1,000

280475

1,1802,0303,0655,065

530900

2,0953,6055,2008,385

1.64.615.033.263.7

171.7

0.92.27.3

13.726.345.7

0.92.27.3

13.726.345.7

RMR3-WLSS-RMR5-WLSS-RMR7-WLSS-RMR9-WLSS-RMR12-WLSS-RMR15-WLSS-

977.9970.8957.5947.3938.6923.6

4.56.59.0

12.014.016.0

121725304060

20.127.240.550.759.474.4

1,000

370615

1,5702,5504,0706,725

8001,3153,1404,9907,800

12,580

2.56.8

22.6545.995.6

257.6

1.94.1

14.926.756.493.1

1.94.1

14.926.756.493.1


Part number structureRMR U 3 -W N SS -2 -V1 -P -310 -15 -15 II

Number of railsEnd hole pitch

Starting hole pitchRail length


Number of carriagesWith sealed end

Carriage type: L = long, N = normalRail Type: M = standard, W = wide

Rail widthSpecial rail: U = rail with tapped holes, No mark = standard rail (counterbored holes)

Product type: RMR = miniature linear guide

RMR 3W to RM 12W

RMR 15W

Wide RMRSeries

9




Dimensions

Available standard lengthsSize 3W 5W 7W 9W 12W 15W

StandardLength of One

Rail (mm)L

405570

507090110130150170

5080110140170200260290

5080110140170200260290320

70110150190230270310390470550

110150190230270310430550670790

Pitch F 15 20 30 30 40 40E Min 3 4 3 4 4 4E Max 10 15 25 25 35 35

BasicPart

Number

Rail Dimensions Carriage DimensionsWidth

B

Height

H1

MountingHole

D x D1 x G1

MountingLength

L2

Height

H3

Thread

T x Depth

Ctrs

L1

Ctrs

W1RMR3-WNSS-RMR5-WNSS-RMR7-WNSS-RMR9-WNSS-RMR12-WNSS-RMR15-WNSS-

61014182442

2.74.05.27.38.59.5

4 x 2.4 x 1.55.5 x 3 x 1.66 x 3.5 x 3.56 x 3.5 x 4.58 x 4.5 x 4.58 x 4.5 x 4.5

10.015.121.227.931.038.5

1.01.52.03.43.94.0

M2 x 1.4M2.5 x 1.5

M3 x 3M3 x 3

M3 x 3.5M4 x 4.5

4.56.5

10.012.015.020.0

-1319212845

RMR3-WLSS-RMR5-WLSS-RMR7-WLSS-RMR9-WLSS-RMR12-WLSS-RMR15-WLSS-

61014182442

2.74.05.27.38.59.5

4 x 2.4 x 1.55.5 x 3 x 1.66 x 3.5 x 3.56 x 3.5 x 4.58 x 4.5 x 4.58 x 4.5 x 4.5

15.121.230.139.546.057.6

1.01.52.03.43.94.0

M2 x 1.4M2.5 x 1.5

M3 x 3M3 x 3

M3 x 3.5M4 x 4.5

8.011.019.024.028.035.0

-1319232845


• Customised design

• Available with end seal plus reinforcement plate on sizes 9, 12 and 15. Replace -SS with -EE• Available with end seal plus lubrication reservoir on all sizes. Replace -SS with -ZZ• Available with a bottom seal and end seal. Replace -SS with -EU• Available with a bottom seal, end seal and lubrication reservoir. Replace -SS with -UZ

RST Series

9

9-12






Miniature Stroke Slides

BasicPart

Number

MaxTravel

CarriageDimensions

Load RatingBasic

DynamicLoad

N

BasicStaticLoad

N

Static Moment Loads

H W CL L4 L3ToNm

TxNm

TyNm

RST7M274155

8 1728.043.058.0

304560

14.021.529.0

9101,2201,490

1,5802,5003,330

5.99.112.4

3.48.0

14.6

3.48.0

14.6

RST9M385878

10 2038.058.078.0

406080

19.029.039.0

1,5902,0802,520

2,7734,1705,547

13.119.726.2

6.816

29.2

6.816

29.2

RST12M446994

13 2747.472.497.4

5075100

23.736.248.7

2,5503,3504,050

4,3406,5108,670

27.040.154.0

1635.662.8

1635.662.8


Part number structureRST 7 M -V0 -P -27 -30 -30 -T0

Max temp ºC: T0 = 150, T1 = 200, T2 = 300Rail length

Carriage lengthMaximum stroke length


Rail Type: M = Standard, W = WideRail width

Product type: RST = miniature stroke slide

RST Series

9



Miniature Stroke Slides

DimensionsBasicPart

Number

Rail Dimensions Carriage Dimensions

B H1

MountingHole

D x D1 x G1 LR L E F H3 L1 T x Depth L2 W1 P

RST7M 7 4.7 4.2 x 2.4 x 2.3284358

304560

6.57.515.022.5

1.5 6.5 M2 x 2.57.5

15.022.5

12 1

RST9M 9 5.5 6 x 3.5 x 4.5385878

406080

9.010.020.030.0

2.2 9.0 M3 x 3.010.020.030.0

15 1.3

RST12M 12 7.5 6 x 3.5 x 4.512.525

37.5

5075100

11.212.525.037.5

3.0 11.2 M3 x 3.512.525.037.5

20 1.3

• High load and high moment capacity• High running accuracy and smoothness• Easy mounting• Operating temperature of up to 150ºC as standard. Higher temperatures of up to 300ºC available.

Please note that the higher temperature options will have a lower load capacity• See page T9-5 for the life rating calculations and short stroke factor diagram• See page T9-5 for preload accuracy details

9

9-14


All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: See tables



Ball & Crossed Roller Slides

L, C & F dimensions, see part number on page 9-15* For CA series slides, H holes are threaded and not counterbored.

Dimensions Mounting DetailsBallslideSeries

CarriageWidth

X±0.25

Height

Y±0.25

Screw

P±0.25

BaseWidth

B±0.25

Depth

N±0.25

Base CarriageHoleDia H±0.25

CboreØ

CboreDepth h

±0.25

ThreadSize T

DepthJ

CADA & XDAEA & XEAMANA & XNASA1 & XSA1SA2 & XSA2SA3 & XSA3

9.714.219.025.426.938.044.066.5

5.88.0

10.412.713.415.819.025.4

1.31.01.01.01.01.32.02.0

4.06.49.5

12.712.719.022.238.1

3.44.76.36.37.98.6

10.215.9

M2*2.23.53.54.64.64.65.8

--4.06.16.18.18.18.1

10.0

--2.23.43.44.44.44.45.3

M2M2M3M4M4M4M4M5

2.292.543.305.334.836.358.138.38

Feature Ball Slide Crossed Roller Slide(higher load capacity)

Straight line accuracy 0.0005mm/mm 0.0001mm/mmPositional repeatability 0.005mm 0.0025mmCoefficient of friction 0.003 typical 0.003 typicalConstruction Aluminium carriage and base

Hardened steel rods and balls/rollersSteel end caps Stainless steel end caps

Finish: CarriageBase

Clear anodised Black anodisedBlack anodised Black anodised

Specifications


9



Ball & Crossed Roller Slides

Part Number TotalTravel

Min

SlideLength

L±0.25

HoleCentres

C±0.25

HoleCentres

F±0.25

HoleCentres

G±0.25

Dynamic LoadCapacity (N)Ball

BearingCrossed

Roller BallBearing

CrossedRoller

CA-1CA-2CA-3

------

132538

193244

132637

102030

46.676.676.67

------

DA-1DA-2DA-3DA-4DA-5DA-6

XDA-1XDA-2XDA-3

------

13255075

100127

275278

103128154

15416692

117142

1935608689

114

6

19.6239.2449.0558.8678.4878.48

137.34245.25294.30

------

EA-1EA-2EA-3EA-4EA-5EA-6

XEA-1XEA-2XEA-3

------

13255075

100127

275278

103128154

15416692

117142

1935608689

114

9

39.2449.0549.0558.8668.6778.48

215.82343.35412.02

------

MA-1MA-2MA-3

------

132550

406590

325782

325782

1049.0549.0568.67

------

NA-1NA-2NA-3NA-4NA-6NA-8NA-10

--XNA-2XNA-3XNA-4

------

19385075

100150200

406590

116152203254

325782

102140190240

28547982

102127178

10

68.6778.4888.29

107.91137.34156.96176.58

--588.60981.00

1177.21------

SA1-1SA1-2SA1-4SA1-6SA1-8

XSA1-1XSA1-2XSA1-4

----

2550

100150200

5176

152203254

3560

136186238

3760

100128178

16

68.6788.29

156.96196.20245.25

578.79774.99

1363.59----

SA2-1SA2-2SA2-3SA2-4SA2-8

XSA2-1XSA2-2XSA2-3XSA2-4

--

255075

100200

5183

102152254

356585

140240

386585

100178

20

88.29186.39235.44264.87402.21

578.79774.99774.99

1363.59--

SA3-1.5SA3-2SA3-4SA3-6SA3-9SA3-12

XSA3-1.5XSA3-2XSA3-4XSA3-6

----

3850

100150228304

67102152229305381

4275

12575 x275 x375 x4

4275

125178254330

35

156.96274.68529.74667.08824.04912.33

1167.391549.981942.383109.77

----

Drawing dimension and mounting table

9

9-16


Hardware: page 13-1




Rack Driven Ballslides

L, C & D dimension, see part number on page 9-17

Dimensions Mounting DetailsBallslideSeries

Rack Slide Base CarriageFaceWidth

F

Height

PB

CarriageWidth

X

Height

Y

Screw

P

BaseWidth

B

Depth

N

Screw

H

ThreadSize

TRDAREARNARSA2

2.503.753.757.56

11.62911.50014.50020.690

14.2219.0526.9244.45

8.1310.4113.4619.05

1.01.01.02.0

6.359.53

12.7022.23

4.756.357.92

10.16

M2M3M4M4

M2M3M4M4

Straight line accuracy 0.0005mm per mm

Positional repeatability 0.005mm

Coefficient of friction 0.003 typicalConstruction Aluminium carriage and base

Hardened steel rods and ballsSteel end caps

Finish: CarriageBase

Clear anodised standard (black finish available)

Black anodised

Drawing dimension and mounting table

Slide specification

9



Rack Driven Ballslides



Rack specifications

PartNumber

BallslideTravel

+1.5/-0.0

BallslideLength

L

HoleCentres

C

HoleCentres

D

HoleCentres

G

BallslideLoad Capacity

NRDA-1RDA-3RDA-6

12.750.8

127.0

26.9277.72

153.92

1566

142

1960

1146.0

17.853.480.1

REA-1REA-3REA-6

12.750.8

127.0

26.9277.72

153.92

1566

142

1960

1149.0

35.653.480.1

RNA-3RNA-6RNA-10

50.8101.6203.2

90.42152.40254.00

82140240

79102178

10.089.0

133.5178.0

RSA2-2RSA2-4RSA2-8

50.8101.6203.2

82.55152.40254.00

65140240

65100178

20.0186.9267.1400.6

BallslideSeries

RackCircular Pitch

Material Hardness CumulativePitch Error per 300mm

RDA1.0 Stainless steel 35-45 HRc 0.008mmREA

RNARSA2 2.5

• Imperial racks

Bel

ts a

nd P

ulle

ys

PulleysPitches from 2.5mm and 5mmBores from Ø3mm to Ø8mm

Timing BeltsLengths up to 1380mmWidths from 6mm to 16mm

10

Belts and PulleysSteel reinforced polyurethanebelts with aluminium pulleys.

Bel

ts a

nd P

ulle

ys

Section Contents

Timing Belts 2.5mm Pitch ........................................................Page 10-2

Timing Pulleys 2.5mm Pitch ....................................................Page 10-3

Timing Belts 5mm Pitch ............................................................Page 10-4

Timing Pulleys 5mm Pitch ........................................................Page 10-5


2.5mm Pitch

10

10-2

Associated ProductsTiming pulleys: page 10-3

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: High tensile steelreinforced polyurethaneWidth: 6mm and 10mm



Timing Belts



Example Part No:- TXM25 F6- 168

BasicPart

Number

BeltWidth

Standard LengthsNumber of

PitchesLength

mmNumber of

PitchesLength

mm

TXM25

6mmF6-

10mmF10-

22485864717273809298

106114

55.0120.0145.0160.0177.5180.0182.5200.0230.0245.0265.0285.0

116127132152168192200240248260312380

290.0317.5330.0380.0420.0480.0500.0600.0620.0650.0780.0950.0

• Temperature range: -30°C to +80°C• Maximum allowable peripheral load: 6mm wide = 65N, 10mm wide = 117N• Maximum peripheral speed: 80m/s• Belt width tolerance: ±0.3mm

• Coloured• With Kevlar tension members• Anti-static

• Special polyurethanes• Double-sided belt• Alternative lengths

2.5mm Pitch

10

10-3


Materials: Free machiningaluminium alloy pulley,

zinc plated steel flanges

Associated ProductsMotors: page 2-1Shafts: page 11-2Timing belts: page 10-2



Timing Pulleys



Example Part No:- TPMP25 F6- 60

Basic PartNumber

BeltWidth

No. ofTeeth

PitchDiameter

BoreØB (H7)

Hub DiameterØH ±1.0

Backlash

TPMP25

6mmF6-

or

10mmF10-

12141518192024253032364048*60*

9.5511.1411.9414.3215.1215.9219.1019.8923.8725.4628.6531.8338.2047.75

31214151010121414161620222634

±0.08mm

±0.15mm

4

6

8*Pulleys with 48 and 60 teeth are unflanged

• Zero-backlash pulleys• Other numbers of teeth• 0, 1 or 2 flanges

• Tapped holes in hubs• Alternative bore diameters• Keyed bores

When Belt width = 6, W=10 & L=16Belt width = 10, W=14 & L=20

5mm Pitch

10

10-4

Associated ProductsTiming pulleys: page 10-5

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: High tensile steelreinforced polyurethaneWidth: 10mm and 16mm



Timing Belts


Example Part No:- TXM50 F10- 168

BasicPart

Number

BeltWidth

Standard LengthsNumber of

PitchesLength

mmNumber of

PitchesLength

mmNumber of

PitchesLength

mm

TXM50

10mmF10-

or

16mmF16-

203033363740424345495052545659

100150165180185200210215225245250260270280295

6668738082849196

100102105110115122124

330340365400410420455480500510525550575610620

126138140145150156163168180185188198215243276

630690700725750780815840900925940990

1,0751,2151,380


• Temperature range: -30°C to +80°C• Maximum allowable peripheral load: 10mm wide = 330N, 16mm wide = 570N• Maximum peripheral speed: 80m/s• Belt width tolerance: ±0.3mm

• Coloured• With Kevlar tension members• Anti-static

• Special polyurethanes• Double-sided belt• Alternative lengths

5mm Pitch

10

10-5


Materials: Free machiningaluminium alloy pulley,

zinc plated steel flanges

Associated ProductsMotors: page 2-1Shafts: page 11-2Timing belts: page 10-4



Timing Pulleys



Example Part No:- TPMP50 F10- 60

Basic PartNumber

BeltWidth

No. ofTeeth

PitchDiameter

BoreØB (H7)

Hub DiameterØH ±1.0

Backlash

TPMP50

10mmF10-

or

16mmF16-

10121415161819202425273032364048*60*

15.9219.1022.2823.8725.4628.6530.2431.8338.2039.7942.9747.7550.9357.3063.6676.3995.49

4

6

8

812141618202224262630343838405065

±0.08mm

±0.15mm

• Zero-backlash pulleys• Any boss size/length• 0, 1 or 2 flanges

• Tapped holes in hubs• Hubless• Keyed bores

When Belt width = 10, W=15 & L=21Belt width = 16, W=21 & L=27

*Pulleys with 48 and 60 teeth are unflanged

Gea

r Cla

mps

,Sh

afts

and

Acc

esso

ries

Linear Motion ShaftingStandard 3mm to 25mm diameterHollow 10mm to 25mm diameter

Ground ShaftsStainless steel, precision ground2mm to 12mm diameter

Shaft Support and LocksShaft lock 10mm to 25mmShaft support 10mm to 25mm

Clamps and CollarsFrom 2mm to 12mm bore to suitgears and shafts

11

AccessoriesDesigned to interface with thestandard Reliance range.

Gea

r Cla

mps

,Sh

afts

and

Acc

esso

ries

Section Contents

Linear Motion Shafting..............................................................Page 11-2

Hollow Linear Motion Shafting ................................................Page 11-3

Shafts - Ground Stock ..............................................................Page 11-4

Shaft Retaining Collars ............................................................Page 11-5

Shaft Supports ..........................................................................Page 11-6

Shaft Locks ................................................................................Page 11-7

Gear Clamps ..............................................................................Page 11-8

Gear Clamps - Low Inertia ........................................................Page 11-9

Gear and Dial Hubs

- Pin Type ............................................................................Page 11-10

- Clamp Type ......................................................................Page 11-11

11

InductionHardened

11

11-2

Associated ProductsBearings: page 12-2

Shaft support: page 11-6Shaft lock: page 11-7

All dimensions in mmMaterials: Bearing steel SUJ2,Stainless steel 440CStraightness: L/D (µm)Surface finish: 0.4µmHardness: 58-63HRc



Linear Motion Shafting

Example Part No.- RS-3-400

BasicPart

Number

OutsideDiaØD

Outside DiaTolerance

Available LengthsL

Max Min 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1500 2000RS-3RS-4RS-5RS-6RS-8RS-10RS-12RS-13RS-16RS-20RS-25

34568

101213162025

-0.009 -0.017•#•#•#•#•#•#•••

•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#••

•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#

•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#

•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#

•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#

•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#

•#•#•#•#•#•#•#•#

######

•#•#•#•#•#•#

•#•#•#

-0.010-0.019

-0.020

• Ultra precision (straightness 0.5 L/D) on both SUJ2 and 440C shafts. Add -P to part number• Reduced clearance shafts manufactured to h6 tolerance. Add -H6 to part number• Custom end machining available to order• Non-standard lengths available

• Standard material = SUJ2 bearing steel, for stainless steel, add -SS to the part numbereg RS-3-400-SS

• SUJ2 bearing steel# SUS440C stainless steel



InductionHardened

11

11-3

All dimensions in mmMaterial: Bearing steel SUJ2

Straightness: L/D (µm)Surface finish: 0.4µmHardness: 58-63HRc

Associated ProductsBearings: page 12-2Shaft support: page 11-6Shaft lock: page 11-7



Hollow Linear Motion Shafting

Example Part No.- RPS-10-500

BasicPart

Number

OutsideDiaØD

Outside DiaTolerance

InsideDiaØd

Available LengthsL

Max Min 500 700 1000 1200 1500RPS-10RPS-12RPS-13RPS-16RPS-20RPS-25

101213162025

-0.010-0.019

467

101416

••••••

••••••

••••••

••••••

••••••-0.020

• Ultra precision (straightness 0.5 L/D). Add -P to part number• Reduced clearance shafts manufactured to h6 tolerance. Add -H6 to part number• Custom end machining available to order• Non-standard lengths available



11

11-4

Associated ProductsShaft collars: page 11-5

Bearings: page 12-2Couplings: page 8-1

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Stainless steel 300 seriesStraightness: 0.0003mm/mmSurface finish: 0.25µm



Shafts - Ground Stock

BasicPart

Number

Diameter

ØD

Length

L

BasicPart

Number

Diameter

ØD

Length

LSM1-3-SM1-3A-SM1-4-SM1-4A-SM1-5-SM1-5A-SM1-6-

2.9933.0003.9934.0004.9935.0005.993

600

SM1-6A-SM1-8-SM1-8A-SM1-10-SM1-10A-SM1-12-SM1-12A-

6.0007.9938.0009.99310.00011.99312.000

600

1,000

Part number selection table - Cut to length

Part number selection table - Machined to lengthBasicPart

Number

Diameter

ØD

Available LengthsLength

LLengthCode

LengthL

LengthCode

LengthL

LengthCode

SM2-3SM2-4SM2-5SM2-6SM2-8SM2-10SM2-12

2.9933.9934.9935.9937.9939.99311.993

253035404550556065

-25-30-35-40-45-50-55-60-65

707580859095100105110

-70-75-80-85-90-95-100-105-110

115120125150175200225250275

-115-120-125-150-175-200-225-250-275

Cut to Length Machined to Length

To complete the part number add length details to part number eg SM2-8-250

• Standard shaft end modifications, similar to those on leadscrews, are available. See page 7-27• Imperial sizes


To complete the part number add length details to part number eg SM1-8-600

11

11-5


Material: Stainless steel

Associated ProductsHubless gears: page 4-48Hubless brass gears: page 4-86Shafts: page 11-2Bearings: page 12-2



Shaft Retaining Collars

PartNumber

BoreØB

LengthL

Outer DiaØA

Shoulder DiaØC

Sub-drillØD

Set ScrewSupplied

CSM-2CSM-3CSM-4CSM-5CSM-6CSM-8CSM-10CSM-12

2.03.04.05.06.08.0

10.012.0

5.05.05.06.06.06.0

10.011.0

7.08.08.0

10.010.012.019.025.0

3.04.15.36.77.9

10.212.315.2

0.750.751.001.201.501.803.003.00

SS-M1.6-2.5SS-M2-2SS-M2-2SS-M3-3SS-M3-3SS-M4-4SS-M5-4SS-M6-6



11

11-6

Associated ProductsLinear motion shafting: page 11-2

Hollow linear motion shafting: page 11-3Shaft lock: page 11-7

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Die cast aluminium



Shaft Supports


NumberDimensions

ShaftDiaØd

CentreHeight

h

Height

H t

OverallLength

L Lo

MountingHole Centres

Lh

Width

W TRSHA-6RSHA-8RSHA-10RSHA-12RSHA-13RSHA-16RSHA-20RSHA-25

68

101213162025

1012161617202228

2023293032374253

556668

1012

3036404242486070

1518202121243035

2226303232384556

810141414162024

1216182020253038

PartNumber

SpecificationMounting

HoleØS

LockingScrew

MaximumTightening

Torque (Nm)

Weight

(Kg)RSHA-6RSHA-8RSHA-10RSHA-12ARSHA-13RSHA-16RSHA-20RSHA-25

4.54.55.55.55.55.56.66.6

M3M3M4M4M4M4M5M6

0.290.290.290.290.290.490.490.98

0.0080.0140.0200.0220.0220.0400.0700.120


11

11-7

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Die cast aluminium

Associated ProductsLinear motion shafting: page 11-2Hollow linear motion shafting: page 11-3Shaft support: page 11-6



Shaft Locks


NumberDimensions

ShaftDiaØd

OutsideDiaØD

Height

H

OverallLength

L

MountingHole Centres

Lh

Width

T tRSFA-10RSFA-12RSFA-13RSFA-16RSFA-20RSFA-25

101213162025

182222283440

222626313742

364343506070

283636404856

101313162025

56678

10

PartNumber

SpecificationMounting

HoleØS

LockingScrew

MaximumTightening

Torque (Nm)

Weight

(Kg)RSFA-10RSFA-12RSFA-13RSFA-16RSFA-20RSFA-25

455677

M3M3M3M4M5M5

0.290.290.290.490.490.98

0.0100.0160.0140.0260.0460.072


11

11-8

Associated ProductsClamp hub gears: from page 4-32

Anti-backlash gears: from page 4-18




Gear Clamps

• Imperial bores

PartNumber

To SuitGear of

Bore Dia

Bore

ØB

OuterDiaØA

Width

W

HeadDia

ØE (max)

ClearanceRadius

C

ScrewSupplied

T

ScrewOffset

M

Sub-drillØD

CGM1-2 2 3.616.0 4.0 3.8# 8.7 M2 5.3 1.5CGM1-3 3 4.6

CGM1-4 4 5.622.0 5.0 5.5 12.8 M3 7.5 3.0CGM1-5 5 6.6

CGM1-6 6 7.6CGM1-8 8 9.6

29.0 6.07.0

17.1M4

9.54.0CGM1-10 10 11.6

CGM1-12 12 13.6 32.0 7.0 18.0 11.0



# socket head on these components is narrower than the clamp

11

11-9


Material: Aluminium alloy L168

Associated ProductsClamp hub gears: from page 4-32Anti-backlash gears: from page 4-18Anti-backlash pinions: page 4-3



Gear Clamps - Low Inertia

• Imperial bores

PartNumber

To SuitGear of

Bore Dia

Bore

ØB

OuterDiaØA

Width

W

ClearanceRadius

C

ScrewSupplied

T

ScrewOffset

MCGAM-2A 2 3.6 12.0

5.07.2

M23.5

CGAM-3A 3 4.6 13.0 7.8 4.0CGAM-4A 4 5.6 17.0

7.010.0

M35.0

CGAM-5A 5 6.6 18.0 10.6 5.5CGAM-6A 6 7.6 19.0 11.3 6.2CGAM-8A 8 9.6 24.0

9.013.8

M47.5

CGAM-10A 10 11.6 26.0 14.8 8.5CGAM-12A 12 13.6 28.0 16.2 9.8



11

11-10

Associated ProductsHubless gears: page 4-48

Hubless brass gears: page 4-86



Gear and Dial HubsPin Type


PartNumber

Bore

ØB

Face

F

Length

L

OuterDiameter

ØD

MountDiameter

ØC

Sub-drill

ØP

Distance

E

Set ScrewSupplied

TPHMD-1PHMD-3PHMD-5

3.04.06.0

1.577.27.28.0

11.0 9.520.751.001.50

2.8SS-M2-2SS-M2-2SS-M3-3

Part number selection table - Dial hubs

PartNumber

Bore

ØB

Face

F

Length

L

OuterDiameter

ØD

MountDiameter

ØC

Sub-drill

ØP

Distance

E

Set ScrewSupplied

TPHM1-1PHM1-2 3.0 3.0

6.09.0

12.0 12.0 10.0 0.75 3.0 SS-M2-2

PHM1-3PHM1-4 4.0 3.0

6.09.0

12.0 12.0 10.0 1.00 3.0 SS-M2-2

PHM1-5PHM1-6 6.0 3.0

6.09.0

12.0 20.0 15.0 1.50 3.0 SS-M3-3

PHM1-7PHM1-8 8.0 3.0

6.012.015.0 20.0 15.0 1.80 4.5 SS-M4-4

PHM1-9PHM1-10PHM1-11

10.06.08.0

10.0

18.020.022.0

30.0 25.0 3.00 6.0 SS-M5-5

Part number selection table - Gear hubs

• Imperial bores available• Special hubs for Delrin gears


• Gears, sprockets or dials assembled on request• Recommended assembly procedure: Notch and stake in 4 equi-spaced positions and/or use

adhesive (Loctite grade 326)

11

11-11



Associated ProductsHubless gears: page 4-48Hubless brass gears: page 4-86



Gear and Dial HubsClamp Type

Part number selection table - Dial hubsPart

NumberBore

ØB

Face

F

Length

L

OuterDiameter

ØD

MountDiameter

ØC

HubDiameter

ØH

Shoulder

S

To SuitClamp

CHMD-1CHMD-3CHMD-5

3.04.06.0

1.57 8.712.012.020.0

9.524.65.67.6

1.0CGM1-3CGM1-4CGM1-6

PartNumber

Bore

ØB

Face

F

Length

L

OuterDiameter

ØD

MountDiameter

ØC

HubDiameter

ØH

Shoulder

S

To SuitClamp

CHM1-1CHM1-2 3.0 3.0

6.08.5

11.5 12.0 10.0 4.6 1.0 CGM1-3

CHM1-3CHM1-4 4.0 3.0

6.09.5

12.5 12.0 10.0 5.6 1.0 CGM1-4

CHM1-5CHM1-6 6.0 3.0

6.09.5

12.5 20.0 15.0 7.6 1.0 CGM1-6

PHM1-7PHM1-8 8.0 3.0

6.011.014.0 20.0 15.0 9.6 1.5 CGM1-8

PHM1-9PHM1-10PHM1-11

10.06.08.0

10.0

14.016.018.0

30.0 25.0 11.6 1.5 CGM1-10

Part number selection table - Gear hubs

• Imperial bores available• Special hubs for Delrin gears


• Gears, sprockets or dials assembled on request• Recommended assembly procedure: Notch and stake in 4 equi-spaced positions and/or use

adhesive (Loctite grade 326)

Bea

rings

and

Spa

cers

Precision Ball BearingsStainless steel, ABEC 7Up to 10mm bore

Bronze BearingsASTM B 438 bronzeUp to 10mm bore

Moulded BearingsSelf lubricating moulded thermo-plasticUp to 12mm bore

Pre-load WashersStainless steel and bearing shimsUp to 16mm bore

12

Bearings and spacersA range of stainless steel, bronzeand polymer plastic bearings,stainless steel spacers and pre-load washers.

Bea

rings

and

Spa

cers

Section Contents

Ball Bearings - ABEC 7 ............................................................Page 12-2

Bronze Bearings ........................................................................Page 12-3

Moulded Bearings......................................................................Page 12-4

Bearing Pre-load Washers ........................................................Page 12-5

Bearing Spacers ........................................................................Page 12-6


ABEC 7

12

12-2


Bearing pre-load washers: page 12-5Bearing spacers: page 12-6

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmDouble shieldedMaterial: X65Cr13 stainless steel



Ball Bearings


• Operating temperature range: -73ºC to +121ºC• Lubricant: grease to Mil-G-21164D and Mil-G-23827A• See technical section page T12-1 for spur gear and bearing

load calculations

Plain Flanged

Part Number Dimensions SpecificationPlain Flanged Bore

diaØB

O/DØD

WidthW

Radii(min)

R

FlangeDiaØA

Flangewidth

E

Load ratings, NDynamic

CStatic

CoB1-102-S-7B1-103-S-7B1-104-S-7B1-105-S-7B1-106-S-7B1-108-S-7B1-110-S-7

B2-102-S-7B2-103-S-7B2-104-S-7B2-105-S-7B2-106-S-7B2-108-S-7B2-110-S-7

234568

10

57911131619

2.33.04.05.05.06.07.0

0.080.100.100.150.150.200.30

6.18.1

10.312.515.018.021.0

0.60.81.01.01.11.31.5

902063533925799511020

22108196216353628696

Non-standard options, please contact our sales team• Imperial sizes

3 - 10mm Bore

12

12-3


Material: Bronze ASTM B 438Type1, Grade 1




Bronze Bearings

• Operating temperature range: -20ºC to +100ºC• Oil impregnated• p.v (@0.5m/s) = 1.75 N/mm2.m/s• pmax =13.8 N/mm• vmax = 6.1 m/s (rotational)

Part number selection tablePart Number Bore

ØB#O/DØD

LengthL

Flange diaØA

Flange widthEPlain Flanged

BBM1-3BBM1-4BBM1-5BBM1-6BBM1-8BBM1-10

BBM2-3BBM2-4BBM2-5BBM2-6BBM2-8BBM2-10

3456810

688

101213

61212121216

912--141616

1.52.0--

2.02.01.5

#Bearing bore tolerances after assembly are: plain bearings H7, flanged bearings H8.Recommended housing bore H7.

Plain Flanged


2 - 12 mm Bore

12

12-4


Leadscrews: page 7-1Bearing spacers: page 12-6

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Self lubricating mouldedthermo-plastic



Moulded Bearings

Part Number BoreØB #

O/DØD

LengthL

Flange DiaØA

Flange WidthEPlain Flanged

BM8-2 ---------- 2.0542.014 3.5 3.00

2.86 ---------- ----------

BM8-3 BM9-3 3.0543.014 4.5 3.00

2.867.467.24 0.75

BM8-4 BM9-4 4.0684.020 5.5 4.00

3.829.469.24 0.75

BM8-5 ---------- 5.0405.010 7.0 5.00

4.82 ---------- ----------

----------BM9-5 5.068

5.020 7.0 5.004.82

10.9510.68 1.00

BM8-6 BM9-6 6.0686.020 8.0 6.00

5.8211.9511.68 1.00

BM8-8 ---------- 8.0838.025 10.0 8.00

7.78 ---------- ----------

---------- BM9-8 8.0838.025 10.0 9.50

9.2814.9514.68 1.00

BM8-10 BM9-10 10.08310.025 12.0 10.00

9.7817.9517.68 1.00

BM8-12 BM9-12 12.10212.032 14.0 12.00

11.7319.9419.61 1.00

• Operating temperature range: -40ºC to +130ºC• (p.v)max = 1.0 N/mm2.m/s• pmax = 80 N/mm2

• vmax = 1.0 m/s (rotational) or 4.0 m/s (linear)


# Tolerance for ØB is after press fitting into a housing bore of tolerance H7


Plain Flanged

4.5 - 15 mm Bore

12

12-5


Material: Stainless steel 300 seriesTreatment: Spring tempered

Associated ProductsInternal circlips: page 13-20Bearings: page 12-2



Bearing Pre-load Washers

• Imperial bearing pre-load washers• Available in spring steel, add -ST to part number eg EPL-4-ST

PartNumber

Housing Bore(nominal)

O/DØD

BoreØd

Free HeightA

CompressedHeight B

Load in N todeflect to B

EPL-1EPL-2EPL-4EPL-8EPL-10

1013161921

9.512.515.518.520.5

4.57.510.513.015.0

1.51.51.52.02.0

1.0

1519192929



Inner Race

12

12-6


Leadscrews: page 7-1Bearings: page 12-2

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Stainless steel 300 series



Bearing Spacers

• Imperial sizes

ShaftNominal

Spacer BoreØd

Spacer O/DØD

234568

10

234568

10

3.04.15.36.77.9

10.212.3

NominalShaft Dia

Ød

Thickness B± 0.025

0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.40 0.50234568

10

SS1-117SS1-125SS1-133SS1-137SS1-145SS1-149SS1-153

SS1-118SS1-126SS1-101SS1-138SS1-105SS1-109SS1-113

SS1-119SS1-127SS1-102SS1-139SS1-106SS1-110SS1-114

SS1-120SS1-128SS1-134SS1-140SS1-146SS1-150SS1-154

SS1-121SS1-129SS1-103SS1-141SS1-107SS1-111SS1-115

SS1-122SS1-130SS1-135SS1-142SS1-147SS1-151SS1-155

SS1-123SS1-131SS1-104SS1-143SS1-108SS1-112SS1-116

SS1-124SS1-132SS1-136SS1-144SS1-148SS1-152SS1-156

Dimensions



Outer Race

12

12-7


Material: Stainless steel 300 series

Associated ProductsInternal circlips: page 13-20Bearings: page 12-2



Bearings Spacers

• Imperial sizes

Bearing ODNominal

Spacer O/DØD

Spacer BoreØd

57911131619

57911131619

4.25.77.89.711.113.816.6

Bearing Thickness BBore(nom)

OD(nom)

± 0.0250.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.40 0.50

234568

10

57911131619

SS3-113SS3-121SS3-129SS3-134SS3-142SS3-147SS3-152

SS3-114SS3-122SS3-130SS3-135SS3-143SS3-148SS3-153

SS3-115SS3-123SS3-101SS3-136SS3-104SS3-107SS3-110

SS3-116SS3-124SS3-131SS3-137SS3-144SS3-149SS3-154

SS3-117SS3-125SS3-102SS3-138SS3-105SS3-108SS3-111

SS3-118SS3-126SS3-132SS3-139SS3-145SS3-150SS3-155

SS3-119SS3-127SS3-103SS3-140SS3-106SS3-109SS3-112

SS3-120SS3-128SS3-133SS3-141SS3-146SS3-151SS3-157

Dimensions



Mac

hine

Scr

ews,

D

owel

Pin

s an

d H

ardw

are

ScrewsPlain, wire locking and ventilationsocket head screws, M1.6 to M6Captive, shoulder, machine and setscrews

Clamp CleatsM3 clamp cleats, ideal for clampinggearboxes and adaptor plates

PinsStainless steel dowel pins, 1mm to6mm diameterChrome stainless coiled pins, 0.8mmto 3.0mm diameter

Circlips and Disc SpringsStainless steel internal and externalcirclipsStainless steel disc springs to suitscrew sizes M4 to M12

13

Stainless steel fastenersSelected to interface with thestandard Reliance range.

Mac

hine

Scr

ews,

D

owel

Pin

s an

d H

ardw

are

Section Contents

Plain Socket Head Screws........................................................Page 13-2

Wire Locking Screws ................................................................Page 13-3

Captive Screws ........................................................................Page 13-4

Ventilation Screws ....................................................................Page 13-5

Shoulder Screws ......................................................................Page 13-6

Machine Screws

- Countersunk ....................................................................Page 13-8

- Pan Head ..........................................................................Page 13-9

- Cheese Head ....................................................................Page 13-10

Cup Point Set Screws ..............................................................Page 13-11

Solder Tip Set Screws ..............................................................Page 13-12

Nylon Tip Set Screws ..............................................................Page 13-13

Clamp Cleats ..............................................................................Page 13-14

Disc Springs ..............................................................................Page 13-15

Nuts ............................................................................................Page 13-16

Washers ......................................................................................Page 13-17

Coiled Pins ................................................................................Page 13-18

Dowel Pins..................................................................................Page 13-19

External Circlips ........................................................................Page 13-20

Internal Circlips..........................................................................Page 13-21


M1.6 - M6

13

13-2

Associated ProductsDisc springs: page 13-15

Nuts: page 13-16Washers: page 13-17

All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: A2-70 Austenitic(1)

A4-70 Austenitic(2)

Stainless steel to ISO 3506-1



Plain Socket Head Screws

• Plain socket head cap screw to ISO 4762• 700 MPa minimum tensile strength• Rolled thread for excellent surface finish, superior thread strength and increased hardness

properties

• Slotted head• Imperial sizes• Alternative materials

Example Part No:- S - M3 - 12 - A47

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Standard Length

L

Matl

S

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.03.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

1.62.02.53.04.05.06.0

1.51.52.02.53.04.05.0

3 44

555

6666

88888

10101010

12121212

16161616

20202020

252525

3030 40

A27(1)

A47(2)



M1.6 - M6

13

13-3

All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2

Tolerance class: 6gMaterial:A2-70 Austenitic(1)

A4-70 Austenitic(2)


Associated ProductsDisc springs: page 13-15Nuts: page 13-16Washers: page 13-17



Wire Locking Screws

• Socket head cap screw to ISO 4762 with cross-drilled head to allow fastener retention by wirelocking

• 700 MPa minimum tensile strength• Rolled thread for excellent surface finish, superior thread strength and increased hardness

properties

• Imperial sizes• Alternative materials

Example Part No:- S - M3 - 12 - A47 - XD

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

M±0.05

ØP±0.05

Standard Length

L

Matl

S

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.03.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

1.62.02.53.04.05.06.0

1.51.52.02.53.04.05.0

1.11.31.752.12.73.54.2

0.40.60.70.81.01.51.5

3 44

555

6666

8888

10101010

12121212

16161616

20202020

252525

3030 40

A27(1)

A47(2)



M2 - M6

13

13-4



All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: A2-70 Austenitic(1)

A4-70 Austenitic(2)




Captive Screws

• Socket head cap screw in accordance with ISO 4762 with plain shank length for captive assembly of the screw to prevent fastener loss

• Ideal for service covers• Rolled thread for excellent surface finish, superior thread strength

and increased hardness properties

• Slotted head available on sizes M2 to M5• Imperial sizes• Alternative materials

Example Part No:- S - M3 - 16 - A47 - CA

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Ød±0.1

E±0.1

Standard LengthL

Matl

S

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

2.02.53.04.05.06.0

1.52.02.53.04.05.0

1.41.82.23.03.84.5

4.05.06.08.0

10.012.0

1012

16 2020 25

25 3030 40

A27(1)

A47(2)



M1.6 - M6

13

13-5


Tolerance class: 6gMaterial:A2-70 Austenitic(1)

A4-70 Austenitic(2)





Ventilation Screws

• Socket head cap screw in accordance with ISO 4762 drilledthrough on axis to assist cavity ventilation in vacuum assemblies

• Rolled thread for excellent surface finish, superior thread strengthand increased hardness properties

• Slotted head• Imperial sizes• Alternative materials

Example Part No:- S - M3 - 12 - A47 - AD

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

ØA±0.05

Standard Length

L

Matl

S

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.03.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

1.62.02.53.04.05.06.0

1.51.52.02.53.04.05.0

0.60.70.81.01.01.51.5

3 44

555

6666

8888

10101010

12121212

16161616

20202020

252525

3030 40

A27(1)

A47(2)



M3 - M10

13

13-6



All dimensions in mmMaterial: 303 Stainless steel



Shoulder Screws

Example Part No:- MSS2 - M6 - 35

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

Ød+0.000-0.025

ØD Jnom

H E±0.1

Length L+0.05-0.00

LengthCode

MSS2

M3 3.987 6 2 3 4

4.0135.0136.0138.013

10.013

12345

M4 4.987 8 2.5 4 5

4.0135.0136.0138.013

10.01312.01314.01316.01320.01325.01330.013

6789

10111213141516

M5 5.987 10 3 5 6

4.0135.0136.0138.013

10.01312.01314.01316.01320.01325.01330.013

1718192021222324252627


M3 - M10

13



Shoulder Screws

• Socket head screw with accurate diameter shoulder for precision assemblies• May be used to replace components such as shafts, pivots, pins and guides• Used for linkages and stationary guides

• Slotted head, Phillips head• Imperial sizes• Alternative material (416)• Alternative lengths

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

Ød+0.000-0.025

ØD Jnom

H E±0.1

Length L+0.05-0.00

LengthCode

MSS2

M6

7.987

12 4 6 11

6.0138.013

10.01312.01316.01320.013

282930313233

9.987

8.01310.01312.01316.013

34353637

M8 9.987 14 5 7 12

8.01310.01312.01316.013

38394041

M10 11.987 20 6 8 16

12.01316.01320.01325.013

42434445



Example Part No:- K - M3 - 12

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Standard Length

L

K

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

4.45.56.38.4

10.012.0

1.201.501.652.202.503.00

0.630.730.931.131.381.78

3 4 555

6666

88888

101010101010

121212121212

161616161616

202020202020

2525252525

30303030

353535



M2 - M6

13

13-8



All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Head specification: BS4183 Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel 300 series



Countersunk Machine Screws

Example Part No:- P - M3 - 12

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Standard Length

L

P

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

4.05.06.08.0

10.012.0

1.21.51.82.43.03.6

0.630.730.931.131.381.78

3 4 555

6666

88888

101010101010

121212121212

161616161616

202020202020

2525252525

30303030

353535


M2 - M6

13

13-9


Head specification: BS4183 Tolerance class: 6g





Pan Head Machine Screws



Example Part No:- C - M3 - 12

BasicPartNo

ThreadSize

ØDmax

Hmax

Jnom

Standard Length

L

C

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

3.84.55.57.08.5

10.0

1.31.62.02.63.33.9

0.630.730.931.131.381.78

3 4 555

6666

88888

101010101010

121212121212

161616161616

202020202020

2525252525

30303030

353535


13

13-10



All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Head specification: BS4183 Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel 300 series



Cheese Head Machine Screws



M2 - M6

13

13-11


Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel

Manufactured to: BS EN ISO 4029

Associated ProductsGears: page 4-1Reli-a-Flex® couplings: page 8-4



Cup Point Set Screws

• Used for quick, permanent location of gears, collars and pulleys on shafts• Suitable for high torque transmission


Example Part No:- SS - M4 - 12

BasicPart Number

ThreadSize

Jnom

Standard LengthsL

SS

M2M2.5M3M4M5M6

0.91.31.52

2.53

2 333

4444

55555

666666

888888

101010101010

12121212

161616

2020 25



• Stainless steel set screw with semi-soft silver solder tip• Prevents shaft marking

• Imperial sizes• Alternative material

Example Part No:- SGSS - M6 - 17

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

Jnom

StandardLengths

L

LengthCode

SGSS

M2 0.9

3456

1234

M3 1.5

3456

5678

M4 2

46

1014

9101112

M5 2.5

6101420

13141516

M6 3

6101625

17181920



M2 - M6

13

13-12


Couplings: page 8-1

All dimensions in mmThread specification: BS3643 Pt2Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel screwSilver solder tip



Solder Tip Set Screws

M2 - M6

13

13-13


Tolerance class: 6gMaterial: Stainless steel screw

Nylon insert

Associated ProductsGears: page 4-1Couplings: page 8-1



Nylon Tip Set Screws

• Stainless steel set screw with nylon tip insert• Used to prevent shaft marking• Self locking• Full face contact

• Imperial sizes• Alternative material

Example Part No:- NMSS - M5 - 16

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

ØC A Jnom

StandardLengths

L

LengthCode

NMSS

M2 0.8 0.8 0.9

3.84.85.86.8

1234

M3 1.6 0.8 1.5

3.84.85.86.8

5678

M4 2.4 1.2 2

5.27.211.215.2

9101112

M5 2.4 1.2 2.5

7.211.215.221.2

13141516

M6 3.2 1.6 3

7.611.617.626.6

17181920



M3

13

13-14

Associated ProductsGearboxes: page 3-1

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Stainless steel clampNylon locking insert



Clamp Cleats

• Ideal for use with resolvers, encoders and potentiometers

• Imperial sizes

PartNumber

MountType

HeightC

±0.08

FlatB

LipE

±0.08

HeightF

LengthG

+0.0/-0.8

ThreadSize

O/DØA

+0.00/-0.13SQM-6 A & C 0.79

3.18

1.02 1.80 7.0

M3 x 0.5 9.90

SQM-7

A

1.57 1.02 2.59SQM-8 1.57 1.27 2.84

9.5

SQM-9 1.57 1.60 3.18SQM-10 1.98 1.60 3.58SQM-11 2.36 1.02 3.38SQM-12 2.36 1.27 3.63SQM-13 2.36 1.60 3.96SQM-14

B3.18 1.27 4.45

SQM-15 3.96 1.02 4.98SQM-16 5.72 1.60 7.32 11.0SQM-17 A 6.35 1.60 7.92 15.0



To suitM4 - M12 Screws

13

13-15


Material: Stainless steel X12CrNi 177DIN2093

Associated ProductsShafts: page 11-2Bearings: page 12-2Socket head cap screws: page 13-2Machine screws: page 13-8Nuts: page 13-16



Disc Springs

• For use where controlled axial force is required• Good for bearing pre-load configurations

• Imperial sizes

Example Part No:- BW - M6

BasicPart

Number

ScrewSize

ØD ØB t FreeHeight

Hf

Ref.Height

Hr

CompressedHeight

Hc (75% Defl.)

Force toCompressto Hc (N)

BW

M4M5M6M7M8

M10M11M12

8.010.012.514.016.020.022.525.0

4.25.26.27.28.2

10.211.212.2

0.400.500.700.800.901.101.251.50

0.600.750.951.101.251.551.651.90

0.200.250.250.300.350.450.400.40

0.450.560.760.870.991.211.351.60

193300503735934140314111944



• Imperial sizes

Example Part No:- HN - M3

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

S

Tmax

Fmax

Cnom

HN

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

1.31.62.02.43.24.05.0

3.24.05.05.57.08.0

10.0

3.44.65.86.48.19.2

11.5



M1.6 - M6

13

13-16


Socket head cap screws: page 13-2Machine screws: page 13-8

Washers: page 13-17




Nuts

To SuitM1.6 - M6 Screws

13



Washers

• Imperial sizes

Example Part No:- PW - M3

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

ØDmax

ØBmax

Tnom

PW

M1.6M2

M2.5M3M4M5M6

4.05.06.57.09.010.012.5

1.72.22.73.24.35.36.4

0.30.40.60.60.91.11.8

Example Part No:- ETW - M3

BasicPart

Number

ThreadSize

ØDmax

ØBmax

Tnom

ETW

M2M3M4M5M6

4.56.08.010.011.0

2.23.24.35.36.4

0.91.21.51.82.1



Plain Washers Tooth Lock Washers

Associated ProductsMachine screws: page 13-2Nuts: page 13-16Disc springs: page 13-15



Ø0.8 - Ø3.0mm

13

13-18

Associated ProductsPin hub gears: page 4-9Shaft collars: page 11-5

All dimensions in mmGeneral tolerances ±0.13mmMaterial: Chrome stainless steel AISI 420Finish: Pickled and oiled



Coiled Pins


• Coiled steel pin for location and alignment• Suitable for locating Reliance’s gears on ground shaft

Example Part No:- MSP - 1.5 - 6 - MCP

BasicPart

Number

ActualDiaØD

NomDia

ChamDiaØB

ChamLength

C

IdealHoleDia

Standard Lengths

L

MSP

0.85/0.911.05/1.151.62/1.732.13/2.252.65/2.783.15/3.30

0.81.01.52.02.53.0

0.750.951.401.902.402.90

0.300.300.500.700.700.90

0.80/0.841.00/1.041.50/1.601.99/2.102.49/2.602.99/3.10

44

555

6666

8888

10101010

12121212

14141414

16161616

181818 20



Ø1 - Ø6mm

13



Dowel Pins



Associated ProductsPin hub gears: page 4-9Shaft collars: page 11-5




• Precision stainless steel dowel pin, suitable for accurate location and alignment

Example Part No:- D 020 - 10

BasicPart

Number

ØD±0.0025

DiameterCode

Standard LengthsL

±0.25

D

1.001.502.002.503.004.005.006.00

010015020025030040050060

3333

4444

55555

66666

88888

101010101010

12121212121212

1414141414141414

16161616161616

18181818181818

202020202020

222222222222

25252525

To suit3 - 12mm Shafts

13



External Circlips



Bearings: page 12-2


• Used to axially secure components, such as bearings on shafts

Example Part No:- D1400 - 0060 - SS

BasicPart

Number

NominalShaft

Dia (ØS)

DiaCode

Circlip Groove MatlThickness

TClearanceDia (ØC)

WidthW

DiaØG

D1400

3 0030 0.400.35 7.00 0.64

0.502.802.76

SS

4 0040 0.400.35 8.60 0.64

0.503.803.75

5 0050 0.600.55 10.30 0.84

0.704.804.75

6 0060 0.700.65 11.70 0.94

0.805.705.65

8 0080 0.800.75 14.70 1.04

0.907.607.54

10 0100 1.000.94 17.00 1.24

1.109.609.54

12 0120 1.000.94 19.00 1.24

1.1011.5011.39



To suit12 - 30mm Bores

13



Internal Circlips

Associated ProductsShafts: page 11-2Bearings: page 12-2




• Used to axially secure components such as bearings in housings

Example Part No:- D1300 - 0200 - SS

BasicPart

Number

NominalBore

Dia (ØB)

DiaCode

Circlip Groove MatlThickness

TClearanceDia (ØC)

WidthW

DiaØG

D1300

12 0120 1.000.94 5.70 1.24

1.1012.6112.50

SS

15 0150 1.000.94 8.30 1.24

1.1015.8115.70

16 0160 1.000.94 9.20 1.24

1.1016.9116.80

19 0190 1.000.94 11.80 1.24

1.1020.1320.00

20 0200 1.000.94 12.60 1.24

1.1021.1321.00

22 0220 1.000.94 14.60 1.24

1.1023.1323.00

24 0240 1.201.14 16.40 1.44

1.3025.4125.20

28 0280 1.201.14 19.80 1.44

1.3029.6129.40

30 0300 1.201.14 21.80 1.44

1.3031.6531.40



Tech

nica

l Inf

orm

atio

n

Conversion Factors andTechnical Contents

Technical Information byProduct

14

Tech

nica

l Inf

orm

atio

n

Section Contents

Conversion Factors ..................................................................Page T-2

Contents ....................................................................................Page T-3

Technical Information

- Stepper Motors ................................................................Page T2-1

- Gearboxes ........................................................................Page T3-1

- Gears, Worms and Wheels ............................................Page T4-1

- Racks and Pinions ..........................................................Page T6-1

- Leadscrews and Nut Assemblies ..................................Page T7-1

- Couplings ........................................................................Page T8-1

- Linear Bearings and Slides ............................................Page T9-1

- Belts and Pulleys ............................................................Page T10-1

- Bearings and Spacers ....................................................Page T12-1

- Hardware ..........................................................................Page T13-1

14

TechnicalInformation

14



Conversion Factors

T-2

Standard Conversion FactorsLength 1mm = 0.03937in 1in = 25.4mmArea 1mm2 = 0.00155in2 1in2 = 645.16mm2

Volume 1mm3 = 61.02 x 10-6in3

1 litre = 1 x 106mm3

1in3 = 16387mm3

1ml = 1cm3

Force and mass1N = 0.101972kgf1kgf = 9.80665N1kg = 2.2046lb

1lbf = 4.4482N1N = 0.2248lbf1lb = 0.4536kg

Torque1Nm = 8.8507lbfin1Nm = 141.612ozfin1Nm = 10197.16gfcm

1lbfin = 0.1130Nm1ozin = 0.00706Nm

Power 1kW = 1.360PS (metric hp)1kW = 1.341hp

1hp = 0.7457kW

Moment ofinertia

1kgm2 = 54674.75ozins2

1gcm2 = 5.467 x 10-3ozin2

1kgm2 = 23.73lbft2

1ozins2 = 18.29 x 10-6kgm2

1ozin2 = 182.9gcm2

1lb.ft2 = 0.0421kgm2

Pressure andstress

1N/m2 = 145 x 10-6lbf/in2

1N/m2 = 64.75 x 10-9tonf/in2

1lbf/in2 = 6.895 x 103N/m2

1tonf/in2 = 15.44 x 106N/m2

Temperature ºC = (ºF-32)*5/9K = ºC+273.15

ºF = (ºC*9/5)+32ºR = ºF+459.67

Angles 1rad = 180/π degrees1mrad = 10.8/π arcmins

1 degree = π/180 rad1 arcmin = π/10.8 mrads

S.I. Multiples

Prefix name Symbol Factortera T 1012

giga G 109

mega M 106

kilo k 103

hecto h 102

deca da 101

deci d 10-1

centi c 10-2

milli m 10-3

micro µ 10-6

nano n 10-9

pico p 10-12

femto f 10-15

atto a 10-18

Angular Resolution

Bits Counts arcmins mrads7 128 168.75 49.0878 256 84.375 24.5449 512 42.188 12.272

10 1024 21.094 6.135911 2048 10.547 3.068012 4096 5.2734 1.534013 8192 2.6367 0.7669914 16384 1.3184 0.3835015 32768 0.65918 0.1917516 65536 0.32959 0.09587417 131072 0.16479 0.04793718 262144 0.082397 0.02396819 524288 0.041199 0.01198420 1048576 0.020599 0.0059921


14

T-3Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061www.rpmechatronics.co.uk [email protected]


Contents

Stepper motorsReliance cool muscle features........................................................................................Page T2-1Features of stepper motors ............................................................................................Page T2-5Definitions and characteristics ........................................................................................Page T2-6

GearboxesPlanetary gearbox engineering data ..............................................................................Page T3-1Epicyclic module torque curves ......................................................................................Page T3-2Epicyclic requirements for assembling units ..................................................................Page T3-3Epicyclic notes for handling ............................................................................................Page T3-4

Standard gear rangeGear tolerances ..............................................................................................................Page T4-1Materials and specifications............................................................................................Page T4-4Geometry and equations ................................................................................................Page T4-5Gears with small numbers of teeth ................................................................................Page T4-8Engineering data ............................................................................................................Page T4-9Backlash for standard gears ..........................................................................................Page T4-17

Racks and pinionsRack manufacture, standards and tolerances ................................................................Page T6-1Engineering data ............................................................................................................Page T6-2Installation ......................................................................................................................Page T6-4

Leadscrew and nut assembliesFeatures ..........................................................................................................................Page T7-1Engineering data ............................................................................................................Page T7-2TFE coated assemblies ..................................................................................................Page T7-5

CouplingsPerformance....................................................................................................................Page T8-1Transmission error ..........................................................................................................Page T8-2Installation ......................................................................................................................Page T8-3

Linear products - bearingsFeatures and installation ................................................................................................Page T9-1Load rating and life ........................................................................................................Page T9-2

Linear products - slidesFeatures ..........................................................................................................................Page T9-4Engineering data ............................................................................................................Page T9-4

Belts and pulleysEngineering data ............................................................................................................Page T10-1

Bearings and spacersGear mesh reactions ......................................................................................................Page T12-1Installation ......................................................................................................................Page T12-4

HardwareLimits and tolerances ......................................................................................................Page T13-1


14



Reliance Cool Muscle Motors

T2-1

RELIANCE COOL MUSCLE FEATURES

The Reliance Cool Muscle (RCM) is packed with features that help you reduce the size and cost ofyour machine while reducing development time.

Simple and CompactAn intelligent driver with a 32 bit CPU basedmotion controller, driver amplifier, magneticencoder and power management are allbuilt on to the motor.

FULL CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMRCM is a fully closed loop system. With a high resolution magnetic encoder and the intelligent driverboard mounted on the back, RCM constantly monitors every aspect of its operation, eliminating anymissed steps.

SMOOTH AND ACCURATE MOVEMENTSThe RCM’s high resolution encoder gives you exceptionally fine positioning of 50,000 units perrotation. The RCM uses Vector Drive Control to produce incredibly smooth motion, even at lowspeeds, not possible with micro-stepping drivers.

Driver

Motor

Encoder

PLC

Controller

Closed Loop SystemBy receiving positioninput from the sensor,the RCM knows itsposition and cancorrect itself.

HUsing the newest control technology,the RCM goes beyond static PIDcontrol by utilising the robust Hcontrol system. H responds todynamic loads across the entirespeed range, reduces the need totune gains and increases theallowable inertia mismatch.

8

8

8

Controller

Error

Input +-

Speed and Direction Vector

Position 2

Position 1 Vector Drive ControlVector Drive is a control technique usedin servo systems, it is a completelydifferent technique from micro-stepping.Unlike micro-stepping, Vector DriveControl is not subject to resonanceproblems, produces smooth movements,increases torque and increases efficiency.

Feedback


14

T2-2Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061www.rpmechatronics.co.uk [email protected]



COOL OPERATIONRCM’s power management monitors and provides the optimum current based on load, keeping themotor cool. In addition, the RCM generates high torque at low speeds.

RCM applies optimum current to producemotion, whereas an open loop stepper alwaysuses maximum current.

RCM has high torque even at low speeds andexcels at both smooth motion and slow speeds.

RCM only draws power for what it needs,making the RCM power efficient and increasingmotor life.

Stepper Motor


CONTROLP-type RCM is a drop-in step loss freereplacement for a step/direction or CW/CCWpulse drive.C-type RCM takes ASCII commands orMODBUS RTU from your PC, PLC or useanalogue (joystick) control.

RCMLReliance Cool Muscle Language allows easy creation ofmotion programs. Programs can be downloaded to the RCMusing free CoolWorks software available from:


Pulses

Control Variations

PCEmbedded ComputerPLCSwitch

CW/CCWStep/Direction

Pre-programmedDynamic Command

Analogue Input PositionSpeed

P Type

C Type

FULLY USER PROGRAMMABLEProgram the RCM to create the motion you need. Definemotion profiles and create programs using easy-to-understandRCM Language (RCML). Motion programs you create can bedownloaded to the RCM. The programs can be executed viaPC, embedded computer or simply using hardware inputs.

Define motionprofiles such asspeed, accelerationposition and timer.

P1=1000P2=2000S1=200S2=300A1=50A2=150T1=20

B1A1,S1,P1S2,P2,P1C2B2A2,S1,P3

Define motionprograms using themotion parametersdefined above.

Energyefficient

Tem

pera

ture

Current


14




T2-3

PROGRAMMABLE I/OSConfigure and assign multiple functions to I/Os on the RCM. The RCM has 4 inputs and 2 outputsthat can be used as digital, analogue, serial or pulse counter (input only). RCM lets you assign afunction to each point of a signal.

Input Function examples:Origin SensorManual FeedManual JogExecute Bank 1,2,3Origin SearchMotor FreeEnable MotorExecute Next StepExecute Previous Step

123456789

101112

Output Function examples:AlarmIn-positionAnalogue Output for Monitoring

DC+24VGND-1

OUTPUT2OUTPUT1INPUT4INPUT3

INPUT2INPUT1GND-2DC+5V

PARAMETER EXAMPLES:

Home Search MethodThe home search parameter lets you select a home search method. Home position can bedetermined using a hard-stop/bumper instead of a home switch. The RCM hits a bumper atlow speed and torque and keeps pushing until it reaches a specified current level at which themotor determines that it has reached home. This method eliminates the need for a homeswitch and wiring.

Software LimitSet software limits using RCM parameters. Set limits on both CW and CCW sides, toeliminate switches.

These two software features will save you the cost of three sensors and the time needed toinstall wiring and calibrate them.

USER DEFINABLE PARAMETERSDefine the character of your RCM to suit your needs. The RCM gives you over 60 parameters whichcan easily be set using RCML.

K48=10000 •••• Origin offset distance set to 10000 pulses.K58=200000 •••• Software limit + side set to 200000 pulses.K37=3 •••• Motor resolution set to 1000.K46=1 •••• Automatic home routine using mechanical stopper.K38=0 •••• Sets analogue interface to speed control mode.

ADVANCED MOTIONSpeeds and accelerations can be changed whilst the motor is in operation. RCM supports a range ofadvanced motion features such as PTP motion incorporating varied accelerations and torque control.The powerful push mode is also standard allowing for electric emulation of common pneumaticoperations.


14




NETWORKRCM provides you with different networking solutions tosuit your needs. When multiple RCMs are connected in adaisy chain network, any RCM can tell other motors toactivate programs as well as receive commands from acomputer or embedded controller.In fact, after programming, RCMs can operate without anyPC, PLC or HMI control.

Continuous PTP: There are no stops in motion between origin and P3.Speed and acceleration are changedat each point.

Push Mode: Mimics a typicalpneumatic motion. It keeps pushingfor a given time and at a set currentlevel when a motor encounters aresistance such as a bumper orstopper.

TORQUE CONTROL AND FEEDBACKThe RCM controller uses the integrated current and position sensors tomaintain sophisticated torque control during operation. Peak runningtorque can be easily set within motion programs, or the built in PushMode function can be quickly implemented to mimic pneumatic cylinderoperations.

LOGIC PROGRAMMING AND PLC FUNCTIONALITYThe RCM real time operating system precisely controls I/O timing allowing for PLC style I/Ooperation. Logic banks provide a flexible logical and mathematical capability analogous to that offeredby traditional ladder logic. User defined actions can be triggered by external inputs or by internalmotor conditions such as speed, torque, or position.

2-AXIS CO-ORDINATED MOTIONThe RCM servo provides 2 axes contouring utilizing a 2+ motordaisy chain network. Additional linear axes can be implementedon the same motor for applications such as dispensing, cutting,or inspection. Programs can be run directly from the motorwithout the need for a host controller, or can be streamed froma PC for greater flexibility.


14



Stepper Motors

T2-5

INTRODUCTION

Stepper motors operate by rotating the motor shaft at discrete intervals (1.8º for our steppers) as theyreceive electrical input pulses. This basic characteristic distinguishes stepper motors from othermotors and makes them ideal for applications where accurate positioning and control is required,without the need for expensive feedback hardware.

FEATURES OF STEPPER MOTORSPosition holding -(Detent torque)

High acceleration -

Good reliability -

Low component count -

DRIVE METHODSThere are three main modes of driving a stepper motor - Full Step, Half Step and Micro Step. WithFull Step, the angular movement is the basic step angle, ie 1.8º. By manipulating the energisationsequence applied to the motor, it is possible to reduce the basic step angle by half. By manipulatingthe shape of the pulses applied to the motor, as well as the energisation sequence, the basic stepangle can be split into several hundred micro steps. This large increase in resolution can only beachieved by using more complex drive electronics.

There are a number of methods of driving stepper motors, that basically divide into two groups;unipolar and bipolar drives. In unipolar drives the current always travels through the windings in thesame direction. This is often achieved by attaching one end of each winding to a fixed voltage supplyrail. With bipolar drives the current travels in both directions, which can give benefits in performance,although it usually requires more switching components. In both cases additional components such asresistors are often used to adapt a drive to a specific motor or to modify the characteristics of themotor-load system.

Our stepper motors have 6 wires, which allow the user to chose between unipolar and bipolar drives.Steppers with less wires do not.

The design and implementation of a suitable drive for a specific application can be quite an involvedprocess and is outside the scope of this technical section. For further advice please contact RelianceTechnical Sales.

Insulation parameters: Dielectric Strength: 500VACInsulation Class: Class BInsulation Resistance: 100MΩ (500 VAC)

Even with no power applied to the windings, stepper motors will resistrotation, which may be useful in applications that would normally experience‘drift’. If power is applied, this holding torque is significant.

They have excellent acceleration performance that allows a start, stop andreverse to be performed at relatively high speed.

The only components subject to wear are the bearings, as there are nobrushes or commutators.

Stepper motors permit open-loop, high precision positioning control,therefore feedback hardware for control is not required, which leads to lowcost system design.


14



Stepper Motors

DEFINITIONS AND CHARACTERISTICS

The following definitions are frequently used in stepper motor drive systems. By considering theseand the typical performance graph below an appreciation of the overall expected performance can beachieved. However, it is important to realise that any performance graph is a combination of drive,motor and load characteristics applied to a specific application duty cycle.

Pull-out torque -

Pull-in torque -

Detent torque -

Holding torque -

Pull-out rate -

Pull-in rate -

No load response -

Control mode range -

Slew range -

INSTALLATION

Connections - Size 17 steppers have 200mm cables with a EHR-6 connector (JST). Mating parts are available from RS components; top entry (stock no 515-1434) or side entry (stock no 515-1349).

Maximum torque that can be applied to a motor, running at a given steppingrate, without losing synchronism.Maximum torque against which a motor will start at a given pulse rate, andreach synchronism without losing a step.Maximum torque that can be applied to the shaft of an unexcited motorwithout causing rotation.Maximum torque that can be applied to the shaft of a motor with one or morephases energised without causing rotation.Maximum switching rate at which a loaded motor will remain in synchronismfor a given load.Maximum rate at which a motor will start and run in synchronism for a givenload.Maximum switching rate at which an unloaded motor can start and achievesynchronism, or stop without losing step position.Range of speeds and torques within which the motor will start, stop or reversewithout losing synchronism.Range of switching rates between pull-in and pull-out in which a motor will runin synchronism but can not start or reverse.

Holding torque

Pull-out torque

Pull-in torque

Pull-out ratePull-in rate No load response Maximum response

Control mode range

Slew range

Torque

Pulse rate (PPS)


14



Planetary Gearboxes

T3-1

1. Calculate FrL withthe following formula

2. Calculate the force-proportion

Please consult ReliancePrecision Mechatronicsif e>0.22

3. Calculate FL with thefollowing formula

Lh h lifetimeFa N axial load at the output shaftFr N radial load at the output shaftR mm distance, axial load to centre of the gearboxA mm distance, radial load to flange planen min-1 output shaft speedCx - gearbox constants from following table

FORMULA SYMBOLS

RGP40 RGP60 RGPN70C1 mm 10.5 11.5 13.5C2 mm 12.9 15.5 23CL N 2250 6050 9950

RGP40 RGP60 RGPN70Fr N 200 500 1000Fa N 200 600 1200

MAXIMUM LOAD IN CENTRE OF THE OUTPUT SHAFT

OUTPUT SHAFT BEARING LIFE


14



Epicyclic Modules

TORQUE CURVES

OUTPUT SHAFT TORQUE

This is derived from an eight hour day, continuous unidirectional drive and no impact fluctuating load.

PEAK TORQUE CAPABILITY

Momentarily allowable torque is 250% of rated torque (under the same conditions as output torque).

DYNAMIC LOAD FACTOR

The rated torque has been derated in accordance with the following table:

Dynamic Load Factor (Sf)

Drive Driven

Hrs/day

Load TypeUniform

Sf

MediumImpact

Sf

HeavyImpact

Sf

ElectricMotor

<33 - 10

241.0

1.01.251.5

1.51.752.0

Allowable Torque = Rated TorqueSf


14



Epicyclic Modules

T3-3

REVERSING MOTION

Should MEMs be used in a reversing drive (eg. servo application) the units should be derated to 80%.

TEMPERATURE RANGE

The unit will operate satisfactorily between -10º and +65ºC. For the all metal units, maximumtemperature can be 75ºC.

MOUNTING POSITION

The standard position is horizontal. For other planes, please contact our sales team for moreinformation.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSEMBLING UNITS

1. Alignment - Radial alignment errors, after fitting the input and output shafts, should be within0.15mm.

2. Location of Internal Gear - A unit should be located in the manner in which the torque distribution isuniform in the internal gear.

3. Clearance - Axial clearance between the unit’s revolving parts (Carrier A & B) and casing should be2mm to 4mm.

4. Thrust Support when Mounting Vertically - When mounting the units with shafts vertically, care mustbe taken to ensure that the mass of the module is supported by the shaft bearings and not the planetdisks containing the internal gear. If the unit is mounted with the output shaft uppermost, then ashoulder will be required on the input shaft and vice versa.

5. Lubrication - In the case of grease lubrication, the casing should be filled with grease to between50% and 80% of the volume. In the case of oil lubrication, fill the case to between 30% and 50% ofthe volume.

OVERHANG LOAD (OHL) - Kg

The overhang load is a bending force acting on the shaft generated by torque transmssion, whichdepends on the forces on the output shaft.Calculate the OHL according to following equation and select an appropriate bearing:

O.H.L. Capacity = T x Ef/R

T : Driving torqueR : Pitch circle radius of gear or sprocketEf : Element factor:

Gear 1.1 - 1.25Sprocket 1.25Flat Belt 2.5 - 3.0V Belt 1.5 - 2.0


14



Epicyclic Modules

NOTES FOR HANDLING

1. Plastic Unit P - Lubricated with grease when assembled. (Units without grease lubrication arespecial to order).

2. Sintering Alloy Unit S - Not lubricated with grease when assembled. (Units with grease lubricationare special to order).

3. Metal Unit M - Not lubricated with grease or oil.

4. Do not mix strong acid or oil additives and thinners to the lubricant of the plastic units.

5. Do not allow rapid temperature variations. This will generate moisture.

6. Store the MEM units in a dark room below 40ºC and keep in a dry, dust-free atmosphere.

7. If a unit is mounted on a surface which acts as a sounding-board, the noise will be amplified abovethe inherent noise level of the unit. Take care when mounting the unit.

HOUSED UNITS (LGH)

MEM modules can be supplied mounted in an aluminium housing complete with output shaft andsupport bearings. The complete unit is rated at 10Nm output torque, and can have either one, two orthree modules. Maximum reduction ratio is 125:1 with 3x5:1 ratio modules. The accompanying motormust have a ‘D’ shaped shaft of 8mm diameter and 7mm over the flat.

Also included is the MEM26. This is a housed unit complete with input and output shaft. Actual ratio is91.125:1 and the unit is capable of handling 2Nm output torque.

Larger modules are available up to 1000Nm output torque. Please enquire.


14



Standard Gears

T4-1

GEAR MANUFACTURE

Reliance’s precision instrumentation gears are manufactured using high accuracy gearcuttingequipment. Standard gears are produced in stainless steel, hardened stainless steel, aluminium alloyand brass (wormwheels only). Alternative materials such as PEEK™ polymer or Delrin are availableon request.

GEAR TOLERANCES

Gears are generally offered as Quality 10 (see the individual product pages). Higher qualities areavailable as shown in the table below. Most gears in the catalogue can be produced in these qualitiesto order.Reliance standard tolerances are largely based on AGMA 390-03 backlash.

Values in the above table refer to measurements obtained by means of the dual flank tester.

To specify a gear, other than the standard quality, add the quality code to the gear part number.Example of a quality 12 gear - P05S1B10F6A-100 B

Quality code

Reliance Standard Gear Qualities Table values in 0.001mm (0.0001")

QualityClass

ModularRange

TotalComposite

Error

Tooth to ToothComposite

Error

Indicator LimitsGauge zeroed at std. pitch rad.

GearQualityCodeMax Min

AQ10AQ11AQ12AQ14

0.8 to 0.5mod

26 (10)18 (7)13 (5)7 (2.7)

13 (5)10 (4)8 (3)

3.6 (1.4)

-18 (-7)

-61 (-24)-53 (-21)-48 (-19)-41 (-16)

-CBA

AQ10AQ11AQ12AQ14

0.4 to 0.2mod

26 (10)18 (7)13 (5)7 (2.7)

13 (5)10 (4)8 (3)

3.6 (1.4)

-13 (-5)

-51 (-20)-43 (-17)-38 (-15)-33 (-13)

-CBA

Comparison of National Gear Quality StandardsRelianceQualityClass

AmericanAGMA 390.03

(1980)

BritishBS. 4582

(pt.1 : 1970)

GermanDIN. 867& 3963

InternationalISO

JapanJIS

AdmiraltyBR.6001

AQ10AQ11AQ12AQ14

Q 10Q 11Q 12Q 14

Class BClass AClass A

†

Q 7Q 6Q 5Q 3

7653

3210

Class 2Class 1

††

† Reliance quality higher than any equivalent in this specification.Table applies to gears up to 50mm diameter.


14



Standard Gears

RELIANCE GEAR STANDARDS FOR FINE PITCH GEARS

The table below is a comparison between Reliance (AGMA) and equivalent UK specifications:

*AGMA values quoted are for over 20T up to 50mm (2") diameter. Admiralty and B.S. tooth to tootherrors are for over 30T.† Minimum indicator level 0.006" or 0.15mm.

For numbers of teeth outside the range consult the relevant specification.


14



Standard Gears

T4-3

STANDARD MODULES AND CIRCULAR PITCHES - METRIC

Reliance’s precision instrumentation spur gears are available as standard in the following modulesand circular pitches, being those most commonly used in the design and manufacture of gear controlmechanisms and instruments:

Module 0.2, 0.25, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.25, 1.5Circular pitch 1, 2, 2.5, 3

Pressure Angle and Rack FormExcept where stated otherwise, gears in this catalogue are cut to 20º pressure angle involute formteeth. Reliance standard gears will mesh satisfactorily with gears of the same module cut to thefollowing standards:

(i) BS 4582 (1970) Part 1, Figure 1.

(ii) DIN 867 and 58412.

(iii) AGMA 207.06 (Assuming the pitch is cut to an equivalent module).

The gears will not mesh satisfactorily with gears cut to DIN 58400 unless the outside diameter of thelatter is reduced to PCD + (2 x module).

DIN 58400 tooth proportions are:

Addendum 1.1 x ModuleDedendum 1.5 x Module for pitch 0.1 to 0.6 Module

The above list is by no means exhaustive. Please enquire if you require a special module as Relianceholds a large stock of non-standard cutters.

Metric Tooth Proportions (Dimensions in mm)

Module CircularPitch

Addendum Dedendum WorkingDepth

WholeDepth

Equivalent InchDiametral Pitch

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.3

0.250.2

0.3180.6370.7960.955

4.7123.9273.1422.5131.8851.5711.2570.9420.7850.628

1.02.02.53.0

1.51.251.00.80.60.50.40.3

0.250.2

0.3180.6370.7960.955

1.8751.5631.4001.1200.8400.7000.5600.4200.3500.2800.4460.8911.1141.337

3.02.52.01.61.21.00.80.60.50.4

0.6371.2731.5921.910

3.3752.8125

2.41.921.441.2

0.960.720.6

0.480.7641.5281.9102.292

16.93320.32025.40031.75042.33350.80063.50084.667101.600127.00079.79639.89831.91926.599


14



Standard Gears

MATERIALS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Reliance’s precision instrumentation gears are manufactured from the materials listed below. Wereserve the right to change the actual material to an equivalent specification without notice dependingon availability.

FinishesStainless steel, bronze and brass gears remain in their natural condition. Passivation to DEF STAN03-2, process M can be carried out if required. Aluminium components are anodised to specificationDEF STAN 03-24 (chromic acid process) or DEF STAN 03-25 (sulphuric acid process). Gear teeth arenot normally anodised.

Anti-backlash GearsMaterials and finishes of standard anti-backlash gear components.

Where possible circlips, anti-backlash springs, shims and set screws will be stainless steel. However,some smaller pinions may have beryllium copper or zinc plated carbon steel circlips as standard.

Reliance Precision Gear MaterialsMaterial Specification Used on Material

Code

Stainlesssteel

303S31 (303S21) or303S42 (303S42) or302S31 (302S25) or

BS 970

Pin hub gearsClamp hub gears

Hubless gearsWorms

Gear clamp & hubs

S1

303 to MIL QQ-S-764Stainless

steel(hardened)

17-4PH hardened to35-42 HRc Hardened pin hub gears S8

Aluminiumalloy

L168 orHE 15-TF or

BS 1474Pin hub gears

Clamp hub gearsHubless gears

Gear clamp & hubs

A1

2024-T4 to MIL QQ-A-225/6Phosphor

bronze PB 102 BS 2874 Worm wheels B1

Brass CZ121 BS 2874 Spur gears B2

Brass(Naval) Alloy 464 to MIL QQ-B-637 Worm wheels B3

Acetal Delrin 150 Hubless gears D1


14



Standard Gears

T4-5

SPUR GEAR GEOMETRY

A basic description of gear tooth terms is shown below. General formulae to enable correctunderstanding of spur gear geometry is shown opposite.

PINION

GEAR


14



Standard Gears

TERMINOLOGY FOR METRIC SPUR GEARS

TERM DEFINITION FORMULAE

Addendum The radial distance between the A=M(A) pitch circle and the outside diameter.

Addendum A method of modifying low tooth See page T4-8modification number gears to avoid undercutting(K) and altering gear size to allow use

of non standard centres.

Backlash The circumferential clearance See page T4-15(B) between mating gear teeth.

Base circle The diameter of the base cylinder BCD = N·Mcos PAdiameter from which the involute is(BCD) generated.

Base pitch The pitch along the base circle or BP = π Mcos PA(BP) line of action.

Basic rack The straight sided rack shape from See BS 4582.which teeth are generated.

Centre distance Distance between the axes CD = PCDpinion+PCDgear

(CD) of rotation of mating spur gears. 2 2

Circular pitch The distance along the pitch circle CP = π M(CP) between corresponding points on

adjacent teeth.

Circular tooth The distance between opposite faces CTT =πMthickness on the same tooth measured at the 2(CTT) pitch circle diameter.

Clearance The amount by which the dedendum CO = D - Aoperating in a given gear exceeds the(CO) addendum of the mating gear.

Dedendum The radial distance between the D = 1.4M (BS4282)(D) pitch circle and the root diameter. = 1.25M (BS436)

Diametral pitch The size of the tooth expressed in(DP) teeth per inch of pitch diameter.

Face width The width of the tooth in an axial plane.

Fillet radius The radius of the fillet curve at thebase of the gear tooth.

Length of action The distance on an involute line ofaction through which the point ofcontact moves during the actionof the tooth profiles.


14



Standard Gears

T4-7

Indicator limits The size band of manufacture for thegear measured radially from the PCD.

Module The size of the tooth expressed in(M) mm of pitch diameter.

Number of teeth Number of teeth on the gear.(N)

Outside diameter The diameter over the tops of the OD = PCD + (2M)(OD) teeth.

Pitch circle An imaginary circle whose diameter is PCD = (N+2K)·Mdiameter formed by meshing gears so that the Note: for unmodified gears(PCD) circles actually touch each other, as if K=0

gears were driven purely by the frictionof the circles.

Pressure angle The angle between a line tangential to Standard = 20º(PA) the pitch circles and a line perpendicular

to the tooth profiles at the point of contact.(Equal to the side angle of the basic rackfor standard gears).

Root diameter The diameter of the base of the teeth. RD = OD - (2H)(RD)

Total composite The total error in the gear measured by theerror dual flank gear test. TTCE and pitch line(TCE) runout are included.

Tooth to tooth The change in error of each tooth oncomposite error the gear measured by the dual flank(TTCE) tester.

Undercut The loss of profile in the vicinity of the Nmin = 2 involute start at the base circle due to Sin2 PAtool cutter action generating gears withlow tooth numbers.(Nmin = minimum teeth for no undercut)

Whole depth The total depth of a tooth space. H = A + D(H)

Working depth The depth of engagement between WD = 2A(WD) mating gear teeth.

Note: for imperial gears to BS 978 Part 1, Equivalent Module = 25.4DP


14



Standard Gears

GEARS WITH SMALL NUMBER OF TEETH

Unless otherwise requested, all gears in this catalogue having 16 teeth or fewer will be enlarged byapplying addendum modification in accordance with BS4582 Part 1 (metric) as shown in the tablebelow. These gears are indicated (†) against the appropriate tooth numbers on the product pages.

A small amount of backlash will be introduced between corrected pinions and mating gears when themodification sum is other than zero and the nominal centre distance is adjusted only by an amountequal to the modification sum.

For minimum backlash it will be necessary to either reduce the centre distance further, or to apply asecondary correction to the pinion or wheel. See the above B.S specification for details.

Example (Module)Find P.C.D. and O.D. of enlarged gear having 13 teeth, 0.6 module

P.C.D. =13.4794 (from table) x 0.6 module =8.088mm(Standard P.C.D. would be 13 x 0.6 =7.800mm)

Similarly,O.D. =15.4794 (from table) x 0.6 module = 9.288mm(Standard O.D. would be 7.8 + (2 x 0.6) = 9.00mm)

Note:For Imperial (diametral pitch) gears, divide the PCD or OD value in the table by the diametral pitch.The answer will be in inches.

X = Uncorrected PCDY = Corrected PCD

Data for Addendum Modified Gears of Unit Module and Unit DPNo. of Teeth Addendum

ModificationEnlarged

PCDEnlarged OD

(PCD+2)

10111213141516

0.41510.35660.29820.23970.18120.12270.0642

10.830211.713212.596413.479414.362415.245416.1284

12.830213.713214.596415.479416.362417.245418.1284


14



Standard Gears

T4-9

ENGINEERING DATA

For instrumentation Reliance normally recommend stainless steel pinions mating with aluminium alloygears. Generally the pinion is subjected to most wear since it experiences a higher number of stresscycles than the wheel. This combination of materials tends to balance the wear between the pinionand the gear.

1. Gear materialsStainless steelThe 300 series stainless steels are used for gears when maximum corrosion resistance is required.They are ‘true’ stainless steels containing 18% chromium and 8% nickel.

Gears made from 303 stainless steel are essentially nonmagnetic and cannot be hardened by heattreatment. They are recommended for low torque applications as their mechanical properties andresistance are low.

Hardened stainless steel17-4PH is a precipitation hardening stainless steel that offers a remarkable combination of highstrength and hardness. Its high chromium content (15-17.5%) makes it an excellent material forarduous environments.

Aluminium alloyGears made from aluminium alloy are widely used in measuring applications. Its light weight offersreduced inertia. The inertia of an aluminium alloy gear is approximately 35% that of a steel gear. Inparticular, aluminium alloy L168 offers excellent corrosion resistance when anodised, moderatelygood mechanical properties and good stability.

Phosphor bronzeAs a gear material phosphor bronze has a fine grain and good resistance to tooth sliding wear henceits use as a worm wheel material.

2. InstallationGears in this catalogue are designed to be a slide fit on the shafts. The gears are available with fourfixing methods: standard clamp, pins, set screws and Reli-a-Grip™ clamp.

Traditional clamp hub style gears have a gear hub with a relatively thin wall partially split. The clampis a close fit on the hub and is compressed when the clamp screw is tightened. Clamping gears ontothe shaft offers extremely easy assembly with the best assembled accuracy. However, as thefastening depends upon friction it can only be used in low torque applications.

Pin type gears are supplied as standard with a set screw and a sub-drilled hole. The set screw shouldbe used to position the gear on the shaft during the drilling and pinning operation and can beremoved once the gear is secure.

The sub-drilled hole provides a lead in for the drilling operation. It is recommended that drilling andpinning is completed outside the gearbox and the gear is thoroughly cleaned afterwards.

In less critical applications the set screw may be used to retain the gear on the shaft. To avoiddamaging the shaft and to make removal of the gear easier the set screw should seat on a small flat,or dimple on the shaft.


14



Standard Gears

3. LubricationAll gears should be lubricated, but there are variations in degree.

Highly loaded precision gears should be in enclosed assemblies with complete lubrication to obtainthe best possible hydrodynamic film. The system can be splash, spray or force fed, depending on theapplication. Moderately loaded precision gears, such as fractional horsepower systems, should beenclosed with oil or grease lubrication which can be spread by splash or dip lubrication.

Lightly loaded gears in instrumentation systems only need to have a marginal boundary lubrication asprovided by periodically wiped on oils or grease. In many instances a light coat of Rocol MT-LM orsimilar molybdenum disulphide grease will suffice for the life of the system. Anti-backlash gearsshould not be directly lubricated except via a very light application on the mating pinion.

Negligibly loaded fine instrument gears only need a brushed on film of light oil as a simple means ofreducing friction.

4. SpeedThe maximum pitch line velocity for stainless steel meshing with aluminium alloy with boundarylubrication is approximately 5,300 mm/sec (for a pair of meshing actuation gears correctly lubricated,this rises to approximately 8,000 mm/sec). This represents 5,000 rpm on measurement gears of20mm diameter (and 7,500 rpm on actuation gears of 20mm diameter).

For speeds in excess of this and other material combinations please consult Reliance technical sales.

5. Gear LoadingThe gears in this catalogue can be used for both feedback and actuation systems. The loads andmaterial selection will depend on the application. In general a feedback system is designed tomaintain accuracy and an actuation system is designed to transmit power.

5.1. Actuation GearsThe following analysis is intended to give a guide to the load capacity of a pair of spur gears. Tosimplify the calculations, a number of assumptions have been made. It must be noted that in manyapplications this will give a conservative estimate of the gear capacity, therefore, in criticalapplications an exact analysis must be completed.Please consult the relevant gear standards or Reliance Technical Sales.

The analysis is based on AGMA 2001-B88 and assumes the following:

1. The gears are simply supported in rolling element bearings.2. Pinion revolutions >107.3. Gears are grease lubricated.4. Reliability of 1 failure in 100 is acceptable.5. Gear material is 17-4PH hardened.


14



Standard Gears

T4-11

The basic load capacity (Fb) of a pair of spur gears is defined as the maximum tangential force atwhich they can operate indefinitely.

Fb has two values: one calculated from tooth root strength (Fbs), and one for tooth flank pitting (Fbw).The useful or transmitted load capacity, Ft, is usually less than Fb due to transient or dynamic loadsgenerated within the mechanism.

For tooth root strength Fts = Fbs/Ka Ka & Ca = Application factorsFor tooth flank pitting (wear) Ftw = Fbw/Ca

Both calculations should be made and the lower value used.

The application factors Ka and Ca make allowance for any externally applied loads in excess of thenominal tangential force Fb and they are most accurately determined by direct measurement. Indetermining application factors, consideration should be given to the fact that many prime moversdevelop momentary peak torques appreciably greater than those determined by the nominal ratings ofeither the prime mover or the driven equipment. There are many possible sources of overload whichshould be considered including system vibrations, acceleration torques, overspeeds, variations insystem operation and changes in process load. Impact loads due to reversing across backlash can besignificant in servo systems.

As a general guide application factors for a motor gear system range from 1.0 for uniform loads up to1.75 where heavy shock loads are anticipated.

Fb = Basic load capacity (Fbs & Fbw)For strength Fbs = 177.7 x J x F x M x Kv [N] N = Number of teeth

J = Geometry factor, strengthI = Geometry factor, wear

For wear Fbw = 14.64 x N x I x F x M x Kv [N] F = Face width of smallest gearM = ModuleKv = Dynamic factor

(i) Number or teethThis is the number of teeth in the gear being analysed.

(ii) Geometry factors, I and JThese factors take account of the effect of tooth proportions on stress. The bending strengthgeometry factor, (J) takes account of the shape of the tooth. The wear resistance geometry factor, (I)takes account of the radii of curvature of the contacting tooth profiles. Please see the graphs on pageT4-13.

(iii) Face width, FThis is the face width of the smallest gear in mm. (Face width in contact).

(iv) Module, MThis is the gear module expressed as shown on the respective gear pages.

(v) Dynamic factor, KvThis accounts for internally generated gear tooth loads which are induced by the non-conjugatemeshing action of the gear teeth.


14



Standard Gears

Example calculation to find the theoretical load capacity of a 5:1 pass of 17-4PH spur gears asfollows:

Pinion - P06S9B6F4A-25Gear - P06S9B8F6A-125

Pinion speed is 500rpm.

(i) Number of teeth from part number = 25

(ii) Geometry factors from graph

J = 0.37I = 0.118

(iii) Smallest gear face width from part number

F = 4

(iv) Gear module from part number

M = 0.6

(v) Dynamic factor from equation

For quality 10 gears onlyVt = Pitch line velocity (m/s)

Fbs = 177.7 x 0.37 x 4 x 0.6 x 0.96 = 151.5N

Fbw = 14.64 x 25 x 0.118 x 4 x 0.6 x 0.96 = 99.5N

For alternative materials the above values need to be modified as shown below:

Gear Material Modification FactorsMaterial Specification Strength Wear

Hardened stainless steelStainless steelStainless steel

Aluminium alloyBrass

17-4PH303S31316S31

L168CZ121

1.000.430.470.370.35

1.000.150.200.100.13


14



Standard Gears

T4-13

Example:If the gears in the example on the previous page were made from 303S31

Fbs = 151.5 x 0.43 = 65.1NFbw = 99.5 x 0.15 = 14.9N

The application factors should be applied after the reduction for material.

Geometry factor, Strength (J), 20º spur

Number of teeth in gear for which geometry factor is desired

0.55

0.50

0.45

0.40

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

12 15 17 20 24 30 35 40 45 50 60 80 125 275 1000

Geo

met

ry fa

ctor

- (J

)

10001708550352517

Number of teeth inmating gear

Geometry factor, Wear (I), 20º spur

Geo

met

ry fa

ctor

- (I)

0.160

0.140

0.120

0.100

0.080

0.0601 32 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Ratio

Np= 50 or more

Np= 30Np= 24

Np= 16

Np= Number ofteeth in the pinion.


14



Standard Gears

5.2. Instrumentation and Feedback SystemsGears and components designed for the precise transmission of angular position generally work atthe low torque levels normally associated with servo components such as synchros, resolvers, opticalencoders etc. Tooth loads of 1.2N per mm face width should result in an adequate accurate life.Higher loads will tend to increase deflections of gear teeth, shafts, bearings etc, resulting in significantvalues of lost motion and a decrease in life.

Example: To find the maximum advisable torque on a gear 40mm diameter x 3mm face width.

Torque = force x radius = 1.2 x 3 x 0.04/2 = 0.072Nm (10oz.in.)

5.3. Anti-backlash Gear Spring TensionIn order for anti-backlash gears to function as anti-backlash devices, it is necessary to ensure that thespring tension will provide sufficient torque to overcome the friction and acceleration torque in thesystem, ie the spring torque must be capable of driving/accelerating the gear train and any associatedcomponents.

The spring tension capability of anti-backlash gears listed in this catalogue will adequately cope withthe low torques normally encountered.

As a general guide, torque settings on anti-backlash gears of 108 to 180 gmcm (1.5 to 2.5 oz.in.) willsuffice in most applications. Ideally the spring torque should be set to the minimum at which the anti-backlash gear performs satisfactorily, thus avoiding unnecessary high preload on the gear teeth andpremature wear.

6. Lost Motion and Backlash ControlThe following section deals with lost motion, which we know to be one of the basic problems indesigning fine pitch gear trains. The accepted definition of lost motion is the amount by which theoutput shaft may be turned without turning the input shaft.

It may be thought that lost motion is a function of the gear cutting operation alone, but, in fact theteeth of the gears may contribute very little to the overall lost motion value. A complete understandingof all the elements which induce lost motion is essential in order to achieve a well designed gear train.The following factors must be individually considered for their own contribution to overall lost motionin the gear train:

(a) Nominal centre distance.

(b) Centre distance tolerance.

(c) Size and tolerance of mating gears.

(d) Total composite error of gears.

(e) Fits between bores, shafts and bearings.

(f) Bearing accuracy (class).

(g) Radial play of bearings.

(h) Shaft straightness and alignment.

(i) Fits between electrical and/or mechanical component spigot diameters, and housing bores.

(j) Eccentricity and radial play of electrical and/or mechanical component shafts.

(k) Torsional elasticity.

(l) Differential expansion.


14



Standard Gears

T4-15

Each of the previous, except nominal centre distance, tend to induce a change in centre distancewhich will push together or pull apart the mating gears. This push-pull action produces two backlashvalues, minimum at the point of the tightest mesh, and maximum at the point of loosest mesh.

(a) Calculation of Nominal Centre Distance

Nominal centre distance can be considered as the starting point in the calculation of overall backlashvalues. Nominal centre distance is calculated by taking half the sum of the (theoretical) pitchdiameters of the mating gears.

(b) Centre Distance Tolerance

Centre distance tolerance is an extremely important area for consideration. Any increase in centredistance in excess of the nominal value will increase the backlash. A decrease in nominal centredistance will decrease the backlash. In this case caution must be exercised to avoid interferencebetween mating gears as a result of this decrease.

The relationship between centre distance change to backlash for 20º PA spur gear is given by:

Note: Maximum Angular Backlash = Maximum Circumferential Backlash x 57.3 x 60(minutes of arc) Pitch Circle Radius

7. Gear ErrorThe error function of a gear is approximately sinusoidal and for practical considerations can beassumed to be so. The first derivative of the time displacement curve yields the velocity function,therefore, the output velocity variable will also be an approximate sinusoid but the maximum velocityerror will be displaced 90º from the maximum position error.

In summation, pitch circle runout will cause a sinusoidal error which is revealed as an outputtransmission error when meshed with a mating gear. The magnitude is given by the followingexample:

In the example on page T4-16, if the small pinion were not a perfect gear its error would be seensuperimposed on the large gear error cycling at pinion frequency.


14



Standard Gears

8. Transmission Accuracy of Gear TrainsThe following section is based on work carried out by Reliance Gear Company (now known asReliance Precision Limited) to provide some guidance in the design of accurate data transmissiongearing.

The transmission error referred to by equations 1 and 2 below represent the maximum statistical pointto point error during a forward and reverse cycle of a single pass of quality 14 anti-backlash gearingassembled in a data transmission gearbox.

For quality 10 or 12 gearing add 50% or 30% respectively to the error calculated for quality 14gearing.

For average transmission error substitute the numbers 3.25 and 83 in the equations for the numbers4.4 and 112 respectively.


14



Standard Gears

T4-17

Gear Type Condition Module (m) Backlash (mm)

Spur GearBrass/ Ground < 0.9 0.02 - 0.06

Brass 0.9 to 0.75 0.04 x m - 0.10 x mGround 0.9 to 1.0 0.04 x m - 0.08 x m

Bevel Gear pair Stainless steel or Brass < 0.9 0.02 - 0.080.9 to 1.5 0.05 - 0.12

Worm Gear pairCentres < 50mm

Worm - Stainless steelWorm wheel - Brass ≤ 1.0 0.08 - 0.20

BACKLASH FOR STANDARD GEARS

The table below refers to the allowable backlash within the range of Spur, Bevel, and Worm gear pairswith a designated centre distance. The allowable backlash is necessary to absorb the deviations ofnoise and oscillation in order to maintain smooth operation.

Note. These figures apply to the standard gear range only.To convert Circumferential Backlash to Angular Backlash see page T4-15

Module 0.5

TYPICAL GROUND GEARS ALLOWABLE TRANSFER CAPABILITY


14



Standard Gears

Module 0.8

Module 1.0


14



Racks and Pinions

T6-1

RACK MANUFACTURE

Reliance standard precision racks are produced by a thread grinding process, which generates teethof helicoidal form. This provides two distinct advantages: very good pitch accuracy and sufficienttolerance of meshing conditions (within 0.25º) to make high precision alignment of the pinionunnecessary.

This feature will be appreciated from the diagram below. Slight misalignment of the straight-toothpinion, in terms of deviation from a true right-angle between the axis and rack in either plane, resultsmerely in a change of position of the contact points across the face.

Points of contact.Standard pressure angle is 20º.25º pressure angle available onrequest.

RACK STANDARDS AND TOLERANCES

Reliance precision racks are offered in four basic grades of accuracy through most of the range,please see the individual product pages for details. Grade 4b has been introduced to offer a lowercost grade 4 where a single rack is to be used in a non-butting application.The tooth form is generally in accordance with BS 4582 part 1. fig 1. for metric racks.

Rack Grade 5 4 4b 3 2 1

Max pitch error between any two pointsper 300mm of rack 0.005 0.008 0.008 0.015 0.025 0.050

Max end to end pitch error up to300mm of track* ±0.004 ±0.004 ±0.008 ±0.008 ±0.013 ±0.025

Adjacent tooth error 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 0.005 0.010 0.013

Pitch height variation +0-0.013

+0-0.013

+0-0.013

+0-0.013

+0-0.018

+0-0.025

* Applies pro rata to length >300mm All dimensions in mm

Mesh geometry


14



Racks and Pinions

ENGINEERING DATA

1. Linear SpeedLinear speeds of up to 10 metres/second can be achieved with correctly installed rack and pinionsystems. When specifying a system, care needs to be taken to ensure that the transducer count ratesare not exceeded. With grease lubrication, care should be taken to ensure that the lubrication is notthrown off the pinion

2. Load CapacityThe following analysis is intended to give a guide to the load capacity of a rack system. To simplifythe calculation a number of assumptions have to be made. In many applications this will give aconservative estimate of the gear capacity, therefore in critical applications an exact analysis must becompleted. Please consult the relevant gear standards or Reliance Technical Sales.The basic load capacity (Fb) of a rack and pinion is defined as the maximum linear force at which theycan operate indefinitely.Fb has two values: one calculated from tooth strength (Fbs) and one for tooth flank wear (Fbw). Theuseful or transmitted load capacity, Ft, is usually less than Fb due to transient or dynamic loadsgenerated within the mechanism.

For tooth root strength Fts = Fbs/Ka Ka&Ca = application factorsFor tooth flank pitting (wear) Ftw = Fbw/Ca

Both calculations should be made and the lower value used.The application factors Ka and Ca make allowance for any externally applied loads in excess of thenominal linear force Fb. These are most accurately determined by direct measurement. In determiningapplication factors, consideration should be given to the fact that many prime movers developmomentary peak torques appreciably greater than those determined by the nominal ratings of eitherthe prime mover or the driven equipment.There are many possible sources of overload which should be considered, including systemvibrations, acceleration torques, overspeeds, variations in system operation and changes in processload conditions. Impact loads due to reversing across backlash can be significant in servo systems.As a general guide application factors for a motor gear system range from 1.0 for uniform loads up to1.75 where heavy shock loads are anticipated.


14



Racks and Pinions

T6-3

The previous graph has been calculated in accordance with AGMA 2001-B88 for a life of at least 108

load cycles, and a rack hardness exceeding 50HRc and pinion material 17-4PH. For alternativepitches and materials the graph values need to be modified as shown in the table below:

Example:A 40 tooth, 1mm CP pinion material 316 meshing with rack of hardness <50HRc.The application factors should be applied after the reduction for material and pitch.

Fbw = 175 x 0.10 =17.5NFbs = 170 x 0.23 = 39.1N

3. Bearing CapacityWhen linear bearings are used with the hardened round bar racks the capacity of the supportbearings needs to be considered. Where possible the bearings should be positioned with all the ballrows running on the rack shaft. However, it is important that the balls do not run on the edges of theteeth. If necessary the 5 and 6 row bearings can be used with 1 row above the teeth. In this scenario,the manufacturer’s ratings apply with a modification for the direction of the load application. Thefactors given in the following charts should be substituted for the bearing manufacturer’s loadreduction.

Pitch and Rack/Pinion Material Modification Factors

Rack Pinion Pitch (mm) Strength Wear

Hardened Round Rack(hardness>50HRc)

17-4PH 1 0.50 0.50316 1 0.23 0.10

PEEK™ polymer 1 0.04 0.01

Rectangular Rack #(hardness 35-45HRc)

17-4PH1 0.38 0.282 0.75 0.56

2.5 0.94 0.70

3161 0.23 0.102 0.47 0.20

2.5 0.59 0.25PEEK™ polymer 1 0.04 0.01

Tubular and RoundRack

17-4PH 1 0.23 0.10316 1 0.23 0.10

PEEK™ polymer 1 0.04 0.01

# For R5 a further reduction of 50% is required due to the thin face width


14



Racks and Pinions

4. LubricationLubrication is not required when using PEEK™ polymer pinions. For other combinations unlubricatedsystems are not recommended. Measurement applications should use a very thin coat of light oil, inmany machine tool applications stray cutting oil is sufficient. Grease lubrication is recommended forhigher loads, but care should be taken to ensure the lubrication is not thrown off the pinion at speed.

INSTALLATION

The installation techniques differ according to the type of rack. All racks should be mounted with teethpointing downwards wherever possible so that dust etc cannot settle in them.

1. Soft Round and Tubular RackPlastic moulded bearings are recommended for use with soft round and tubular racks, these can befound in the Bearings and Spacers section of the Reliance catalogue. Round racks are notrecommended for multi-section use.

2. Hardened Round RackBearings for the round bar rack should be fitted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Itis important that the balls do not run on the edge of the teeth. Suitable bearings can be found in theLinear Bearings section of the Reliance catalogue. Round racks are not recommended for multi-section use.

3. Rectangular RackReliance rectangular section rack is manufactured to enable butting to form infinite lengths. Sockethead cap screws, plain washers and a thread locking adhesive are preferred for mounting. Dowelsare not recommended. The pitch line of the rack must be constrained to be straight to obtainmaximum accuracy. To avoid distortion, racks should be screwed to a machined flat surface.

Closed bearing 5 rows of balls Closed bearing 6 rows of balls


14



Racks and Pinions

T6-5

Pitch Line AlignmentThere are three methods of setting the pitch line at a joint. These are:i) Setting the base of the racks against an abutment perpendicular to the mounting face. Themisalignment is then governed by the rack pitch line to base tolerance.ii) Using the tops of the rack teeth as a reference. These are parallel to the pitch line within 0.008mm.Use a short straight edge (eg. slip block) as shown below.iii) The best measurement of the pitch line is with the pinion installed on a Flexplate. A dial indicatorfitted as shown gives a direct reading of the pitch line straightness.

Dial indicator carried with Flexplate

1. Pitch line alignment2. Pitch adjustment and error

compensation

To align racks, two adjustments need to be made, pitch line alignment and pitch adjustment. The pitchline straightness is not critical (see drawing below) but steps at the joints should be avoided as theycan lead to excessive noise and wear.

1. Pinion clearance2. Clearance required if:

a) anti-backlash pinions are usedb) full face of rack is to be used

3. Abutment4. Mounting face

The Flexplate spring loads the pinion into mesh on both flanks of the teeth, ensuring completebacklash elimination. For more information on the Flexplate assembly, please enquire.

Pitch line alignment using slip block

Machining requirements for rack location


14



Racks and Pinions

RACK APPLICATIONS

Reliance precision racks are manufactured in both round and rectangular sections, and can be usedfor both measurement and actuation. In general the smaller pitches (1mm) are ideal formeasurement, as the smaller pinion diameter gives higher linear resolutions.The larger pitches (2mm and 2.5mm) allow a higher load capacity.

For most applications the rack can be used for both the feedback and the actuation. In very preciseapplications we recommend that an unused section of the actuation rack is used for feedback.Alternatively a separate rack can be used.

All Reliance racks are calibrated to measure correct at 20ºC using a temperature compensated laser.Calibration graphs can be supplied if required.

RACK ACTUATOR

The rack actuator is supplied pre-assembled and should not be dismantled. The rack should not beremoved from the housing. Any tampering with the assembly may result in the technical specificationbecoming invalid.

Pitch Adjustment and Error CorrectionPitch accuracy can be obtained by one of three methods depending upon accuracy required.

GRADE 1 (and for the initial setting of all grades)For pitch accuracy across the joint of ±0.020mm the Rack Setting Piece is the simplest method.

GRADE 2, 3 or 4After initial setting and with the measuring system functioning, length bars may be used asreferences. Checks made against these allow adjustment to be made within the system resolution.

GRADE 3, 4 or 5After initial setting and with the measuring system functioning, comparison should be made with alaser measuring system. This allows pitch adjustment and machine error compensation within thesystem resolution over the full travel of the axis.


14



Leadscrew and Nut Assemblies

T7-1

FEATURES

Reliance’s precision leadscrew assemblies are designed specifically for motion control applicationswhere accuracy must be maintained. Rather than being adaptations of general purpose screws ornuts they have a precision rolled screw thread which has been designed for maximum life and quietoperation.

A further enhancement available on stainless steel leadscrews up to 2.4 metres long is a speciallyformulated TFE coating which can extend normal nut life by up to 300%.

Innovative anti-backlash nut designs provide assemblies which are wear compensating with lowfrictional drag torques and excellent positional repeatability.

Reliance stainless steel leadscrews offer the following:

1. High AccuracyPrecision thread rolling process provides a standard lead accuracy of 0.0006mm/mm. Higheraccuracies up to 0.0001mm/mm can be provided.The unloaded repeatability of anti-backlash assemblies is within 0.0013mm.

2. Long LifeMore than 7.5 million metres of travel can be expected.

3. Low Drag TorqueAn anti-backlash nut design which does not require high spring forces to maintain bidirectional anti-backlash characteristics gives a very low nut to screw friction.

4. Low MaintenanceSelf lubricating and wear compensating nuts eliminate the need for repeated lubrication oradjustment.

5. Wide RangeDiameters from 3.2mm to 16mm.Leads from 0.30mm to 25mm.Lengths up to 1 metre.

6. Custom Thread DesignUnique thread form designed specifically for leadscrews in anti-backlash applications.

7. Smooth Quiet OperationNo recirculating ball noise or metal to metal contact.

8. Lower CostLess than comparable ball screws or ground leadscrews, while still providing high accuracy and longlife.

9. ModificationsSpecial leadscrew ends, aluminium alloy shafts and other leads are available on the stainless steelleadscrew range in selected sizes. Please contact Reliance Technical Sales or refer to the leadscrewsmodification section of this brochure.


14




ENGINEERING DATA

1. LeadThe lead of the screw is the amount of linear movement of the nut for one revolution of the leadscrew.

2. Drive TorqueThe required motor torque to drive a leadscrew assembly is the sum of three components: inertialtorque, static friction torque and torque to move the load. Additional torque associated with drivingand supporting the leadscrew must also be considered.

Inertial torque: T = lα l = Inertia of leadscrew (kgm2)α = Angular acceleration (rads/s2)

Static friction torque: Anti-backlash leadscrews are typically supplied with a static frictional torque of 0.007 - 0.05Nm. Higher pre-load forces lead to higher frictional drag torques but better anti-backlash characteristics.

Torque to move load: The torque to move a certain load is a function of the lead and efficiency of the leadscrew assembly.

Torque = Load x Lead Torque = Newton metres2π x Efficiency Load = Newtons

Lead = Metres

(Note - efficiency of 70% would require 0.7 in these equations)

4. BackdrivingIn general when the screw pitch is less than 1/3 its diameter and the screw is uncoated, backdrivingwill not occur. (Coated screws require to be 1/4 diameter). For higher leads where backdriving islikely, the torque required for holding a load is as follows:

Backdrive torque = Load x Lead x Efficiency Torque = Newton metres2π Load = Newtons

Lead = Metres

Small vibrations in the system may break the static friction initiating backdriving, therefore, for smallcritical applications use smaller lead or an external locking device.

5. Traverse SpeedThe Polyacetal nut materials provide long wear-life over a wide variety of conditions, but very highloads and/or high speeds will accelerate nut wear. We recommend the following maximum lineartraversing speeds for optimum life:

Lead Maximum traverse speed2.5mm - 12mm 100mm/sec12mm - 25mm 250mm/sec


14




T7-3

6. Critical SpeedThis is the rotational speed at which a leadscrew will experience vibration or other dynamic problems.See the critical speed chart below to determine if the application parameters result in speedsapproaching critical.To minimise critical speed problems use a longer lead, choose a larger diameter screw or increasethe bearing mount support.

7. Maximum LoadAlthough the leadscrew assemblies are able to withstand relatively high loads without catastrophicfailure, these units have been designed to operate with the loads shown on the product pages.

8. EfficiencyThe efficiency of a leadscrew varies with the lead angle of the screw. The theoretical maximumefficiencies of all our leadscrews are given in the part number tables on the product pages. Thesehave been calculated using the static coefficient of friction 0.08. For applications where the dynamicefficiency is critical please contact Reliance Technical Sales.

9. Leadscrew InertiaValues of leadscrew inertia are given in the Typical Mechanical Properties chart on the next page.

10. Screw StraightnessTypical screw straightness is 0.25mm/metre.

11. Leadscrew InterfacingExamples of machined end options can be found on pages 7-27 to 7-33.


14




Physical PropertiesLeadscrew Nuts Assembly

Material SurfaceFinish Material Tensile

StrengthOperating

Temp. RangeCoefficient of Friction

Nut to Screw

Stainlesssteel

303 series

Better than0.4 µm

Polyacetal withlubricatingadditive

67N/mm2

9,700psi 0 - 93°C

Static = 0.08 0.08#Dynamic = 0.15 0.09#

# - with TFE coating

Typical Mechanical PropertiesLeadscrew

SeriesStatic Frictional

Drag Torque(Nm)

Screw Inertia

Kg m2/m

Anti-backlash Life +

Plain Screw TFE Coated Screw

LPX6LPX10LPX11LPX13LPX16LPX19LPX22LPX24

FreeWheeling

8.340x10-7

4.170x10-6

9.730x10-6

1.446x10-5

3.948x10-5

8.479x10-5

1.612x10-4

2.030x10-4

N/ATypical Backlash0.076-0.25mm

N/ATypical Backlash0.076-0.25mm

LNTG6 LNTG8

LNTG10

0.004-0.010.01-0.020.01-0.02

8.340x10-7

1.390x10-6

4.170x10-6

0.12 - 0.25 millionmetres


LAB6LAB10LAB11LAB13LAB16LAB19LAB22LAB24

0.004-0.010.01-0.020.015-0.030.015-0.030.02-0.050.03-0.0630.03-0.0630.03-0.063

8.340x10-7

4.170x10-6

9.730x10-6

1.446x10-5

3.948x10-5

8.479x10-5

1.612x10-4

2.030x10-4



LAF6LAF8

LAF10LAF11LAF13LAF16

0.004-0.020.01-0.030.01-0.030.015-0.040.02-0.050.03-0.055

8.340x10-7

1.390x10-6

4.170x10-6

9.730x10-6

1.446x10-5

3.948x10-5



LAK8LAK10

0.01-0.020.01-0.02

1.390x10-6

4.170x10-6



LWD6LWD8

LWD10LWD11LWD13

0.03max0.04max0.04max 0.06max0.06max

8.340x10-7

1.390x10-6

4.170x10-6

9.730x10-6

1.446x10-5




14




T7-5

+ Life will vary with loading, operating environment and duty cycle.Longer screw leads generally give longer life.

TFE COATED LEADSCREW ASSEMBLIESThe TFE coating is designed to supply a more even distribution of lubricant than is normally achievedwhen using standard self lubricating plastics on steel. The entire screw surface is coated which givesan extremely even lubrication distribution, and an expected increase in normal nut life of up to 300%.Lubrication to the screw/nut interface occurs by the nut picking up TFE particles from the coating aswell as from migration of the internal lubricant from within the plastic nut.

Although care should be taken to ensure that chips and voids do not occur in the coating, small voidshave been shown to have little effect on the system performance. The lubricant, although solid, hassome of the “spreading” ability of fluid lubricants. When machining for bearing ends, soft fixtures arerecommended.

TFE coated screws provide the maximum level of self-lubrication and should not be additionallylubricated or used in environments where oils or other lubricant contamination is possible.

Typical Mechanical Properties (continued)Leadscrew

SeriesStatic Frictional

Drag Torque(Nm)

Screw Inertia

Kg m2/m

Anti-backlash life +

Plain Screw TFE Coated Screw

LNTB6LNTB8

LNTB10LNTB11LNTB13LNTB16LNTB19LNTB22LNTB24

0.004-0.010.01-0.020.01-0.020.01-0.020.015-0.040.015-0.040.02-0.050.03-0.060.03-0.06

8.340x10-7

1.390x10-6

4.170x10-6

9.730x10-6

1.446x10-5

3.948x10-5

8.479x10-5

1.612x10-4

2.030x10-4



LCM6LCM8

LCM10

0.030.040.04

8.340x10-7

1.390x10-6

4.170x10-6



LAX13LAX16

0.015-0.040.015-0.04

1.446x10-5

3.948x10-5




14



Couplings

TORSIONAL STIFFNESS

This is the characteristic that describes theangular deflection when a torque is applied. Hightorsional stiffness contributes to increasedaccuracy and system response. It is essential foraccurate feedback applications.Applications that are subject to shock loads mayrequire a less stiff coupling to reduce the peaktorques and avoid premature failure or slippingclamps.

RADIAL COMPLIANCE

This is the characteristic that describes the forcethe coupling applies on the support bearings whenthe shafts are misaligned. High radial complianceis essential to provide low bearing loads.

TORQUE CAPACITY

In general, the rated torque figures are based on>106 torque reversals and the peak torque shouldnot be applied for more than 1% of the duty cycle.

Test samples are standard productswith a nominal O.D of 20mm

Torque (mNm)

Tors

iona

l Err

or (m

inut

es o

f arc

)Fo

rce

(N)

Parallel Offset (mm)

Test samples are standard productswith a nominal O.D of 20mm

Angular CombinedAxialParallel

SHAFT MISALIGNMENT

The most common type of misalignment is a combination of angular, parallel and axial misalignmentand occurs due to the build-up of tolerances as associated parts are assembled together. As theseaccumulate randomly, worst-case misalignment should be calculated and used to select the correctcoupling to avoid premature failure.


14



Couplings

T8-2

TRANSMISSION ERROR

Often referred to as kinematic error, this is the total error in the driven shaft position with respect to thedriving shaft position. In a system the following factors must be individually considered to determinetheir overall effect.

a. Backlash ........................................................ internal clearance relatedb. Torsional wind up .......................................... torsional stiffness relatedc. Velocity error .................................................. coupling design related

a. BacklashIs the amount of free rotational movement inherent in the coupling under zero or near zero torsionalloads. Only the Oldham coupling type in this catalogue is susceptible to slight backlash.

b. Torsional wind upIn applications where the resistance is frictional, the driven shaft will experience a position lag, whichwill double with direction reversal, proportional to the torsional stiffness.

During operating mode, the inertia and the torque will cause a momentary lag but this will not be seenat standstill.

c. Velocity errorIn general, couplings with double flexing elements (Reli-a-Flex®, Bellows and Twin disc couplings) willintroduce negligible velocity errors.

Velocity errors occur with angular misalignment and are proportional to shaft angle.Only the Oldham coupling type in this catalogue is susceptible to this error.

LUBRICATION

This is not required on any of the couplings in this catalogue.

FLOATING SHAFTS

We do not recommend the use of couplings in this catalogue for floating shafts, where one or bothends of a shaft are supported by a coupling.

Fixed shaft, supportedin 2 bearings.

Floating shaft, relies on thecoupling to support one end.WARNING: This arrangement isnot recommended.


14



Couplings

TORSIONAL RESONANCE

The torsional natural frequencies of a system are dependent on the mass/elastic characteristics of thevarious inertias and connecting shafts. Torsional resonance can occur under certain conditions whenthe natural frequency of the system is close to the excitation frequency of the driving system. It ismost likely to occur when the load is predominantly inertial and can occur in closed loop position orvelocity control systems, leading to torsional vibrations which in severe circumstances can destroy thecoupling.

Choosing a coupling that operates well above or well below the operating frequencies can help toavoid premature failure.

The resonant frequency of a system can be calculated from the following:

where FR = Resonant frequency (Hz)JM = Motor inertia (Kgm2)JL = Load inertia (Kgm2)CT = Coupling torsional stiffness (mNm/min)

RELI-A-FLEX® INSTALLATION

Couplings are available with either clamp or set screw mounting. Clamp fastening, both Reli-a-Grip™and traditional, allows repeated repositioning of the coupling on the shaft leaving the shaft unmarked.The effectiveness of the clamp is dependent on the diameter being a 'close' fit in the coupling bore.Use of Reliance components will ensure that the clamp works correctly.

Set screws provide an effective but non-adjustable means of connecting couplings and shafts. Ideallythe shafts should have a small flat in the area of the screw, which allows the set screw to seat belowthe surface of the shaft.

OLDHAM COUPLING AND COLLAR INSTALLATION

Oldham CouplingsEnsure that the misalignment between shafts is within the coupling's ratings. Slide a hub onto eachshaft to be joined with the drive tenons facing each other. Rotate the hubs on the shaft so the drivetenons are located 90° from each other. Place a torque disc so one groove fits over the drive tenonsof a hub and centre the disc by hand.

Insert a shim with the thickness of the coupling's axial motion rating into the groove of the torque disc.Slide the tenons of the second hub into the mating groove in the disc until it touches the shim stock.

Fully tighten the screw(s) on each hub to their recommended seating torque. Remove the shim stockto leave a small gap between the top of the drive tenons and the torque disc to allow for axialmovement.


14



Couplings

T8-4

Rigid CouplingsAlign the coupling on the two shafts to be connected. Tighten the Nypatch® clamp screws in twostages. Starting with the inside screws, tighten to half of the recommended seating torque. Repeat forthe outside screws, again tightening to half of the recommended seating torque (on two-piece collarsbe sure to maintain the gap between the two halves of the coupling during installation). Tightenscrews to the full recommended seating torque following the same pattern, beginning with the insidescrews.

Shaft CollarsUse collars as they are received. Wipe the bore clean and apply a thin coat of light oil to the shaft. Place collar in desired location onshaft and tighten the collar until a slight resistance is felt (on two-piece collars be sure to maintain thegap between the two halves of the collar during installation). Bring collar into final position and tightenscrews to the full recommended seating torque.


14



Linear Products - Bearings

FEATURES

The linear bearings in this catalogue are designed to provide accurate trouble free linear motion.Bearings are available with bore sizes from 3mm up to 25mm. Unique to this range is a special anti-rust coating. In salt spray tests Reliance anti-rust coated bearings have shown superiorresistance when compared to standard 440c corrosion resisting steel.

INSTALLATION

Recommended fitting details between the bearings and shafts or housings are shown below:

Recommended TolerancesShaft Housing

ShaftDiameter

mm

StandardClearance

f6-g6

TightClearance

h6

OuterDiameter

mm

StandardFitH7

TightFitJ7

34568

101213162025

-0.010-0.019

0-0.009

78101215192123283240

+0.0180

+0.010-0.008

0-0.011

+0.0210

+0.012-0.009

-0.010-0.021

0-0.013

+0.0250

+0.014-0.011

We recommend that under normal conditions the standard clearance dimensions are used, this willgive an in service clearance of 0/+0.010mm. The hardened shafting in this catalogue is designed toprovide “standard clearance”.

Applications requiring a small degree of preload can be catered for by ensuring that the bearing/shaftclearance is 0/-0.010mm. Interferences greater than 0.010mm can have adverse effects on thebearings operating performance and life.

A simple check is that if the shafting rotates easily in the bearing then the correct fit has beenachieved. A small amount of resistance means that there is some preload in the bearing. If the shaft isstiff or unable to rotate the preload is too high and the life of the bearing will be dramatically reduced.

FRICTION

The frictional coefficient of our linear ball bearings is generally in the order of 0.001 to 0.003.

LUBRICATION

Generally bearings with double seals should be used. Double seals ensure that the bearing lubricantis retained and provide some degree of protection against dust and foreign objects.


14




T9-2

BASIC LOAD RATING AND LIFE

To give maximum life it is recommended that the load is distributed as evenly as possible over asmany ball tracks as possible. For example, a longer life can be achieved by positioning a point loadbetween two ball tracks rather than directly above one.

In applications where moment loads exist double bearings should be used.

Moment loads may have an adverse effect on the performance of the bearing and should be avoided.If this is not possible then two separate bearings should be used spaced as far apart as possible,preferably with a small preload.

1. Rated LifeThis is defined as the travel distance (50,000 metres) which 90% of a group of balls the same sizeand type can cover under the same condition, without any signs of flaking caused by rolling contactfatigue.

2. Basic Dynamic Load RatingThis is the load acting on a row of balls which is situated in the line of action, and shows nodeterioration during its rated life of 50,000 metres.

3. Basic Static Load RatingThis is the load which will cause permanent deformation amounting to one ten thousandth of therolling elements diameter at the contact surface of the ball under maximum stress.

4. Formula For Rated LifeThe rated life is calculated by the following equation. Factors are introduced to take account of theshaft hardness, operating temperatures, impacts, vibrations, and the arrangement of aligned balls.

L = Rated life kmC = Basic dynamic load rating kgfP = Radial load kgffH = Shaft hardness factor Fig. 1.ft = Temperature factor Fig. 2.fB = Layout factor for ball position Fig. 3.fs = Impact and vibration factor Table 1.

In the case where both the stroke length and frequency are constant, the rated life (L) in kilometersobtained from the above equation can be converted into rated life in hours (Lh) by the followingformula.

Lh = Rated life in hours hrls = Stroke length mmn = Cycles per minute cpm


14




Impact and Vibration FactorsOperating conditions fs

No impacts or vibrations exist withreciprocating speed, V = 300mm/sec or less 1 - 1.5

Slight impacts or vibrations exist withreciprocating speed, V = 1000mm/sec or less 1.5 - 2.0

Heavy impacts or vibrations exist withreciprocating speed, V = 1000mm/sec or more 2.0 - 4.0

5. Life Calculation Factors

Fig 3. Layout Factor (fB)

Fig 2. Temperature Factor (ft)Fig 1. Hardness Factor (fH)

Table 1. Impact and Vibration Factors (fS)


14



Linear Products - Slides

T9-4

FEATURES

The Reliance range of precision slides includes both ball and crossed roller units. Load capacitiesfrom 1.5 to 12580N are available. Ballslides are available in both stainless steel and aluminium.Crossed roller slides are available in aluminium only.These units offer the designer:

• Pre-assembled units allowing quick and simple assembly.• Factory set preload to prevent side play and backlash and to control friction.• Low particle production for use in clean/medical environments.• Low inertia and light weight allowing low powered rapid traverse.• High straight line accuracy of 0.0001mm per mm travel.

1. BallslidesManufactured from aluminium, these slide units offer ultra low friction, high load capacity and long life.The base and slide are ready machined for mounting. Modifications may be made to suit your specialrequirements. Complete special slides can also be supplied. Please consult Reliance Technical Sales.

2. Crossed Roller SlidesWhen compared to ballslides these units offer equal size but higher load capacity and accuracy. Theyare also able to operate with high cycling rates and higher shock or cantilevered loads.

3. Rack Driven Ball SlidesThe addition of a small high precision rack along the side of a ballslide offers the option either todrive, measure position, or both, at very high speeds and loads.

ENGINEERING DATA

For the highest accuracy, the load should be centred over the table or bed, allowing enough additionallength to avoid reaching the maximum stroke length. To achieve the expected accuracy and life, themating surfaces used to mount the slide should be flat. In extreme circumstances ‘potting’ of the basemay be required.

Please refer to the product dimensions when selecting the fixings to avoid contact between screwsand moving slide sections.

1. Vertical ApplicationsWhen using ball or crossed roller type slides in vertical applications, the position and manner of theload, and the effects of gravity should be given extra consideration. Limiting the travel with positivestops also extends life instead of relying on the ball or roller retainer to act as a stop.

2. Service LifeThe theoretical service life of a slide based on L10 life is as follows

Ballslides Crossed roller slides

L10 = (C/P)3 x 50x103 L10 = (C/P)10/3 x 50x103

Where : L10 = Life at 90% reliability (m)C = Dynamic load rating (N)P = Calculated load (N)


14



Linear Products - Slides

3. LubricationAll types of slides can use similar lubricants but require them under different conditions.

Recommended Lubricants General ApplicationHigh quality turbine oilLithium soap based grease (NLGI No. 2)

Clean EnvironmentsKluber Isoflex Topas NCA 52

4. Temperature LimitsThe maximum temperature is limited to 65ºC (150ºF) by the rolling element retainers. Hightemperature retainers can be supplied to operate up to 100ºC (212ºF) and although the slides canoperate at higher temperatures this will reduce their life. Please consult Reliance Technical Sales fordetails.

RST MINIATURE STROKE SLIDES

1. Rating Life Calculation and Short Stroke Factor Diagram

2. Rating Life LThe rating life of the RST miniature stroke slide series can be calculated by using the formulae above,in accordance with ISO 14728-1.

3. LubricationThe lubrication of the RST miniature stroke slide series can be fullfilled by directly adding the lubricantonto the raceway of the rail.


14



Belts and Pulleys

T10-1

INTRODUCTION

Timing belts are endless toothed belt systems available in 2.5mm and 5mm pitch; intended forapplications requiring a level of power transmission.

ENGINEERING DATA

1. Belt and Chain LengthKnowing the centre distance, the belt length can be calculated from the following:

[mm]

[mm]

a = Centre distanceLB = Belt lengthd1 = Pitch diameter small pulleyZ1 = No of teeth, small pulleyZB = No of teeth in belt

t = Belt pitchd2 = Pitch circle diameter large pulleyZ2 = No of teeth, large pulleyZe = No of teeth in mesh

t

LB,ZBd1

Z2

d2

Z1

a

(approximate formula)


14



Belts and Pulleys

2. Centre Distance CalculationKnowing the belt length, the centre distance can be calculated from the following;

3. Design GuidelinesTiming belt efficiency ranges from 95 to 98%, better than flat vee belts which rely on friction totransmit power. The 2.5mm and 5mm pitch timing belts are manufactured in wear resistantpolyurethane with high grade steel wire tension members, therefore any elongation due to load andpre-tension will follow Hookes’ law. The manufacturing process for these timing belts produces the‘classical’ trapeziodal tooth form to close tolerances. This ensures an even distribution of load duringuse and the transmission of high torques. These belts are suitable for indexing, positioning andconveying drives.

It is possible to design drives with fixed centres but generally the drive centres should be adjustableor have idler pulleys. This is particularly important in multi-shaft or high power drives. The idler pulleysshould be fitted to the slack side of the drive and must not be spring loaded. Timing belt drives do notrequire as much tension as other belt drives which depend on friction to transmit load. The belt shouldbe installed with a snug fit, neither taut nor loose. As a general guide the correct level of tension canbe determined by measuring the force necessary to deflect the belt an amount equal to 1/64th of thespan centres “a”. Values for the measuring force recorded on a spring balance applied mid-spanshould be within 20% of the values shown below.

2.5mm - 0.07kg 5mm - 0.30kg

The belts must be rigidly mounted. Variation in centre distance can lead to premature wear. The beltand pulley system must be assembled loose to prevent over stretching. The belts are guided on thepulleys by flanges. One pulley should be flanged on both sides, or two alternative flanges provided,one on each pulley. For drives with vertical shafts, both pulleys should be flanged on both sides.

For a belt to transmit full power, a minimum of 6 teeth must be in mesh on each pulley.The number of teeth in mesh can be determined from the following formula:

To minimise belt fatigue, pulleys with a minimum of 20 teeth are recommended. As a general guidelarger pulleys reduce the amount of belt flexing and therefore improve belt life.

Number of teeth in meshcalculation is always basedon the smallest pulley.

arc cosZe180

[mm]

[mm]

(approximate formula)

[mm] [mm]


14



Bearings and Spacers

T12-1

SPECIFICATION

The first step in choosing the correct bearing for an application is to determine the forces which it willsupport in service. The forces will depend on the exact configuration of the system and will probablyinclude some, or all, of the following:

• The weight of the shaft, including gears and other shaft attachments.• Gear mesh reaction forces, due to torque transmission (see below).• Gear separation due to anti-backlash forces.• Forces due to belt or pulley tensions.• Axial pre-load forces.

GEAR MESH REACTIONS

In order to calculate the loads which will be applied to the bearings in the simply supported spur gearpass arrangement shown on the next page, it is first necessary to calculate the forces at the gearmesh.

The tangential force at the gear can be calculated from the following equation:

where T = Torqueand r = Radius

and the separating force at the gear mesh can be calculated from:

Wr' = Wt tanφt where φt = transverse pressure angle= normal pressure angle for spur gears= 20º for our standard gears

(for 20º pressure angle spur gear)

If required, the total radial load at the gear mesh can be calculated from the final equation:

Bearing loads

PositionForces At These Positions

Tangential Force Separating Force Total Radial Load

Gear Mesh

Bearing A

Bearing B

Bearing C

Bearing D

Wt = T/r

Wr' = 0.364Wt

Wr = (Wt)2 + (Wr')2


14




Bearing loads and gear mesh forces diagram

For bearing life calculations based on these radial loads see page T12-3.

Note - These equations can only be used for spur gear calculations, because they are not affected byself-generated axial forces.


14




Radial load on bearing


1. Radial Shaft Load Between Two Bearings Loads are in constant units

FORCE SHARING

To determine how the forces are shared between a pair of bearings, use the equations below forthese two most frequently occurring configurations:

2. Overhung Radial Load



The individual bearing loads can then be used to predict the bearing life.

BEARING LIFE

The life of a bearing is defined as the length of time a bearing will operate satisfactorily in theapplication at its operating speed under applied load. Life predictions depend on a careful definition offailure criteria and consideration of operating environment, mounting practice, lubrication, operatingspeed and loading. As a guide, the relationship between actual applied load and bearing fatigue life isgiven below:

= Rated life in hoursN = Speed in rpmP = Bearing load (e.g. N)C = Bearing capacity (e.g. N)


14




INSTALLATION AND HOUSING CONSIDERATIONS

The installation of a bearing will usually be determined by how it fits with its mating components.Interference or transition fits provide the most positive location of the bearing, however, they willrequire pressing during installation. Clearance fits allow the bearing to be assembled very easily, butcould potentially lead to problems depending on the operating conditions. If a press fit is required, it isessential that no appreciable force is transferred through the rolling elements of the bearing duringinstallation.

Special care must be taken when using bearings in aluminium housings, especially when widetemperature variations are expected. It is possible for the contraction of the housing to squash thebearing raceway and remove the radial clearance required for the bearing to operate.

Potential problems with clearance fits:Fretting - Wearing away of the surface due to rubbing of the components.Accuracy - Accuracy can be compromised due to unpredictable movement.

Potential problems with interference fits:Assembly - Can be difficult or impossible without damaging the bearing.Radial clearance - Can be reduced if the interference is too great.


14



Hardware

The usual method for specifying and measuring fastener installation is tightening torque, as this isrelatively easy to measure with a torque wrench. Unfortunately, a torque wrench does not give anaccurate indication of bolt tension because it does not take friction into account. The friction isdependent on the bolt, nut and washer materials, surface smoothness, machining accuracy, degree oflubrication (including uncured retaining products) and the number of times a fastener has beeninstalled. The torque values provided for the screws in the table below are, therefore, to be used onlyas a guide, the friction factors mentioned should be considered for each application.

ScrewSize

Tightening TorqueFor 700 MPa Screw

(Nm)

M1.6 0.14M2 0.29

M2.5 0.60M3 1.10M4 2.50M5 5.00

Thread Pitch Internal/External

Tol. Class

Major Diameter Pitch Diameter Minor Diameter

max tol min max tol min max tol min

M1.6 0.356g (screw) 1.581 0.085 1.496 1.354 0.063 1.291 - - 1.0756H (nut) - - 1.600 1.458 0.085 1.373 1.321 0.100 1.221

M2 0.406g 1.981 0.095 1.886 1.721 0.067 1.654 - - 1.4086H - - 2.000 1.830 0.090 1.740 1.679 0.112 1.567

M2.5 0.456g 2.480 0.100 2.380 2.188 0.071 2.117 - - 1.8396H - - 2.500 2.303 0.095 2.208 2.138 0.125 2.013

M3 0.506g 2.980 0.106 2.874 2.655 0.075 2.580 - - 2.2726H - - 3.000 2.775 0.100 2.675 2.599 0.140 2.459

M4 0.706g 3.978 0.140 3.838 3.523 0.090 3.433 - - 3.0026H - - 4.000 3.663 0.118 3.545 3.422 0.180 3.242

M5 0.806g 4.976 0.150 4.826 4.456 0.095 4.361 - - 3.8686H - - 5.000 4.605 0.125 4.480 4.334 0.200 4.134

M6 1.006g 5.974 0.180 5.794 5.324 0.112 5.212 - - 4.5976H - - 6.000 5.500 0.150 5.350 5.153 0.236 4.917

M8 1.256g 7.972 0.212 7.760 7.160 0.118 7.042 - - 6.2726H - - 8.000 7.348 0.160 7.188 6.912 0.265 6.647

M10 1.506g 9.968 0.236 9.732 8.994 0.132 8.862 - - 7.9386H - - 10.000 9.206 0.180 9.026 8.676 0.300 8.376

Reference: BS3643 Pt 2, 1981.

ISO METRIC SCREW THREADS: LIMITS AND TOLERANCES

TORQUE AND TENSION GUIDELINES


14



Hardware

Reliance Precision screws are manufactured from the materials listed below. Where the productmaterial is not specified, we reserve the right to change the actual material to an equivalentspecification without notice depending on availability.

General Properties of Austenitic Stainless Steels

• Excellent resistance to oxidation and corrosion.• Essentially non-magnetic.• Cannot be hardened by heat-treatment.• Work hardened very easily.• Relatively high coefficient of thermal expansion of 18 microns/metre/°C,

close to that of aluminium.

General Properties of Martensitic Stainless Steels

• Good resistance to oxidation and corrosion.• Magnetic.• Readily heat treatable to high strength condition.• Potential for tensile strengths > 1200 MPa.• Coefficient of thermal expansion of approximately 11 microns/metre/°C.

MaterialGrade

Treatment GrainStructure

Tensile StrengthMPa (min)

CorrosionResistance

A2-70 n/a Austenitic 700 Excellent

A4-70 n/a Austenitic 700 Excellent

303 n/a Austenitic 585 Excellent

416 Hardened to HRc 26/32 Martensitic 880 Good

RELIANCE STANDARD MATERIALS

App

endi

ces

Location Map

Index

15

Conditions of Sale

International SalesRepresentatives

App

endi

ces

Section Contents

Location Map..............................................................................Page A-2

Index by Part Number ..............................................................Page A-4

Index by Product ......................................................................Page A-7

Conditions of Sale ....................................................................Page A-16

International Sales Representatives ........................................Page A-17

15

15

A-2Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061www.rpmechatronics.co.uk [email protected]


Location Map

NORTH & SOUTH APPROACHES

From the North: Junction 39 of M1 (Denby Dale turn off), follow the A636 for 3 miles and then turnright on to the A637 for 2 miles. At the next roundabout turn left on to the A642 to Huddersfield. After1 mile on the A642 turn left through the village of Lepton, to join the A629. Turn left and Reliance is100 yards on the left.

From the South: Juntion 38 of the M1, follow the A637 for 4.5 miles passing Yorkshire SculpturePark and straight accross at the second roundabout on to the A642 to Huddersfield.

or

Junction 35A M1, follow the A616 for 3 miles, turn off onto the A629 towards Huddersfield. Follow thisroad for approximately 15 miles, passing through Thurgoland, Ingbirchworth and Shepley. Reliance ison the right.

15



Location Map

EAST & WEST APPROACHES

From the East: Junction 25 of M62, follow the A644 for 2 miles and turn right at the next roundabouton to the A62. Follow the A62 for 5 miles until it joins the Huddersfield ring road. Leave the ring roadfollowing the A629 for Sheffield (Sainburys supermarket on your left). Follow the A629 for 3.4 miles.Reliance is on the left.

From the West: Junction 23 of the M62 (or J25 and follow as above), follow the A640 for 3 miles toHuddersfield ring road. Turn right on to the ring road. Follow the ring road for approximately 3/4 milesignoring the signs for Sheffield (A616) and Manchester (A62) until you pass the University. Turn rightat the next roundabout onto the the A629, sign posted to Sheffield and Wakefield. Follow the A629 for3.4 miles. Reliance is on the left.

Wakefield Station25 minutes by taxiHuddersfield Station10 minutes by taxi

Manchester Airport1 hour by roadLeeds/Bradford Airport1 hour by road

Public Transport

Index

15



Index by Part Number

Basic Part Number Page

AAC 4-8 to 4-30AH 6-9AP 4-9 to 4-31AR 4-3 to 4-7

BB1 12-2B1SU 5-13B2 12-2B50B 5-14B80B 5-14B80SU 5-13BBM1 12-3BBM2 12-3BE 3-20 to 3-21BM8 12-4BM9 12-4BS 3-15 to 3-16BSB 3-17BSH 3-18 to 3-19BW 13-15

CC (Clamp hub gear) 4-32 to 4-46C (Machine screws) 13-10CA 9-14 to 9-15CGAM 11-9CGM1 11-8CHMD 11-11CHM1 11-11CSM 11-5

DD (Dowel Pin) 13-19D1300 13-21D1400 13-20DA 9-14 to 9-15


EEA 9-14 to 9-15EPL 12-5ETW 13-17

FF 4-48 to 4-51

GG1A 5-7G50B 5-4G80A 5-6

HHN 13-16HY 3-14

IIS50B 5-15

KK 13-8

LLAB 7-17LABY 7-17LAF 7-21LAFY 7-21LAK 7-22LAKY 7-22LAX 7-25LAXY 7-25LBF 7-12LBY 7-12LCM 7-24LCMY 7-24LNTBF 7-18 & 7-19LNTBY 7-18 & 7-20

See Pages A-7 to A-13 for Product Index

Index

15





LNTGF 7-15 & 7-16LNTGY 7-15 & 7-16LPX 7-13LPXY 7-14LPXZ 7-13LWD 7-23LWDY 7-23

MM04N 5-8M05N 5-9M08N 5-10M1B 5-14M1SU 5-12M50B 5-14M80B 5-14M80SU 5-12MA 9-14 to 9-15MCL 8-51MCLX 8-49MEM 3-22 to 3-23ML1SU 5-11ML80SU 5-11MOCT 8-28 to 8-29MOST 8-28 to 8-29MRL 9-2MSC 8-53MSP (Clamp collars) 8-51MSP (Coiled pins) 13-18MSPX 8-49MSS2 13-6 to 13-7MTCL 8-52MWCL 8-50MWSP 8-50

NNA 9-14 to 9-15NMSS 13-13


OORK 6-5

PP (Pin hub gear) 4-33 to 4-47P (Hardened spur gear) 4-52 to 4-55P (Machine screws) 13-9PHM1 11-10PHMD 11-10PW 13-17

RR9 6-2RBKBS 8-16RBKNK 8-21RBKNS 8-20RBKXK 8-18 to 8-19RBKXS 8-16 to 8-17RCL 8-6 to 8-13RCM1 2-2 to 2-7RCMGPA 1-12RCMRA 1-3 to 1-4RCMRAK 1-5RCMRPA 1-13RCMS17 1-6 to 1-7RCMS23 1-8 to 1-9RCS 8-6 to 8-13RDA 9-16 to 9-17REA 9-16 to 9-17RFSKK 8-30 to 8-33RFSXK 8-24 to 8-27RFSXS 8-22 to 8-23RGLS 7-34 to 7-35RGP40 3-4RGP60 3-6RGPN70 3-8RGR 9-6RK 6-5 to 6-6RKKAK 8-35


Index

15





RKKAS 8-34RL 9-3RLRW 1-10 to 1-11RMR 9-8 to 9-11RMRU 9-8 to 9-11RNA 9-16 to 9-17RPS 11-3RR12 6-3RRA 1-3 to 1-4RRAK 1-5RRKSK 8-45RRKSS 8-46RRKTK 8-47RRKTS 8-48RRS 6-4RRT 6-4RS 11-2RSA2 9-16 to 9-17RSFA 11-7RSHA 11-6RSKSS 8-44RSM 2-12 to 2-14RSRA 7-36 to 7-37RSRZ 7-38 to 7-39RSS 9-4 to 9-5RST12M 9-12 to 9-13RST7M 9-12 to 9-13RST9M 9-12 to 9-13RWKAK 8-40 to 8-41RWKAS 8-36 to 8-39RWKXK 8-43RWKXS 8-42

SS (Brass gears) 4-68 to 4-79S (Socket head screws) 13-2 to 13-5SA1 9-14 to 9-15SA2 9-14 to 9-15


SA3 9-14 to 9-15SG 4-58 to 4-66SGSS 13-12SH 6-8SM1 11-4SM2 11-4SQM 13-14SS 13-11SS1 12-6SS3 12-7

TTPMP25 10-3TPMP50 10-5TXM25 10-2TXM50 10-4

WW1SU 5-7W50SU 5-4W80SU 5-6WFS 5-3WGB 5-2, 5-3WGS 5-2, 5-3

XXDA 9-14 to 9-15XEA 9-14 to 9-15XNA 9-14 to 9-15XSA1 9-14 to 9-15XSA2 9-14 to 9-15XSA3 9-14 to 9-15


Index

15



Index by Product

AActuator - Anti-backlash ScrewRail® assembly 7-38 to 7-39Actuator - Linear rail 1-10 to 1-11Actuator - ScrewRail® assembly 7-36 to 7-37Actuator - Tubular rack 1-3Actuator - Solid round rack 1-4 to 1-5Anti-backlash clamp hub gears 4-18 to 4-30Anti-backlash clamp hub pinions 4-8 to 4-16Anti-backlash gears 4-18 to 4-31Anti-backlash leadscrews 7-2Anti-backlash pin hub gears 4-19 to 4-31Anti-backlash pin hub pinions 4-9 to 4-17Anti-backlash pinions 4-8 to 4-17Anti-backlash pinions - miniature 4-3 to 4-7Anti-backlash rack pinions 6-9Anti-backlash ScrewRail® actuator assembly 7-38 to 7-39

B

Ball & crossed roller slides 9-14 to 9-15Ball bearings - ABEC7 12-2Ballslides - Rack driven 9-16 to 9-17Bearings - Ball 12-2Bearings - Bronze 12-3Bearings - Linear 9-2 to 9-3Bearings - Moulded 12-4Bearings - Pre-loaded washers 12-5Bearings - Spacers 12-6, 12-7Bellows couplings 8-16 to 8-21Belts - Timing 10-2, 10-4Bronze bearings 12-3

CCaptive screws 13-4Cheese head machine screws 13-10Circlips - External 13-20Circlips - Internal 13-21Clamp cleats 13-14Clamp collars 8-51Clamp collars - Double wide 8-50Clamp collars - One piece set screw 8-53Clamp collars - Threaded 8-52Clamps - Gear 11-8 to 11-9Coiled pins 13-18Countersunk head machine screws 13-8

Product Page

See Pages A-4 to A-6 for Part Number Index

15



Index by Product

Product Page

Couplings - Bellows 8-16 to 8-21Couplings - Curved jaw 8-34 to 8-35Couplings - Flexible disc spring 8-22 to 8-27Couplings - Friction clutches 8-45 to 8-48Couplings - Membrane 8-30 to 8-33Couplings - Oldham 8-28 to 8-29Couplings - Radial tooth 8-44Couplings - Reli-a-Flex® custom designs 8-14Couplings - Reli-a-Flex® micro 8-6 to 8-7Couplings - Reli-a-Flex® precision 8-8 to 8-13Couplings - Selection guide 8-2Couplings - Solid 8-49Couplings - Spiral beam 8-36 to 8-43Couplings - Spiral beam micro 8-36Couplings - Spiral beam stainless steel 8-42Couplings - Technical information T8-1 to T8-4Couplings selection guide 8-2Cup point set screws 13-11Curved jaw couplings 8-34 to 8-35

DDisc spring 13-15Dowel pins 13-19

EExternal circlips 13-20

FFlexible disc spring couplings 8-22 to 8-27Friction clutches 8-44 to 8-48

GGear clamps 11-8 to 11-9Gear clamp hubs 11-11Gear pin hubs 11-10Gear part numbering 4-2Gearboxes - Bevel 3-15 to 3-21Gearboxes - Hypoid 3-14Gearboxes - Matex 3-22 to 3-23Gearboxes - Matex accessories 3-24Gearboxes - Planetary 3-4 to 3-9Gears - Anti-backlash (pin and clamp hub) 4-8 to 4-31Gears - Bevel 5-8 to 5-10, 5-13Gears - Brass bevel 5-14Gears - Brass hubless 4-76 to 4-79Gears - Brass spur 4-68 to 4-75


15



Index by Product

Product Page

Gears - Clamp hub spur 4-32 to 4-46Gears - Ground spur 4-68 to 4-76Gears - Hardened spur 4-52 to 4-55Gears - Hubless spur 4-48 to 4-51Gears - Internal (brass spur) 5-15Gears - Keys and keyways for ground gears 4-77Gears - Mitre bevel 5-11 to 5-12Gears - Pin hub spur 4-33 to 4-47Gears - Pinions (miniature) 4-3 to 4-7Gears - Technical information T4-1 to T4-18Gears - Worms and wheels 5-2 to 5-7

HHollow linear motion shafts 11-3Hubless spur gear 4-48 to 4-51

IInternal circlips 13-21

LLeadscrew linear slide 7-34 to 7-35Leadscrew nut comparison chart 7-6Leadscrews - Anti-backlash nuts 7-16 7-25Leadscrews - Available sizes 7-7 to 7-11Leadscrews - Custom nut configurations 7-26Leadscrews - End modifications 7-27 to 7-33Leadscrews - Miniature anti-backlash nuts 7-15Leadscrews - Miniature plain nuts 7-12Leadscrews - Nut comparison chart 7-6Leadscrews - Nut styles 7-2Leadscrews - Ordering detail 7-4 to 7-5Leadscrews - Plain nuts, general purpose 7-13 to 7-14Leadscrews - Technical information T7-1 to T7-5Linear bearings 9-2 to 9-3Linear guides 9-7 to 9-11Linear motion shafting 11-2Linear rail actuator 1-10 to 1-11Linear rails 9-6Linear slide - Leadscrew 7-34 to 7-35

MMachine screws - Cheese head 13-10Machine screws - Countersunk head 13-8Machine screws - Pan head 13-9Membrane couplings 8-30 to 8-33Miniature actuator 1-12 to 1-13


15



Index by Product

Motor - Reliance cool muscle 2-2 to 2-7Motor - Stepper 2-12 to 2-14Moulded bearings 12-4

NNut styles - Leadscrews 7-2Nuts 13-16Nylon tip set screws 13-13

OOldham couplings 8-28 to 8-29

PPan head machine screws 13-9Part numbering reference for gears 4-2Part numbering reference for leadscrews 7-4Pinions - Anti-backlash 4-8 to 4-17Pinions - Anti-backlash miniature 4-3 to 4-7Pins - Coiled 13-18Pins - Dowel 13-19Plain socket head screws 13-2Precision couplings 8-8 to 8-15Precision linear bearings 9-2 to 9-3Pre-loaded washers 12-5Pulleys - Timing 10-3, 10-5

RRack - Brass 6-7Rack - Hardened round 6-3Rack - Rectangular 6-2, 6-6Rack - Round 6-3 to 6-5Rack - Tubular 6-4Rack driven actuator 1-3 to 1-5Rack driven ball slides 9-16 to 9-17Rack pinions 6-8 to 6-9Racktuator™ - Solid round rack 1-4 to 1-5Racktuator™ - Tubular rack 1-3Radial tooth couplings 8-44Reli-a-Flex® couplings 8-6 to 8-15Reli-a-Grip™ clamp - Couplings 8-12 to 8-13Reliance cool motion stage - Leadscrew actuator 1-6 to 1-9Reliance cool muscle motor 2-2 to 2-7Reliance cool muscle motor cables 2-9


Product Page

15



Index by Product

SScrewRail® actuator assembly 7-36 to7-37ScrewRail® actuator assembly - Anti-backlash 7-38 to 7-39Screws - Captive 13-4Screws - Cheese head machine 13-10Screws - Countersunk head machine 13-8Screws - Pan head machine 13-9Screws - Plain socket 13-2Screws - Shoulder 13-6 to 13-7Screws - Ventilation 13-5Screws - Wire locking 13-3Selection guide - Couplings 8-3Set screws - Cup point 13-11Set screws - Nylon tip 13-13Set screws - Solder tip 13-12Shaft end modifications 7-27 to 7-33Shafts - Ground stock 11-4Shafts - Hollow 11-3Shafts - Linear 11-2Shafts - Locks 11-7Shafts - Retaining collars 11-5Shafts - Support 11-6Shoulder screws 13-6 to 13-7Slides - Ball 9-14 to 9-15Slides - Crossed roller 9-14 to 9-15Slides - Miniature stroke 9-12 to 9-13Solder tip set screws 13-12Solid couplings 8-49Spacers - Bearings 12-6, 12-7Spiral beam couplings 8-36 to 8-43Spiral beam couplings - Micro 8-36Spline shafts 9-4 to 9-5Stepper motors 2-12 to 2-14

TTechnical information T0 to T13-2Technical information - Bearing force sharing T12-3Technical information - Bearing gear mesh reactions T12-1Technical information - Bearing installation T12-4Technical information - Bearing life T12-3Technical information - Bearing specification T12-1Technical information - Belts and pulley engineering data T10-1 to T10-2Technical information - Belts and pulleys T10-1 to T10-2Technical information - Belts and pulleys introduction T10-1Technical information - Conversion factors T-2Technical information - Coupling installation T8-3


Product Page

15



Index by Product

Technical information - Coupling transmission error T8-2Technical information - Couplings T8-1 to T8-4Technical information - Gear backlash T4-17Technical information - Gear engineering data T4-9 to T4-16Technical information - Gear geometry T4-5Technical information - Gear materials and specifications T4-4Technical information - Gear terminology T4-6 to T4-7Technical information - Gear tolerances T4-1Technical information - Gears with small number of teeth T4-8Technical information - Hardware ISO metric screw thread T13-1Technical information - Hardware torque and tension guides T13-1Technical information - Leadscrew engineering data T7-2 to T7-5Technical information - Leadscrew features T7-1Technical information - Leadscrew TFE coated assemblies T7-5Technical information - Leadscrews T7-1 to T7-5Technical information - Linear bearing features T9-1Technical information - Linear bearing friction T9-1Technical information - Linear bearing installation T9-1Technical information - Linear bearing life and loads T9-2Technical information - Linear bearing lubrication T9-1Technical information - Linear slide T9-4 to T9-5Technical information - Linear slide engineering data T9-4Technical information - Linear slide features T9-4Technical information - Matex gearboxes T3-2 to T3-4Technical information - Planetary gearboxes T3-1Technical information - Rack applications T6-6Technical information - Rack engineering data T6-2 to T6-4Technical information - Rack installation T6-4 to T6-6Technical information - Rack manufacture T6-1Technical information - Rack standards and tolerances T6-1Technical information - Racks and pinions T6-1 to T6-6Technical information - Reliance cool muscle T2-1 to T2-4Technical information - Stepper motor definitions T2-6Technical information - Stepper motor drive methods T2-5Technical information - Stepper motor features T2-5Technical information - Stepper motor introduction T2-5Timing belts 10-2, 10-4Timing pulleys 10-3, 10-5Tubular rack actuator 1-3

VVentilation screws 13-5

WWashers 13-17Washers - Bearing pre-loaded 12-5


Product Page

15



Index by Product

Wire locking screws 13-3Worms and wheels 5-2 to 5-7

Product Page

NotesPages

15



RG35 Catalogue

NotesPages

15



RG35 Catalogue

15



Conditions of Sale

In addition to these conditions of sale, our standard Conditions of Sale also apply. A copy of these isavailable on request and from our website www.rpmechatronics.co.uk/en/help

Minimum order charge - Orders are subject to a minimum order charge of £25.00 unless they havebeen placed on our website at www.rpmechatronics.co.uk

Carriage and packing - Additional charges are made for carriage and packing.

Payment - Payment terms are 30 days. New customers are requested to complete an applicationform for a credit account. Customers who do not have a credit account with Reliance are requestedto supply cheque with order. In addition, orders may be paid for by Visa and Mastercard.

Telephone orders - An order number must be quoted by customers and a written confirmatory order,clearly marked “CONFIRMATION”, sent within 7 days. We reserve the right to supply parts against atelephone order. All telephone orders are accepted subject to these conditions of sale and thosedetailed on the acknowledgement of order. An acknowledgement will normally be sent by Relianceon receipt of order and goods will be supplied in accordance with the order acknowledgement.

Certificates of Conformance - Reliance’s quality management system is certified to AS9100 andISO 9001. A Certificate of Conformance can be supplied at an additional charge of £10.00 perdelivery. Alternatively, a Certificate with full material traceability can be supplied at a charge of £20.00per delivery.

Confirmation - All orders, other than telephone orders with a value of less than £500 and ordersplaced through our website, are subject to acceptance in writing by Reliance Precision Mechatronics.

Order amendments - Order amendments are subject to our approval and a charge will be made forreasonable compensation for any costs incurred.

Returns - Unused items may, solely at our discretion, be accepted for credit within 90 days ofdelivery. Any parts so accepted will be subject to a 20% service charge for re-inspection and handling.No credit can be allowed after the above period, or for any used or modified part, or for partsmanufactured to a customer’s specification.

Additional charges - Reliance reserves the right to charge for all additional expenses and taxesincurred over and above published prices (including without limitation duty, VAT, exchange ratefluctuations etc.)

Alterations - As a result of continuous product development, Reliance reserves the right to alterprices and other details without prior notice and to change dimensions where this does not affect thefunction of the item.

Contact details:Telephone: +44(0)1484 601060 Email: [email protected]: +44(0)1484 601061


Rowley Mills, Penistone Road, Lepton

Huddersfield, HD8 0LE, England.

Tel: +44 (0) 1484 601002

Fax: +44 (0) 1484 601061


e-mail: [email protected]

A division of Reliance Precision Limited

®


Standard and Customised

Components and Assemblies

A complete source for precise motion control

®

Relia

nce

Pre

cis

ion

Mech

atro

nic

s

2011

Standard &

Customised

Components &

Assemblies

RG35Catalogue

®


1Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061


Welcome to the RG35 Catalogue

A-17Standard Product Sales : +44 (0)1484 601060 +44 (0)1484 601061


International Sales Representatives

Customer contact information

Reliance Precision MechatronicsRowley Mills, Penistone Road

Lepton, Huddersfield

HD8 0LE, ENGLAND



or fax: +44 (0) 1484 601061

Technical enquiries tel: +44 (0) 1484 601065

Quality enquiries tel: +44 (0) 1484 601042

Reliance HollandFlorijnstraat 20

4879 AH Etten-Leur,

The Netherlands.


Sales orders and enquiries tel: +31 (0) 765 04 07 90

or fax: +31 (0) 765 04 07 91

Reliance France33 rue Jean Racine,

11000 Carcassonne,

France.



or fax: +33 (0) 468 471772

Component data and information included in this RG35 catalogue supersedes that stated in all

previous publications. However, Reliance Precision Mechatronics and sister company, Reliance

Precision Limited are committed where possible to supply products listed in previous catalogues if the

component or part number is not listed in RG35.

Reliance hopes that you find the part or parts you require. If you have any comments or questions

about the catalogue or the service we provide we would be delighted to hear them.

© 2011 Reliance Precision Limited. All rights reserved. This catalogue may not be reproduced without written permission from Reliance

Precision Limited. ® The Reliance shield and Reliance are registered trademarks of Reliance Precision Limited.

For our full range of standard and customised components together with a complete overview of Reliance’sdesign and manufacturing capabilities, visit the Reliance websites at:

www.rpmechatronics.co.uk and www.reliance.co.uk

Benelux, Denmark, Austria, Germany, SwitzerlandReliance Holland Florijnstraat 20, 4879 AH Etten-Leur, The Netherlands.Tel: +31 (0) 76504 0790 Fax: +31 (0) 76504 0791 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.rpmechatronics.co.uk

FranceReliance France 33 rue Jean Racine, 11000 Carcassonne, France.Tel: +33 (0) 468 470589 Fax: +33 (0) 468 471772 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.rpmechatronics.co.uk

SwedenDJ Stork Drives AB Vretenvägen 4, ltr, PO Box 1037, SE-172 21 Sundbyberg Sweden.Tel: +46 (0) 8635 6000 Fax: +46 (0) 8635 6001 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.storkdrives.se

FinlandWexon OY Juhanilantie 4, 01740 Vantaa, Finland.Tel: +358 (0) 9 290440 Fax: +358 (0) 9 29044100 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.wexon.com

Slovenia (covering all CEE countries)Kolektor Synatec d.o.o. program Indutec, Vojkova ulica 8b o 5280 Idrija o Slovenia.Tel: +386 30 612 867 [email protected] website: www.kolektorindutec.com

IsraelMedital Hi-tech (1992) Ltd 7 Leshem Street, PO Box 7772, Petach Tikva 49170, Israel.Tel: +972 (0) 3 9233323 Fax: +972 (0) 3 9228288 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.medital.co.il

South AfricaMeasuring Instruments Technology (MIT) Rm111, Building 33, CSIR Campus, Meiring Naude Drive, Brammeria 0184, Pretoria,South Africa. Tel: +27 12 349 5191 Fax: +27 12 348 0564 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.marmit.co.za

ChinaEM Components Co Ltd 665 ZhangJiang Road, Unit 902, ZhangJiang Hi-Tech Park, Shanghai Pudong, PR China 201210Tel: +86 21 5895 0126 Fax: +86 21 5895 1160 e-mail: [email protected]

SingaporeElshin International PTE Ltd No.1 Kaki Bukit Avenue 3 (KB-1), #06-12 Singapore 416087.Tel: +65 6286 7707 Fax: +65 6748 2618 e-mail: [email protected]

MalaysiaCMS SUPPLIES Sdn Bhd 46, (1st Floor) Persiaran Mahsuri 1/2, Sunway Tunas Bayan Baru, 11900 Bayan Lepas Penang, MalaysiaTel: +604 6446028 Fax: +604 6446082 e-mail: [email protected]

KoreaToptek Co. Ltd 412,Technozone, Yangchon Industrial Complex, Hagun-ri, Yangchonmyeon, Gimpo-si, Gyeonggi-do, Korea Tel: +82 31 999 6980 Fax: +82 31 999 6983 e-mail: [email protected]

CanadaMyostat Motion Control Inc 17817 Leslie Street, Unit 43, Newmarket, Ontario L3Y 8C6, Canada.Tel: +1 905 836 4441 Fax: +1 905 836 1214 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.myostat.ca

USAThe Precision Alliance 4215 Pleasant Road, Fort Mill, SC 29708 USA.Tel: +1 (803) 396 5544 Fax: +1 (803) 396 7810 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.tpa-us.com

AustraliaReliance Australia 65 Macaulay Street, Coorparoo, Brisbane 4151, Queensland, Australia.Tel: +61 (0) 439 780187 Fax: +61 (0) 738 478670 e-mail: [email protected] website: www.relianceprecision.com.au

JapanIsel Co Ltd 1-2-16 Atobe-kitano-cho, Yao-city, Osaka 581-0068, Japan.Tel: +81 (0) 7 2991 0450 Fax: +81 (0) 7 2994 7593 e-mail: [email protected]


Documents

RG35 Cover Desgin Issue C Layout 1 - Servopohonyservo-pohony.cz/wp-content/uploads/Kolektor-INDUTEC-Reliance-RG… · Tel: +61 (0) 439 780187 Fax: +61 (0) 738 478670 e-mail: [email protected]